Home

WCA230A & WCA280A Programmer Manual

1. Header Default value SENSe RFID BLOCk 0 SENSe RFID CARRier BANDwidth BWIDth IN Tegration 0 SENSe RFID CARRier COUNter RESolution 1 MHz SENSe RFID CARRier OFFSet 0 SENSe RFID CARRier PRATio SET 20 dB SENSe RFID CARRier PRATio UNIT dB SENSe RFID LENGth 7680 SENSe RFID MEASurement OFF SENSe RFID MODulation BRATe AUTO OFF SENSe RFID MODulation BRATe SET 40 kbps SENSe RFID MODulation DECode NRZ SENSe RFID MODulation FORMat ASK SENSe RFID MODulation INTerpolate 1 SENSe RFID MODulation LINK INTerrogator SENSe RFID MODulation SERRor WIDTh 5 SENSe RFID MODulation STANdard MANUAL SENSe RFID MODulation TARI AUTO OFF SENSe RFID MODulation TARI SET 20 us SENSe RFID MODulation THReshold HIGHer 90 SENSe RFID MODulation THReshold LOWer 10 SENSe RFID OFFSet 0 SENSe RFID RFSPurious THReshold EXCursion 3 dB SENSe RFID RFSPurious THReshold IGNore 0 SENSe RFID RFSPurious THReshold SIGNal 20 dBm SENSe RFID RFSPurious THReshold SPURious 70 dBc SENSe RFID ZOOM FREQuency CENTer Center frequency SENSe RFID ZOOM FREQuency WIDTh Full span SENSe ROSCillator subgroup SENSe ROSCillator SOURce INTernal SENSe SPECtrum subgroup SENSe SPEctrum AVERage COUNt 20 SENSe SPEctrum AVERage STATe OFF SENSe SPEctrum AVERage TYPE RMS WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Appendix C Factory Initialization Settings T
2. Not used _15 Questionable Condition Fogler QCR Questionable Transition Register QTR Questionable Event Register QEVR Questionable Enable Register QENR Operation status block CALibrating 0 1 2 __ Output Queue 3 Error Event queue MEASuring 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 m PROGram Running 14 Not used 15 Operation Condition Resistor OCR Operation Transition Register OTR Operation Event Register OEVR Operation Enable Register OENR Status bytes Standard Event status block Operation Complete Request Control Query Error Device Dependent Error Execution Error Command Error User Request Power On YYVYVYVY NIDA A N o Status Byte Register SBR Standard Event Status Register SESR Service Request Enable Register SRER Event Status Enable Register ESER Figure 3 1 Status Event reporting mechanism 3 2 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Status and Events Standard Event Status Reports the power on off state command errors and the running state Block See the Standard Event Status Block sect
3. Header Default value DISPlay CCDF subgroup DISPlay CCDF LINE GAUSsian STATe ON DISPlay CCDF LINE REFerence STATe OFF DISPlay CCDF X SCALe AUTO ON DISPlay CCDF X SCALe MAXimum 15 dB DISPlay CCDF X SCALe OFFSet 0 dB DISPlay CCDF Y SCALe MAXimum 1E 7 DISPlay CCDF Y SCALe MINimum 100 DISPlay DDEMod subgroup DISPlay DDEMod CCDF LINE GAUSsian S TATe ON DISPlay DDEMod MVlew DSTart AUTO DISPlay DDEMod MVlew FORMat OFF DISPlay DDEMod MVlew HSSHift 0 DISPlay DDEMod MVlew RADIx BINary DISPlay DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe MAXimum 100 DISPlay DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe MINimum 1m DISPlay DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe OFFSet 0 DISPlay DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe RANGe 0 DISPlay DDEMod NLINearity LINE BFIT STATe ON DISPlay DDEMod NLINearity LINE REFerence STATe ON DISPlay DDEMod NLINearity MASK STATe ON DISPlay DDEMod SVlew DS Tart AUTO DISPlay DDEMod SVlew FORMat SPECtrum DISPlay DDEMod SVlew RADIx BINary DISPlay DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe MAXimum 100 DISPlay DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe MINimum 1m DISPlay DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe OFFSet 0 DISPlay DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe RANGe 0 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Appendix C Factory Initialization Settings Table C 4 Factory initialization settiings DISPlay commands Cont Header Default value DISPlay OVlew subgroup DISPlay OView FORMat WAVeform DISPlay OVlew OTINdicator OFF DISPlay OVlew SGRam COLor SCA
4. SENSe SSOurce CNRatio OFFSet 10 Hz WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Appendix C Factory Initialization Settings Table C 8 Factory initialization settiings SENSe commands Cont Header SENSe SSOurce CNRatio SBANd Default value UPPer SENSe SSOurce CNRatio THReshold 30 dBc Hz SENSe SSOurce FVTime SMOothing 1 SENSe SSOurce FVTime THReshold 10 Hz SENSe SSOurce LENGth 7680 SENSe SSOurce MEASurement OFF SENSe SSOurce OFFSet 0 SENSe SSOurce PNOise MPUitter THReshold 10 dB SENSe SSOurce PNOise RJITter OFFSet STARt 10 Hz SENSe SSOurce PNOise RulTter OFFSet STOP 100 MHz SENSe SSOurce PNOise RuJITter THReshold 0 SENSe SSOurce PNOise OFFSet MAXimum 100 MHz SENSe SSOurce PNOise OFFSet MINimum 10 Hz SENSe SSOurce SPURious IGNore 0 SENSe SSOurce SPURious SFlLter STATe ON SENSe SSOurce SPURious THReshold EXCursion 3 SENSe SSOurce SPURious THReshold SPURious 70 dBc SENSe TRANsient subgroup SENSe TRANsient BLOCk 0 SENSe TRANsient ITEM OFF SENSe TRANsient LENGth 8192 SENSe TRANsient OFFSet 0 Table C 9 Factory initialization settiings STATus commands Header STATus OPERation ENABle STATus QUEStionable ENABle SYSTem QUESTionable EVENt Default value WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual C 13 Appendix C Factory Initialization Settings Table C 10 Factory initialization
5. Command Tree Header Parameter CALCul ate lt x gt DLINe lt y gt lt numeric_value gt STATe lt boolean gt MARKer lt y gt AOFF MAXimum MODE POSition DELTa PEAK HIGHer s LEFT LOWer RIGHt PTHReshold lt numeric_value gt gt ROFF SET CENTer MEASurement RCURsor STATe lt boolean gt ra lt numeric_value gt TOGGle TRACe MAIN SUB X lt numeric_value gt Y lt numeric_value gt VLINe lt y gt lt numeric_value gt STATe lt boolean gt 2 54 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual CALCulate Commands CALCulate lt x gt DLINe lt y gt Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the vertical position of the horizontal line CALCulate lt x gt DLINe lt y gt lt value gt CALCulate lt x gt DLINe lt y gt lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the vertical position of the horizontal line Range 200 to 100 dBm All S A modes CALCulatel DLINel 20 positions Horizontal Line 1 at 20 dBm in View 1 CALCul ate lt x gt DLINe lt y gt STATe CALCulate lt x gt DLINe lt y gt STATe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Determines whether to turn on or off the horizontal line CALCulate lt x gt DLINe lt y gt STATe OFF ON 0 1 CALCulate lt x gt DLINe lt y gt STATe OFF or 0 hides the horizontal line ON or 1 shows the horizontal line All S A modes CALCulatel DLINe2
6. DISPlay SSOurce SVlew Y SCALe FIT No Query Form Runs the auto scale on the subview during the signal source analysis The auto scale automatically sets the start value and scale of the vertical axis to fit the waveform to the screen Syntax DISPlay SSOurce SVIew Y SCALe FIT Arguments None Measurement Modes TIMSSOURCE Examples DISPlay SSOurce SVIew Y SCALe FIT runs the auto scale on the subview Related Commands DISPlay SSOurce SVIew FORMat DISPlay SSOurce SVlew Y SCALe FULL No Query Form Sets the vertical axis in the subview to the default full scale value during the signal source analysis Syntax DISPlay SSOurce SVIew Y SCALe FULL Arguments None Measurement Modes TIMSSOURCE Examples DISPlay SSOurce SVIew Y SCALe FULL sets the subview s vertical axis to the default full scale value Related Commands DISPlay SSOurce SVIew FORMat 2 212 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce SVlew Y SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the minimum vertical value bottom in the subview during the signal source analysis DISPlay SSOurce SVIew Y SCALe OFFSet lt value gt DISPlay SSOurce SVIew Y SCALe OFFSet lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum vertical value in the subview The valid range depends on the display format Refer to Table D 3 in Appendix D T
7. SENSe SSOurce PNOise OFFSet MAXimum Sets or queries the maximum frequency in the phase noise measurement range as the offset from carrier frequency This is equivalent to setting Maximum Offset Frequency in the Meas Setup menu This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to PNOise Syntax SENSe SSOurce PNOise OFFSet MAXimum lt value gt SENSe SSOurce PNOise OFFSet MAXimum Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the maximum frequency in the phase noise measurement range as the offset from carrier frequency 100 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz or 100 MHz default Measurement Modes TIMSSOURCE Examples SENSe SSOurce PNOise OFFSet MAXimum 1MHz sets the maximum offset frequency to 1 MHz Related Commands SENSe SSOurce MEASurement SENSe SSOurce PNOise OFFSet MINimum WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 511 SENSe Commands SENSe SSOurce PNOise OFFSet MINimum 2 512 Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the minimum frequency in the phase noise measurement range as the offset from carrier frequency This is equivalent to setting Minimum Offset Frequency in the Meas Setup menu This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to PNOise SENSe SSOurce PNOise OFFSet MINimum lt value gt SENSe SSOurce PNOise OFFSet MINimum lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the min
8. NOTE This command is valid when INSTrument SELect is set to SARTIME Real Time S A SENSe SPECtrum FFT STARt lt value gt SENSe SPECtrum FFT STARt lt value gt 64 128 256 512 1024 selects the FFT start point between 1024 points overlapped FFTs with the number of data points SARTIME SENSe SPECtrum FFT STARt 256 sets the FFT start point to 256 points WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 481 SENSe Commands SENSe SPECtrum FFT WINDow TYPE Selects or queries the FFT window function This command is valid when SENSe SPECtrum B ANDwidth B WIDth STATe is OFF Syntax SENSe SPECtrum FFT WINDow TYPE BH3A BH3B BH4A BH4B BLACkman HAMMing HANNing PARZen ROSenfield WELCh SLOBe SCUBed ST4T FLATtop RECT SENSe SPECtrum FFT WINDow TYPE Arguments Table 2 57 shows the arguments and their meanings Table 2 57 FFT windows Argument FFT window BH3A Blackman Harris 3A type BH3B Blackman Harris 3B type BH4A Blackman Harris 4A type BH4B Blackman Harris 4B type BLACkman Blackman HAMMing Hamming HANNing Hanning PARZen Parzen ROSenfield Rosenfield WELCh Welch SLOBe Sine lobe SCUBed Sine cubed ST4T Sine to 4th FLATtop Flat top RECT Rectangular Measurement Modes All S A modes except SARTIME and SAZRTIME Examples SENSe SPECtrum FFT WINDow TYPE HAMMing selects the Hamming window Related Commands
9. Returns Returns are listed below for each of the arguments ALL lt width gt lt ppower gt lt ooratio gt lt ripple gt lt period gt lt dcycle gt lt phase gt lt chp gt lt obw gt lt ebw gt lt freq gt Where lt width gt lt NRf gt is the pulse width in s lt ppower gt lt NRf gt is the peak power in watts lt ooratio gt lt NRf gt is the on off ratio in dB lt ripple gt lt NRf gt is the pulse ripple in watts lt period gt lt NRf gt is the pulse repetition interval in s lt dcycle gt lt NRf gt is the duty cycle in percent lt phase gt lt NRf gt is the pulse pulse phase in degrees lt chp gt lt NRf gt is the channel power in watts lt obw gt lt NRf gt is the OBW in Hz lt ebw gt lt NRf gt is the EBW in Hz lt freq gt lt NRf gt is the frequency deviation in Hz WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 345 READ Commands 2 346 WIDTh lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Width 1 gt lt Width 2 gt lt Width n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Width n gt is the pulse width value for each pulse number 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 1000 PPOWer lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Ppower 1 gt lt Ppower 2 gt lt Ppower n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number
10. SENSe RFID ACPower FILTer TYPE RECTangle selects the rectangular filter for the ACPR measurement SENSe RFID MEASurement SENSe RFID BLOCk Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the number of the block to measure in the RFID analysis SENSe RFID BLOCk lt number gt SENSe RFID BLOCk lt number gt lt NR1 gt specifies the block number Zero represents the latest block Range M to 0 M Number of acquired blocks DEMRFID SENSe RFID BLOCk 5 sets the block number to 5 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 447 SENSe Commands SENSe RFID CARRier BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the channel bandwidth for the maximum EIRP Effective Isotropically Radiated Power in the RFID analysis This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to CARRier SENSe RFID CARRier BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration lt value gt SENSe RFID CARRier BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the channel bandwidth for the maximum EIRP Range 0 to 10 MHz DEMRFID SENSe RFID CARRier BANDwidth INTegration 1MHz sets the channel bandwidth to 1 MHz SENSe RFID MEASurement SENSe RFID CARRier COUNter RESolution Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 448 Sets or queries the cou
11. 0 cece cece ce ewe e rere eens 2 268 Table 2 39 Signal source analysis 0 cece cece reece eeee 2 281 Table 2 40 Input attenuation settings eee ewe eees 2 304 Table 2 41 Mixer level settings ccc cece eee rere renee 2 307 Table 2 42 Reference level range ccc ccece cscs ceeees 2 308 Table 2 43 Measurement mode cece cece cere e cece 2 310 Table 2 44 Queried information on the digital modulation analysis PGCSUUES ansees anoni cose S aE ser o ois averse a a a a Busse 2 338 Table 2 45 Signal source analysis 0 cece cece cece eeees 2 362 Table 2 46 SENSe command subgroups eeeeeeeee 2 369 Table 2 47 Measurement item selections ee eeeee 2 378 Table 2 48 Block size setting range cece cece eee eee 2 383 Table 2 49 Modulation selections cc cece cece eee eees 2 409 Table 2 50 Communication standard selections 2 418 Table 2 51 Measurement frequency bands eeeeees 2 424 Table 2 52 Span setting cece cece cece eee rere eens 2 430 Table 2 53 RFID measurement items cece eee eens 2 453 Table 2 54 Decoding format cece cece cece ee eee eee 2 456 Table 2 55 Modulation format cc cece cece rece eens 2 457 Table 2 56 Demodulation standard 0 eee cere eens 2 461 Table 2 57 FFT windows ccccc ccc cccccccccsscecceees 2 482 Table 2 58 S A mod
12. Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 70 Runs the following three calibrations m REF gain calibration m Center offset calibration DC offset calibration if the measurement frequency band is the baseband The CALibration ALL query command runs these calibrations and returns the results This command is equivalent to the CAL query command CALibration ALL CALibration ALL None lt NR1 gt 0 indicates a normal end For details of the error codes refer to page 3 17 All CALibration ALL runs all calibrations CAL WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual CALibration Commands CALibration AUTO Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Determines whether to run the RF gain calibration automatically CALibration AUTO OFF ON 0 1 CALibration AUTO OFF or 0 specifies that the analyzer does not run the RF gain calibration automatically Use the CALibration RF command to run the RF gain calibra tion ON or 1 specifies that the analyzer runs the RF gain calibration automatically All CALibration AUTO ON specifies that the analyzer runs the RF gain calibration automatically CALibration RF CALibration DATA DEFault No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Restores the calibration data to the factory defaults CALibration DATA DEFault None All CALibration D
13. Obtains spectrum waveform data in the S A spectrum analysis mode Syntax READ SPECtrum Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Data n gt is the amplitude spectrum in dBm 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 240001 Measurement Modes SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SAZRTIME SADL3G SAUL3G Examples READ SPECtrum might return 43200xxxx 3200 byte data for the spectrum waveform data Related Commands INSTrument SELect 2 356 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual READ Commands READ SPECtrum ACPower Query Only Obtains the results of the adjacent channel leakage power ratio ACPR measurement in the S A mode Syntax READ SPECtrum ACPower Arguments None Returns lt chpower gt lt acpm1 gt lt acpp1 gt lt acpm2 gt lt acpp2 gt lt acpm3 gt lt acpp3 gt Where lt chpower gt lt NRf gt is the channel power measured value in dBm lt acpm1 gt lt NRf gt is the first lower adjacent channel ACPR in dB lt acpp1 gt lt NRf gt is the first upper adjacent channel ACPR in dB lt acpm2 gt lt NRf gt is the second lower adjacent channel ACPR in dB lt acpp2 gt lt NRf gt is the second upper adjacent channel ACPR in dB lt acpm
14. SENSe SSOurce PNOise RJITter OFFSet STOP lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the random jitter measurement stop frequency as the offset from carrier frequency Range The start offset frequency to 100 MHz default The start offset frequency is set using the SENSe SSOurce PNOise RJITter OFFSet STARt command TIMSSOURCE SENSe SSOurce PNOise RJITter OFFSet STOP 1MHz sets the stop offset frequency to 1 MHz for the random jitter measurement SENSe SSOurce MEASurement SENSe SSOurce PNOise RJITter OFFSet STARt WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 509 SENSe Commands SENSe SSOurce PNOise RJlTter THReshold 2 510 Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the threshold value for obtaining the random jitter settling time in the real time phase noise measurement This is equivalent to setting Rj Settling Threshold in the Meas Setup menu This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to RTPNoise SENSe SSOurce PNOise RJITter THReshold lt value gt SENSe SSOurce PNOise RJITter THReshold lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the threshold value for obtaining the random jitter settling time Range 0 to 1 s default 0 TIMSSOURCE SENSe SSOurce PNOise RJITter THReshold 0 2ps sets the threshold value to 0 2 ps SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands
15. STABle lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Sym 1 gt lt Sym 2 gt lt Sym n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Sym n gt lt NR1 gt is the symbol data n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames PVTIme lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digit in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Data n gt is the time domain power data in dBm 4 byte little endian floating point format specified IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames AMAM lt Comp gt lt Coeff_num gt lt Coeff gt Where lt Comp gt lt NRf gt is the 1 dB compression point in dBm lt Coeff Num gt lt NR1 gt is the number of coefficients 1 to 16 It is equal to the value set using the SENSe DDEMod NLINearity COEFfi cient command plus 1 lt Coef f gt lt NRf gt is the coefficient value AMPM lt Coeff_num gt lt Coeff gt Where lt Coeff Num gt lt NR1 gt is the number of coefficients 1 to 16 It is equal to the value set using the SENSe DDEMod NLINearity COEFfi cient command plus 1 lt Coef f gt lt NRf gt is the coefficient value WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 341 READ Commands 2 342 Measurement Modes Examples Related
16. Syntax SENSe SSOQurce BLOCk lt number gt SENSe SSOurce BLOCk Arguments lt number gt lt NR1 gt specifies the block number Zero represents the latest block Range M to 0 M Number of acquired blocks Measurement Modes TIMSSOURCE Examples SENSe SSQurce BLOCk 5 sets the block number to 5 Related Commands SENSe SSOurce MEASurement 2 494 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe SSOurce CARRier BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the frequency bandwidth to calculate channel power in the signal source analysis This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to PNOise RTPNoise or RTSPurious SENSe SSOurce CARRier BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration lt value gt SENSe SSOurce CARRier BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the frequency bandwidth to calculate channel power Range Span 100 to Span 2 Hz TIMSSOURCE SENSe SSOurce CARRier BANDwidth INTegration 1MHz sets the bandwidth to 1 MHz SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 495 SENSe Commands SENSe SSOurce CARRier THReshold Sets or queries the threshold for carrier detection in the signal source analysis A signal with amplitude above the threshold is detected as a carrier This command is only availab
17. WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe FREQuency CTABle SELect Selects the channel table The query command returns the selected channel table Syntax SENSe FREQuency CTABle SELect lt table gt SENSe FREQuency CTABle SELect Arguments lt table gt lt string gt specifies a channel table The table name is represented with the communication standard name followed by FL forward link RL reverse link UL uplink or DL downlink The following channel tables are available None does not use channel tables CDMA2000 EU PAMR400 FL CDMA2000 EU PAMR800 FL CDMA2000 GSM BAND 1 FL CDMA2000 GSM BAND 2 FL CDMA2000 IMT2000 FL CDMA2000 JTACS BAND FL CDMA2000 KOREA PCS FL CDMA2000 EU PAMR400 RL CDMA2000 EU PAMR800 RL CDMA2000 GSM BAND 1 RL CDMA2000 GSM BAND 2 RL CDMA2000 IMT2000 RL CDMA2000 JTACS BAND RL CDMA2000 KOREA PCS RL CDMA2000 N A 700MHz Cellular FL CDMA2000 N A 700MHz Cellular RL CDMA2000 N A Cellular FL CDMA2000 N A Cellular RL CDMA2000 N A PCS FL CDMA2000 N A PCS RL CDMA2000 NMT450 20k FL CDMA2000 NMT450 20k RL CDMA2000 NMT450 25k FL CDMA2000 NMT450 25k RL CDMA2000 SMR800 FL CDMA2000 SMR800 RL CDMA2000 TACS BAND FL CDMA2000 TACS BAND RL DCS1800 DL DCS1800 UL GSM850 DL GSM850 UL GSM900 DL GSM900 UL NMT450 DL NMT450 UL PCS1900 DL PCS1900 UL W CDMA DL W CDMA UL The table name must be within quotation marks fo
18. 3B 59 4B 75 5B 91 7B 123 14 34 54 LAi2 74 LA28 114 TA12 134 TA28 174 SA28 1100 FF FS A lt L i Cc 12 1C 28 2c 44 3C 60 4c 76 5C 92 7C 124 15 35 55 LA13 75 LA29 115 TA13 135 TA29 175 SA29 1101 CR GS M D 13 1D 29 2D 45 3D 61 4D 77 5D 93 7D 125 16 36 56 LA14 76 LA30 116 TA14 136 TA30 176 SA30 1110 so RS gt N E 14 1E 30 2E 46 3E 62 4E 78 5E 94 7E 126 17 37 57 LAis 77 UNL 117 TA15 137 UNT 177 1111 SI US l 0 ot F 15 1F 31 2F 47 3F 63 4F 79 5F 95 DEL ADDRESSED UNIVERSAL LISTEN TALK SECONDARY ADDRESSES COMMANDS COMMANDS ADDRESSES ADDRESSES OR COMMANDS KEY tal gt f5 PPC GPIB code with ATN asserted oe ease ENQ lt ASCII character A hex gt t5 5k decimal IEEE STD 488 1 1987 ISO STD 646 2973 A 2 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual i Aan Appendix B GPIB Interface Specification This appendix lists and describes the GPIB functions and messages the waveform generator implements Interface Functions Table B 1 lists the GPIB interface functions this instrument implements Each function is briefly described on page B 2 Table B 1 GPIB interface function implementation Unaddress if my talk address MTA No Listen Only mode Interface function subset Capability Source Handshake SH SH1 Complete Acceptor Handshake AH AH1 Complete Talker T T6 Basic Talker Serial Poll Unaddress if my listen address MLA
19. All CALCulatel MARKerl MODE DELTa selects the delta marker mode in View 1 CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt PEAK HiGHer No Query Form Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Moves the marker higher in amplitude to the next peak in the specified view CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt PEAK HIGHer None If no peak exists the error message No Peak Found Error 202 is returned All CALCulatel MARKer1 PEAK HIGHer moves Marker 1 higher in amplitude to the next peak in View 1 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 57 CALCulate Commands CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt PEAK LEFT No Query Form Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Shifts the marker to the next peak on the left in the specified view CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt PEAK LEFT None If no peak exists the error message No Peak Found Error 202 is returned All CALCulatel MARKer1 PEAK LEFT shifts the marker to the next peak on the left in View 1 CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt PEAK LOWer No Query Form Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples 2 58 Moves the marker lower in amplitude to the next peak in the specified view CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt PEAK LOWer None If no peak exists error message No Peak Found Error 202 is returned All CALCulatel MARKer1 PEAK LOWer moves Marker 1 lower in amplitude
20. Examples WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Selects or queries the type of averaging SENSe SPECtrum AVERage TYPE RMS MAXimum MINimum SENSe SPECtrum AVERage TYPE RMS performs the averaging process with RMS root mean square MAXimum retains the maximum value at each data point on the waveform MINimum retains the minimum value at each data point on the waveform All S A modes except SARTIME and SAZRTIME SENSe SPECtrum AVERage TYPE RMS performs the averaging process with RMS 2 473 SENSe Commands SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution Sets or queries the resolution bandwidth RBW when SENSe SPEC trum B ANDwidth B WIDth RESolution AUTO is set to Off Syntax SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution lt freq gt SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution Arguments lt freq gt lt NRf gt specifies the RBW For the setting range refer to Table D 1 in Appendix D Measurement Modes All S A modes except SARTIME and SAZRTIME Examples SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth RESolution 80kHz sets the RBW to 80 kHz SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution AUTO Determines whether to automatically set the resolution bandwidth RBW by the span setting Syntax SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution AUTO OFF ON LO 1 SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution AUTO Arguments OFF or 0 specifies that the
21. FETCh PULSe WIDTh might return 3500xxxx 500 byte data for the pulse width measurement result INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual FETCh Commands FETCh PULSe SPECtrum Query Only Returns the spectrum data of the frequency domain measurement in the pulse characteristics analysis This query command is valid when DISPlay PULSe S Vlew FORMat is set to CHPowr OBWidth or EB Width Syntax FETCh PULSe SPECtrum Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Data n gt is the spectrum in dBm 4 byte little endian floating point format specified IEEE 488 2 n Max 240001 Measurement Modes TIMPULSE Examples FETCh PULSe SPECtrum might return 43200xxxx 3200 byte data for the spectrum data Related Commands DISPlay PULSe SVIew FORMat INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 265 FETCh Commands FETCh PULSe TAMPlitude Query Only 2 266 Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Returns the time domain amplitude data of the time domain measurement in the pulse characteristics analysis This query command is valid when DISPlay PULSe S Vlew FORMat is set to WIDTh PPOWer OORatio RIPPle PERiod DCYCl
22. GRID OFF FIX FLEX MLINe AMPLi tude INTerval lt numeric_value gt OFFSet lt numeric_value gt STATe lt boolean gt ANNotation STATe lt boolean gt FREQuency INTerval lt numeric_value gt OFFSet lt numeric_value gt STATe lt boolean gt 2X SCALe OFFSet lt frequency gt PDIVision lt frequency gt sy SCALe FIT FULL OFFSet lt amp1itude gt PDIVision lt amplitude gt WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 185 DISPlay Commands Y SCALe PDIVision ye Y SCALe OFFSet gt GRATicule GRID r dBm BMARker STATe f nf Ain Vn 10 dB i 100 AW VV M dBm Center 800 MHz f X SCALe OFFSet 2 186 Span 100 kHz X SCALe PDIVision NOTE Command header DISPlay SPECtrum is omitted here Figure 2 12 DISPlay SPECtrum command setting WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay SPECtrum BMARker STATe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Determines whether to show the band power marker DISPlay SPECtrum BMARKer STATe OFF ON 0 1 DISPlay SPECtrum BMARKer STATe OFF or 0 hides the band power marker ON or 1 shows the band power marker All DISPlay SPECtrum BMARKer STATe ON shows the band power marker DISPlay SPECtrum GRATicule GRID Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Selects or queries how the graticu
23. M to 0 M Number of acquired blocks TIMCCDF SENSe CCDF BLOCk 5 sets the block number to 5 SENSe CCDF CLEar No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Clears the CCDF accumulator and restarts the measurement This command is equivalent to the SENSe CCDF RMEasurement command SENSe CCDF CLEar None TIMCCDF SENSe CCDF CLEar clears the CCDF accumulator and restarts the measurement SENSe CCDF RMEasurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 385 SENSe Commands SENSe CCDF RMEasurement No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Clears the CCDF accumulator and restarts the measurement This command is equivalent to the SENSe CCDF CLEar command SENSe CCDF RMEasurement None TIMCCDF SENSe CCDF RMEasurement clears the CCDF accumulator and restarts the measurement SENSe CCDF CLEar SENSe CCDF THReshold Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 386 Sets or queries the threshold which defines the samples to be included in the CCDF calculation SENSe CCDF THReshold lt value gt SENSe CCDF THReshold lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the threshold Range 250 to 130 dBm TIMCCDF SENSe CCDF THReshold 50dBm sets the threshold to 50 dBm WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe CFRequency Subgr
24. PPOWer Maximum peak power in the pulse on time OORatio Difference between the on time power and off time power RIPPle Difference between the maximum and the minimum power in the on time PERiod Time between the pulse rising edge and the next rising edge DCYCle Ratio of the pulse width to teh pulse repetition interval PRI PHASe Phase at a certain point of each pulse CHPower Channel power of the pulse on time spectrum OBWidth OBW Occupied Bandwidth of the pulse on time spectrum EBWidth EBW Emission Bandwidth of the pulse on time spectrum FREQuency Frequency deviation in the pulse on time WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 261 FETCh Commands 2 262 Returns Returns are listed below for each of the arguments ALL lt width gt lt ppower gt lt ooratio gt lt ripple gt lt period gt lt dcycle gt lt phase gt lt chp gt lt obw gt lt ebw gt lt freq gt Where lt width gt lt NRf gt is the pulse width in s lt ppower gt lt NRf gt is the peak power in watts lt ooratio gt lt NRf gt is the on off ratio in dB lt ripple gt lt NRf gt is the pulse ripple in watts lt period gt lt NRf gt is the pulse repetition interval in s lt dcycle gt lt NRf gt is the duty cycle in percent lt phase gt lt NRf gt is the pulse pulse phase in degrees lt chp gt lt NRf gt is the channel power in watts lt obw gt lt NRf gt is the OBW in Hz lt ebw gt lt
25. Related Commands Sets or queries the random jitter measurement start frequency as the offset from carrier frequency in the signal source analysis This is equivalent to setting Rj Start Offset Frequency in the Meas Setup menu This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to PNOise or RTPNoise SENSe SSOurce PNOise RJITter OFFSet STARt lt value gt SENSe SSOurce PNOise RJITter OFFSet STARt lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the random jitter measurement start frequency as the offset from carrier frequency Range 10 Hz default to the stop offset frequency The stop offset frequency is set using the SENSe SSOurce PNOise RJITter OFFSet STOP command TIMSSOURCE SENSe SSOurce PNOise RJITter OFFSet STARt 10kHz sets the start frequency offset to 10 kHz for the random jitter measurement SENSe SSOurce MEASurement SENSe SSOurce PNOise RJITter OFFSet STOP WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe SSOurce PNOise RulTter OFFSet STOP Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the random jitter measurement stop frequency as the offset from carrier frequency in the signal source analysis This is equivalent to setting Rj Stop Offset Frequency in the Meas Setup menu This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to PNOise or RTPNoise SENSe SSOurce PNOise RJITter OFFSet STOP lt value gt
26. Related Commands Sets up the analyzer to the default settings for the spectrogram measurement Running this command is equivalent to pressing the following front panel keys S A key S A with Spectrogram side key gt PRESET key CONFigure TFRequency SGRam None SASGRAM CONFi gure TFRequency SGRam sets up the analyzer to the default settings for the spectrogram measurement INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 87 CONFigure Commands CONFigure TRANsient FVTime No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets up the analyzer to the default settings for frequency vs time measurement Running this command is equivalent to pressing the following front panel keys TIME key Transient side key PRESET key Frequency versus Time side key CONFigure TRANsient FVTime None TIMTRAN CONFigure TRANsient FVTime sets up the analyzer to the default settings for frequency vs time measurement INSTrument SELect CONFigure TRANsient QVTime No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 88 Sets up the analyzer to the default settings for IQ level vs time measurement Running this command is equivalent to pressing the following front panel keys TIME key Transient side key PRESET key IQ versus Time side key CONFigure TRANsient IQVTime None TIMTRAN CONFigure TRANsient I
27. SENSE EBWidth Set up EBW measurement p 2 420 SENSE FEED SENSE FREQuency SENSE OBWidth SENSE PULSe Set up signal path p 2 422 Set up frequency related conditions p 2 423 Set up OBW measurement p 2 432 Set up pulse characteristics measurement p 2 434 SENSE RFID SENSE ROSCillator SENSE SPECtrum Sets up the RFID analysis p 2 443 Set up reference oscillator p 2 469 Set up spectrum measurement p 2 470 SENSE SPURious Set up spurious signal measurement p 2 488 SENSE SSOurce SENSE TRANsient WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Sets up the signal source analysis p 2 492 Set up time domain measurement p 2 517 2 369 SENSe Commands SENSe ACPower Subgroup The SENSe ACPower commands set up the conditions related to the adjacent channel leakage power ratio ACPR measurement in the S A spectrum analysis mode Command Tree Header Parameter SENSe ACPower BANDwidth BWIDth ACHannel lt frequency gt INTegration lt frequency gt CSPacing lt frequency gt FILTer COEFficient lt numeric_value gt TYPE RECTangle GAUSsian NYQuist RNYQuist Prerequisites for Use To use a command of this group you must have run at least the following two commands 1 Run the following command to set the measurement mode to S A INSTrument SELect SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SADL3G SAUL3G 2 Run one of the following
28. SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth STATe 2 482 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe SPECtrum FRAMe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the frame number of the spectrum frame to be measured in the Real Time S A real time spectrum analysis mode SENSe SPECtrum FRAMe lt number gt SENSe SPECtrum FRAMe lt number gt lt NR1 gt specifies the frame number Range M to 0 M Block size set using the SENSe BSIZe command SARTIME SENSe SPECtrum FRAMe 5 sets the frame number to 5 SENSe BSIZe SENSe SPECtrum BLOCk WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 483 SENSe Commands SENSe SPECtrum MEASurement Selects and runs the measurement item in the S A spectrum analysis mode The query version of this command returns the current measurement item Syntax SENSe SPECtrum MEASurement OFF CHPower ACPower OBWidth EBWidth CNRatio CFRequency SPURious SENSe SPECtrum MEASurement Arguments Table 2 58 shows the arguments and their meanings Table 2 58 S A mode measurement items Argument Measurement item OFF Turns off the measurement CHPower Channel power ACPower Adjacent channel leakage power ACPR OBWidth Occupied bandwidth OBW EBWidth Emission bandwidth EBW CNRatio Carrier to noise ratio C N CFRequency Carrier frequency SPURious Spurious
29. SENSe SPECtrum AVERage CLEar No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Clears average data and counter and restarts the averaging process SENSe SPECtrum AVERage CLEar None All S A modes except SARTIME and SAZRTIME SENSe SPECtrum AVERage CLEar Clears average data and counter and restarts the averaging process SENSe SPECtrum AVERage COUNt Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 472 Sets or queries the number of traces to combine using the TYPE setting refer to page 2 473 SENSe SPECtrum AVERage COUNt lt value gt SENSe SPECtrum AVERage COUNt lt value gt lt NR1 gt is the number of traces to combine for averaging Range 1 to 10000 default 20 All S A modes except SARTIME and SAZRTIME SENSe SPECtrum AVERage COUNt 64 sets the average count to 64 SENSe SPECtrum AVERage TYPE WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe SPECtrum AVERage STATe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Determines whether to turn averaging on or off SENSe SPECtrum AVERage STATe OFF ON 0 1 SENSe SPECtrum AVERage STATe OFF or 0 turns off averaging ON or 1 turns on averaging All S A modes except SARTIME and SAZRTIME SENSe SPECtrum AVERage STATe ON turns on averaging SENSe SPECtrum AVERage TYPE Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes
30. Syntax DISPlay SSOurce MVIew Y SCALe FULL Arguments None Measurement Modes TIMSSOURCE Examples DISPlay SSOurce MVIew Y SCALe FULL sets the main view s vertical axis to the default full scale value Related Commands SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 201 DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce MVlew Y SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the minimum vertical value bottom in the main view during the signal source analysis DISPlay SSOurce MVIew Y SCALe OFFSet lt value gt DISPlay SSOurce MVIew Y SCALe OFFSet lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum vertical value in the main view The valid range depends on the display format Refer to Table D 3 in Appendix D TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce MVIew Y SCALe OFFSet 100 sets the minimum vertical value to 100 dBc Hz in the main view of the phase noise measurement SENSe SSOurce MEASurement DISPlay SSOurce MVlew Y SCALe PDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 202 Sets or queries the vertical scale per division in the main view during the signal source analysis DISPlay SSOurce MVIew Y SCALe PDIVision lt value gt DISPlay SSOurce MVIew Y SCALe PDIVision lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the vertical scale in the main view For the setting range refer to Table D
31. Syntax DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum Y SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum Y SCALe OFFSet Arguments lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt sets the minimum vertical value Range 200 to 0 dBm Measurement Modes TIMSSOURCE Examples DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum Y SCALe OFFSet 100 sets the minimum vertical value to 100 dBm DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum Y SCALe PDIVision Sets or queries the vertical or amplitude scale per division in the spectrum view Syntax DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum Y SCALe PDIVision lt amp1 gt DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum Y SCALe PDIVision Arguments lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt specifies the vertical scale in the spectrum view Range 0 to 10 dB div Measurement Modes TIMSSOURCE Examples DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum Y SCALe PDIVision 10 sets the vertical scale to 10 dB div WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 219 DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency Subgroup The DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency commands control a three dimensional view noisogram in the signal source analysis NOTE To use a command from this group you must have selected TIMS SOURCE signal source analysis in the INSTrument SELect command These commands are valid when DISplay SSOurce SVlew FORMat is set to NGRam noisogram Command Tree Header DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam COLor SCALe OFFSet RANge 2X SCALe STARt STOP zy SCALe OFFSet P
32. The maximum value depends on acquired data quantity Measurement Modes SARTIME Examples DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe TIME INTerval 1m sets the interval to 1 ms DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe TIME OFFSet Sets or queries the offset of the time multi display lines in the spectrogram Syntax DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe TIME OFFSet lt value gt DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe TIME OFFSet Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt sets the offset of the time multi display lines Range 0 second maximum Zero represents the latest frame The minimum value depends on acquired data quantity Measurement Modes SARTIME Examples DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe TIME OFFSet 500u sets the offset to 500 us WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 233 DISPlay Commands DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe TIME STATe Determines whether to show the time multi display lines in thr spectrogram Syntax DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe TIME STATe OFF ON 0 1 DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe TIME STATe Arguments OFF or 0 hides the time multi display lines ON or 1 shows the time multi display lines Measurement Modes SARTIME Examples DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe TIME STATe ON shows the time multi display lines 2 234 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay TFRequency SGRam X SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Example
33. The output queue is a FIFO queue and holds response messages to queries where they await retrieval When there are messages in the queue the SBR MAV bit is set The output queue will be emptied each time a command or query is received so the controller must read the output queue before the next command or query is issued If this is not done an error will occur and the output queue will be emptied however the operation will proceed even if an error occurs The event queue is a FIFO queue and stores events as they occur in the analyzer If more than 32 events occur event 32 will be replaced with event code 350 Queue Overflow The error code and text are retrieved using the SYSTem ERRor queries WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Status and Events Status and Event Processing Sequence Figure 3 9 shows an outline of the sequence for status and event processing Standard Event Status Register SESR Read using ESR Cannot be written Event Status Enable Register ESER Read using ESE Write using ESE Status Byte Register SBR Read using STB Cannot be written Service Request Enable Register SRER Read using SRE Write using SRE J 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PON CME EXE DDE QYE OPC Event Event Event queue Event 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 P
34. This string uses quotation marks correctly correct This string also uses quotation marks correctly incorrect This string does not use quotation marks correctly m You can use upper case lower case or a mixture of both cases for all commands queries and parameters SENSE SPECTRUM FFT LENGTH 1024 is the same as sense spectrum fft length 1024 and SENSE spectrum FFT length 1024 NOTE Literal strings quoted are case sensitive For example file names m No embedded spaces are allowed between or within nodes correct SENSE SPECTRUM FFT LENGTH 1024 incorrect SENSE SPECTRUM FFT LEN GTH 1024 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 9 Command Syntax IEEE 488 2 Common Commands Description Command and Query Structure ANSI IEEE Standard 488 2 defines the codes formats protocols and usage of common commands and queries used on the interface between the controller and the instruments The analyzer complies with this standard The syntax for an IEEE 488 2 common command is an asterisk followed by a command and optionally a space and parameter value The syntax for an IEEE 488 2 common query is an asterisk followed by a query and a question mark All of the common commands and queries are listed in the last part of the Syntax and Commands section The following are examples of common commands m ESE 16 m CLS The following are examples of common queries m ESR m
35. lt value gt lt NRf gt is the filter roll off rate Range 0 0001 to 1 default 0 5 SANORMAL SASGRAM SART IME SENSe CNRatio FILTer COEFficient 0 3 sets the filter roll off rate to 0 3 SENSe CNRatio FILTer TYPE SENSe CNRatio FiLTer TYPE Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 394 Selects or queries the filter for the C N measurement SENSe CNRatio FILTer TYPE RECTangle GAUSsian NYQuist RNYQuist SENSe CNRatio FILTer TYPE RECTangle selects the rectangular filter GAUSsian selects the Gaussian filter NYQuist selects the Nyquist filter default RNYQuist selects the Root Nyquist filter SANORMAL SASGRAM SART IME SENSe CNRatio FILTer TYPE RNYQuist selects the Root Nyquist filter WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe CNRatio OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries offset from the carrier to noise in the the C N measurement see Figure 2 19 SENSe CNRatio OFFSet lt freq gt SENSe CNRatio OFFSet lt freq gt lt NRf gt specifies the offset frequency Range Span 2 to Span 2 SANORMAL SASGRAM SART IME SENSe CNRatio OFFSet 5MHz sets the offset frequency to 5 MHz WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 395 SENSe Commands SENSe CORRection Subgroup The SENSe CORRection commands control the amplitude correction For details on the amplitude
36. specifies the macro program folder MacroTest located under the directory C Program Files Tektronix wca200a P ython wca200a measmacro nonre gistered PROGram SELected EXECute 2 325 PROGram Commands PROGram NUMBer 2 Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples 2 326 Sets a numeric variable used in the macro program The query version of this command returns the numeric variable or the measure ment result PROGram NUMBer lt varname gt lt nvalues gt PROGram NUMBer lt varname gt lt varname gt lt string gt specifies the variable lt nvalues gt lt NRf gt is the numeric value for the variable lt NRf gt is the numeric value of the specified variable If the specified variable is not found the following error message is returned I1legal variable name 283 All PROGram NUMBer LOW LIMIT 1 5 sets the variable LOW_LIMIT to 1 5 PROGram NUMBer RESULT might return 1 2345 of the measured value stored in the variable RESULT WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual PROGram Commands PROGram STRing Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Sets a character variable used in the macro program The query form of this command returns the character variable or the measure ment result string PROGram STRing lt varname gt lt svalues gt PROGram STRing lt varname gt lt varname gt lt string gt specifie
37. 0 00 seca eee heen oe ewe eae ees 2 28 PROGram Command 5 ioc 5 4 deseceoe csdicece Wee ea Wh ek wed Aud a a en 8 2 29 READ Commands essien Godson nire Se ee die sce a 6 Maa we wtebie ew 3 2 29 SENS6 Commands css esgic 6edtessceue codose wee e ea Wek ed Aud awe a en 8 2 30 ESTATGS Command ousar Geddes n Gee eerag dee sce nar sal 6 Mae wd atebie ee 3 2 36 eS Y 9 Lem Commands s arerin Wee geared aussie Gh eb wb Ad gee whee ee 8 2 37 PRA CG Commands sss 4 sisdec rinier e nae aee diese a 6 Meee wd atebin ew 3 2 37 TRIGger Commands 25 0 scice sae eee Mee ene Heed sarees 2 38 UNIT Commands oreca eaen n Goa Weerag dissed aslew a E atebie ies 3 2 38 General Programming Procedure 0 0 0 c eee eee 2 39 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual i Table of Contents Status and Events IEEE Common Commands ccsecscceccccscecceces 2 41 sABORt Commands ccc cece e cece cece cece E ESES KERES 2 51 CALCulate Commands ccc cc ees ccc ce cece scsceees 2 53 CALibration Commands ccc ccs cc ccc cc ccc ecsceees 2 69 CONFigure Commands cc ccc cc ccc ce cece scsceees 2 77 DISPlay Commands 0 cece cece cece cere ee reece eees 2 91 SFETCh Commands ccc cece cece cece cece ere eeeceees 2 245 sFORMat Commands ccc cece cece cece cece ees ceees 2 293 sHCOPy Commands ccc ccc c cece cece cece eee eesceees 2 295 sSINITiate Commands cece ccc c
38. 24 SENSe SPURious THReshold EXCursion lt level gt SENSe SPURious THReshold EXCursion lt level gt lt NRf gt specifies the excursion level If the signal exceeds the excursion level and meets the other threshold requirements that you set it is decided to be spurious Range 0 to 30 dB default 3dB SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SENSe SPURious THReshold EXCursion 5 sets the excursion level to 5 dB IGNore SIGNal SPURious EXCursion Regular signal Spurious signal NOTE Command header SENSe SPURious THReshold is omitted here Figure 2 24 Setting up the spurious signal measurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 489 SENSe Commands SENSe SPURious THReshold GNore Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the range not to detect spurious signals around the carrier peak signal to avoid mistaking spurious see Figure 2 24 SENSe SPURious THReshold IGNore lt value gt SENSe SPURious THReshold IGNore lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the range not to detect spurious around the carrier peak signal Range 0 to Span 2 Hz SANORMAL SASGRAM SART IME SENSe SPURious THReshold IGNore 1MHz sets the range not to detect spurious to 1 MHz SENSe SPURious THReshold SIGNal Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 490 Sets or queries the threshold level to determ
39. ALL 2 42 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual IEEE Common Commands CLS No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands ESE 2 Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Clears all the event status registers and queues used in the status event reporting structure Refer to Section 3 Status and Events for the register information CLS None All SCS clears all the event status registers and queues ESE ESR SRE STB Sets or queries the value of the Event Status Enable Register ESER used in the status event reporting structure Refer to Section 3 Status and Events for the register information ESE lt value gt ESE lt value gt lt NR1 gt is a value in the range from 0 through 255 The binary bits of the ESER are set according to this value All ESE 145 sets the ESER to binary 10010001 which enables the PON EXE and OPC bits ESE might return the string ESE 184 showing that the ESER contains the binary value 10111000 CLS ESR SRE STB 2 43 IEEE Common Commands ESR Query Only Sets or queries the contents of the Standard Event Status Register SESR used in the status event reporting structure The SESR is cleared after being read Refer to Section 3 Status and Events for the register information Syntax ESR Arguments None Re
40. DECode PIE A PIE C FMO MANCHESTER MILLER MILLER 2 MILLER 4 MILLER 8 M MILLER NRZ FORMat ASK DSB ASK SSB ASK PR ASK OOK INTerpolate lt numeric_value gt WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 443 SENSe Commands gt LINK INTerrogator TAG SERRor WIDTh lt numeric_value gt STANdard 18000 4 1 18000 6 A 18000 6 B 18000 6 C MANUAL TARI AUTO lt bool ean gt SET lt numeric_value gt THReshold HIGHer lt numeric_value gt LOWer lt numeric_value gt OFFSet lt numeric_value gt SPurious THReshold EXCursion lt numeric_value gt IGNore lt numeric_value gt SIGNal lt numeric_value gt SPURi ous lt numeric_value gt ZOOM FREQuency CENTer lt numeric_value gt WIDTh lt numeric_value gt The SENSe RFID ACPower commands are based on the SENSe ACPower commands in the S A mode Refer to page 2 370 The SENSe RFID SPURious commands are based on the SENSe SPURious commands in the S A mode Refer to page 2 488 2 444 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe RFID ACPower BANDwidth BWIDth ACHannel Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the adjacent channel bandwidth in the ACPR measurement This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to ACPower SENSe RFID ACPower BANDwidth BWIDth ACHan
41. DISPlay VIEW BRIGhtness lt value gt DISPlay VIEW BRIGhtness lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the brightness Range 0 to 1 One represents the maximum brightness All DISPlay VIEW BRIGhtness 1 sets the display brightness to 1 maximum DISPlay VIEW FORMat Syntax Arguments 2 238 Selects or queries the view display format DISPlay VIEW FORMat V1S V3S V4S VSPL HSPL MULTitude DISPlay VIEW FORMat VIS specifies that only View 1 is displayed V3S specifies that only View 3 is displayed VAS specifies that only View 4 is displayed VSPL specifies that Views 1 and 4 are tiled horizontally HSPL specifies that Views 1 and 4 are tiled vertically MULTi tude specifies that multiple views are displayed simultaneously NOTE You must have selected SASGRAM or SARTIME with the INSTru ment SELect command to use VSPL or HSPL You must have selected a measurement mode which has three views to use MULTitude WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands Measurement Modes All Examples DISPlay VIEW FORMat V1S specifies that only View 1 is displayed View 1 View 3 View 1 View 1 View 4 View 4 View 4 MULTitude HSPL VSPL Figure 2 14 View display formats Related Commands INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 239 DISPlay Commands DISPlay WAVeform Subgroup The DISPl
42. DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe AMPLitude STATe DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe ANNotation STATe DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe FREQuency INTerval DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe FREQuency OFFSet DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe FREQuency S TATe DISPlay SPECtrum X SCALe OFFSet DISPlay SPECtrum X SCALe PDIVision DISPlay SPECtrum Y SCALe FIT DISPlay SPECtrum Y SCALe FULL DISPlay SPECtrum Y SCALe OFFSet DISPlay SPECtrum Y SCALe PDIVision DISPlay SSOurce MVlew subgroup DISPlay SSOurce MVlew X SCALe OFFSet DISPlay SSOurce MVlew X SCALe PDIVision DISPlay SSOurce MVlew X SCALe RANGe DISPlay SSOurce MVlew X SCALe S TARt DISPlay SSOurce MVlew X SCALe STOP Spectrum measurement related Turns on or off the band power marker Determines how the graticule is displayed Sets the interval of the amplitude multi display lines Sets the offset of the amplitude multi display lines Determines whether to show the amplitude multi display lines Determines whether to show the readout of the multi display lines Sets the interval of the frequency multi display lines Sets the offset of the frequency multi display line Determines whether to show the frequency multi display lines Sets the minimum horizontal value start frequency Sets the horizontal scale span div Runs auto scale Sets the vertical axis to the default full scale Sets the minimum vertical or amplitude value bottom end Sets the vertic
43. DISPlay WAVeform command setting 2 240 Figure 2 16 Setting up the ACPR measurement 2 372 Figure 2 17 Defining the analysis range 0eeeeeeee 2 374 Figure 2 18 Setting up the channel power measurement 2 389 Figure 2 19 Setting up the C N measurement 4 2 392 Figure 2 20 Defining the analysis range eeeeeeeee 2 402 Figure 2 21 Setting up the EBW measurement 2 421 Figure 2 22 Setting frequency and span eee eeeee 2 423 Figure 2 23 Setting up the OBW measurement 2 433 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Table of Contents Figure 2 24 Setting up the spurious signal measurement 2 489 Figure 2 25 Defining the analysis range 0eeeeeeee 2 517 Figure 2 26 Trigger mask setting example 0005 2 547 Figure 2 27 Retrieving response message eeeeceeee 2 559 Figure 3 1 Status Event reporting mechanism 4 3 2 Figure 3 2 The Status Byte Register SBR ceeeeeee 3 6 Figure 3 3 The Standard Event Status Register SESR 3 7 Figure 3 4 The Operation Condition Register OCR 3 8 Figure 3 5 The Event Status Enable Register ESER 3 9 Figure 3 6 The Service Request Enable Register SRER 3 10 Figure 3 7 Operation Enable Register OENR 6 3 10 Figure 3 8 Operation Transitio
44. OFFSet Sets the minimum horizontal value left edge in the subview DISPlay SSOurce SVlew X SCALe PDIVision Sets the horizontal scale per division in the subview DISPlay SSOurce SVlew X SCALe RANGe Sets the full scale value of the horizontal axis in the subview DISPlay SSOurce SVlew X SCALe STARt DISPlay SSOurce SVlew X SCALe STOP DISPlay SSOurce SVlew Y SCALe FIT DISPlay SSOurce SVlew Y SCALe FULL DISPlay SSOurce SVlew Y SCALe OFFSet DISPlay SSOurce SVlew Y SCALe PDIVision DISPlay SSOurce SVlew Y SCALe PLINe DISPlay SSOurce SVlew Y SCALe RANGe DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum subgroup DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum X SCALe 0FFSet DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum X SCALe PDIMision DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum Y SCALe FIT DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum Y SCALe FULL DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum Y SCALe OFFSet DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum Y SCALe PDIMision DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency subgroup DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam COLor SCALe OFFSet DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam COLor SCALe RANGe Sets the minimum horizontal value left edge in the subview Sets the maximum horizontal value right edge in the subview Runs the auto scale on the subview Sets the vertical axis in the subview to the default full scale value Sets the minimum vertical value bottom in the subview Sets the vertical scale per division in the subview Sets the verti
45. Related Commands INITiate SENSe DDEMod MVIew FORMat 2 410 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe DDEMod LENGth Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the range for the digital modulation analysis see Figure 2 20 NOTE The SENSe DDEMod LENGth query may return a value smaller than the default 7680 since the value is limited by the number of data points in the block SENSe DDEMod LENGth lt value gt SENSe DDEMod LENGth lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the analysis range by the number of data points Range 1 to 1024 x block size or 8192 512 7680 whichever smaller To set the block size use the SENSe BSIZe command DEMDDEM SENSe DDEMod LENGth 1000 sets the measurement range to 1000 points SENSe BSIZe WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 411 SENSe Commands SENSe DDEMod MDEPth Sets or queries the modulation depth to separate two states of an ASK signal This command is valid when SENSe DDEMod FORMat is set to ASK and SENSe DDEMod MDEPth AUTO is set to OFF Syntax SENSe DDEMod MDEPth lt value gt SENSe DDEMod MDEPth Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the depth of modulation Range 0 to 100 Measurement Modes DEMDDEM Examples SENSe DDEMod MDEPth 20 sets the modulation depth to 20 Related Commands SENSe DDEMod FORMat
46. Request Service RQS Master Status Summary MSS When the instrument is accessed using the GPIB serial poll command this bit is called the Request Service RQS bit and indicates to the controller that a service request has occurred in other words that the GPIB bus SRQ line is LOW The RQS bit is cleared when serial poll ends When the instrument is accessed using the STB query this bit is called the Master Status Summary MSS bit and indicates that the instrument has issued a service request for one or more reasons The MSS bit is never cleared to 0 by the STB query Event Status Bit ESB This bit indicates whether or not a new event has occurred after the previous Standard Event Status Register SESR has been cleared or after an event readout has been performed Message Available Bit MAV This bit indicates that a message has been placed in the output queue and can be retrieved 1 0 Questionable Summary Status QSS Summary of the Questionable Status Byte register It is always zero in the WCA230A WCA280A analyzer Event Quantity Available EAV Summary of the Error Event Queue Not used 3 6 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Status and Events Standard Event Status The SESR is made up of 8 bits Each bit records the occurrence of a different Register SESR type of event as shown in Figure 3 3 and Table 3 2 The contents of this register are returned when the ESR query is used 7 P
47. SAUL3G 2 Run one of the following commands to start the OBW measurement To start the measurement with the default settings CONFigure SPECtrum OBWidth m To start the measurement without modifying the current settings SENSe SPECtrum MEASurement OBWidth 2 432 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe OBWidth PERCent Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the occupied bandwidth for the OBW measurement SENSe OBWidth PERCent lt value gt SENSe OBWidth PERCent lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the occupied bandwidth Range 80 to 99 99 default 99 SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SADL3G SAUL3G SENSe OBWidth PERCent 95 sets the occupied bandwidth to 95 PERCent Cp Sp x 100 a _ gt Cp Power of carrier region Sp Power of span region NOTE The command header SENSe OBWidth is omited here Figure 2 23 Setting up the OBW measurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 433 SENSe Commands SENSe PULSe Subgroup The SENSe PULSe commands set up the conditions related to the pulse charcteristics analysis NOTE To use a command from this group you must have selected TIMPULSE pulse characteristics analysis in the INSTrument SELect command Command Tree Header SENSe PULSe BLOCk CHPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration CRESolution EBWidth XDB
48. SENSe RFID IMMediate performs calculation for the acquired data in the RFID analysis INITiate SENSe RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 451 SENSe Commands SENSe RFID LENGth Sets or queries the range for the RFID analysis NOTE The SENSe RFID LENGth query may return a value smaller than the default 7680 since the value is limited by the number of data points in the block Syntax SENSe RFID LENGth lt value gt SENSe RFID LENGth Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the analysis range by the number of data points Range 1 to 256K To set the block size use the SENSe BSIZe command Measurement Modes DEMRFID Examples SENSe RFID LENGth 1000 sets the measurement range to 1000 points Related Commands SENSe BSIZe 2 452 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe RFID MEASurement Selects the measurement item in the RFID analysis The query version of this command returns the current measurement item Syntax SENSe RFID MEASurement CARRier SPURious ACPower PODown RFENvelope CONSte EYE STABle SENSe RFID MEASurement Arguments Table 2 53 shows the arguments and their meanings Table 2 53 RFID measurement items Argument Measurement item CARRier Carrier SPURious Spurious ACPower ACPR PODown Power on down RFENvelope RF envelope CONSte Constellation EYE Eye diagram ST
49. SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM FREQuency CENTer SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM FREQuency WIDTh SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM LENGth SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM OFFSet SENSe SPURious subgroup SENSe SPURious THReshold EXCursion SENSe SPURious THReshold IGNore SENSe SPURious THReshold SIGNal SENSe SPURious THReshold SPURious SENSe SSOurce subgroup SENSe SSOurce BLOCk SENSe SSOurce CARRier BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration SENSe SSOurce CARRier THReshold SENSe SSOurce CARRier T RACking S TATe SENSe SSOurce CNRatio FFT LENGth SENSe SSOurce CNRatio OFFSet SENSe SSOurce CNRatio SBANd SENSe SSOurce CNRatio THReshold Selects a FFT window Sets the frame number for the spectrum measurement Runs a selected measurement item Sets the number of the block to zoom Sets the center frequency of a zoomed area Sets the frequency width of a zoomed area Sets the time length of a zoomed area Sets the starting point of a zoomed area Spurious signal measurement related Sets the spurious excursion level Sets an area to ignore spurious Sets the carrier criterion level Sets the spurious criterion level Signal source analysis related Sets the number of the block to measure Sets the frequency bandwidth to calculate channel power Sets the threshold for carrier detection Determines whether to enable or disable the carrier tracking Sets the number of FFT samples p
50. SSOurce MEASurement is set to RTPNoise real time phase noise or RTSPurious real time spurious Command Tree Header Parameter DISPlay SSOurce SVIew COLor SCALe OFFSet lt numeric_value gt RANGe lt numeric_value gt FORMat SPECTrum NGRam RJVTime IPNVtime CNVTime CNVFrequency 7X SCALe OFFSet lt numeric_value gt PDIVision lt numeric_value gt RANGe lt numeric_value gt STARt lt numeric_value gt STOP lt numeric_value gt iy SCALe FIT FULL OFFSet lt numeric_value gt PDIVision lt numeric_value gt PLINe lt numeric_value gt RANGe lt numeric_value gt 2 204 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce SVlew COLor SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum value bottom of the color axis in the subview displaying a noisogram This command is valid when DISPlay SSOurce S View FORMat is set to NGRam DISPlay SSOurce SVIew COLor SCALe OFFSet lt value gt DISPlay SSOurce SVIew COLor SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum color axis value in the subview Range 230 to 70 dBc Hz TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce SVIew COLor SCALe 0FFSet 100 sets the minimum color axis value to 100 dBc Hz DISPlay SSOurce SVlew COLor SCALe RANGe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries full scale value of the col
51. STABle Symbol table PVTime Power versus Time AMAM AM AM vector AMPM AM PM vector DAMam AM AM dot DAMPm AM PM dot CCDF CCDF PDF PDF NOTE The argument FVTime is valid when SENSe DDEMod FORMat is GFSK or FSK The argument PVTime is valid only when SENSe DDEMod FORMat is ASK The display format is restricted by the modulation type Refer to the WCA230A User Manual for details Measurement Modes DEMDDEM Examples DISPlay DDEMod SVIew FORMat CONSte displays the constellation in the subview Related Commands WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat SENSe DDEMod FORMat 2 119 DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod SVlew HSSHift Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 120 Selects or queries the Q data half symbol shift for an OQPSK modulation signal on the subview during the digital modulation analysis NOTE This command is valid when SENSe DDEMod FORMat is set to OQPSK This command setting affects the DISPLay DDEMod MVlew HSSHift command setting immediately DISPlay DDEMod MVIew HSSHift LEFT NONE RIGHt DISP1ay DDEMod MVIew HSSHi ft LEFT shifts Q data by half a symbol in the negative direction on the time axis NONE does not shift Q data default RIGHt shifts Q data by half a symbol in the positive direction on the time axis DEMDDEM DISPlay DDEMod MVIew HSSHift LEFT spec
52. Syntax MMEMory LOAD CORRection lt file name gt Arguments lt file_ name gt lt string gt specifies the file that contains the amplitude correction table The file extension is cor Measurement Modes All S A modes except SARTIME and SAZRTIME Examples MMEMory LOAD CORRection C My Documents Filel cor loads the correction table from File1 cor in the My Documents folder MMEMory LOAD IQT No Query Form Loads IQ data in time domain from the specified file Syntax MMEMory LOAD IQT lt file_name gt Arguments lt file_name gt lt string gt specifies the file from which to load IQ data The file extension is iqt Measurement Modes SARTIME SAZRTIME all Demod modes all Time modes Examples MMEMory LOAD 1QT C My Documents Datal iqt loads IQ data from the file Datal iqt in the My Documents folder WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 315 MMEMory Commands MMEMory LOAD STATe No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Loads settings from the specified file MMEMory LOAD STATe lt file_name gt lt file_ name gt lt string gt specifies the file from which to load settings The file extension is cfg All MMEMory LOAD STATe C My Documents Setupl cfg loads settings from the file Setup1 cfg in the My Documents folder MMEMory LOAD TRACe lt x gt No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 316 Loads
53. THReshold LOWer lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the lower threshold Range 1 to 50 DEMRFID SENSe RFID MODulation THReshold 10 sets the lower threshold to 10 SENSe RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe RFID OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the measurement start position in the RFID analysis NOTE The SENSe RFID OFFSet query may return a value greater than the default 0 since the value is limited by the trigger position in the block SENSe RFID OFFSet lt value gt SENSe RFID OFFSet lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the measurement start position by the number of points Range 0 to 1024 x block size 1 To set the block size use the SENSe BSIZe command TIMRFID SENSe RFID OFFSet 500 sets the measurement start position to Point 500 SENSe BSIZe WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 465 SENSe Commands SENSe RFID SPURious THReshold EXCursion Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the excursion level to determine if the signal is spurious for the spurious measurement in the RFID analysis This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to SPURious SENSe RFID SPURious THReshold EXCursion lt value gt SENSe RFID SPURious THReshold EXCursion lt va
54. TRANsient IMMediate These commands are designed so that the next command to be sent is executed without waiting for the previous command to be completed In some cases a process executed by another command must first be completed before these commands can be executed in other cases these commands must be completed before the next command is executed You have two options to achieve command synchronization m Using the status and event reporting function m Using synchronizing commands In the following example a READ command is used to obtain the measurement results while the Operation Condition Register OCR is being used to provide synchronization STATus OPERation NTRansition 16 Set the filter of the OCR MEASuring bit STATus OPERation ENABle 16 Enable the filter of the OCR MEASuring bit SRE 128 Set the SRER OSS bit READ SPECtrum Obtain the measurement results The command waits for generation of SRQ WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Status and Events Using Synchronizing The IEEE 488 2 common commands include the following synchronizing Commands commands OPC OPC WAI Using the OPC Command The OPC command sets the SESR OPC bit when all the operations for which it is waiting are completed If the GPIB interface is in use you can synchronize the execution by using this command together with the serial polling or service request function The following is a command sequence exampl
55. fprintf stderr SRQI if ibsta amp RQS fprintf stderr RQS if ibsta amp CMPL fprintf stderr CMPL if ibsta amp LOK fprintf stderr LOK if ibsta amp REM fprintf stderr REM if ibsta amp CIC fprintf stderr CIC if ibsta amp ATN fprintf stderr ATN if ibsta amp TACS fprintf stderr TACS if ibsta amp LACS fprintf stderr LACS if ibsta amp DTAS fprintf stderr DTAS if ibsta amp DCAS fprintf stderr DCAS fprintf stderr gt n fprintf stderr iberr d iberr WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Programming Examples if iberr EDVR fprintf stderr EDVR lt DOS Error gt n if iberr ECIC fprintf stderr ECIC lt Not CIC gt n if iberr ENOL fprintf stderr ENOL lt No Listener gt n if iberr EADR fprintf stderr EADR lt Address error gt n if iberr EARG fprintf stderr EARG lt Invalid argument gt n if iberr ESAC fprintf stderr ESAC lt Not Sys Ctrlr gt n if iberr EABO fprintf stderr EABO lt Op aborted gt n if iberr ENEB fprintf stderr ENEB lt No GPIB board gt n if iberr EOIP fprintf stderr EQIP lt Async 1 0 in prg gt n if iberr ECAP fprintf stderr ECAP lt No capability gt n if iberr EFSO fprintf stderr EFSO lt File sys error gt n if iberr EBUS fprintf std
56. per division in the spectrum view DISPlay RFID SPECtrum Y SCALe PDIVision lt amp1 gt DISPlay RFID SPECtrum Y SCALe PDIVision lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt specifies the vertical scale in the spectrum view Range 0 to 10 dB div DEMRFID DISPlay RFID SPECtrum Y SCALe PDIVision 10 sets the vertical scale to 10 dB div WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay RFID WAVeform Subgroup The DISPlay RFID WAVeform commands control the time domain display in the RFID Radio Frequency Identification measurement NOTE To use a command from this group you must have selected DEMRFID RFID analysis in the INSTrument SELect command Header DISPlay RFID WAVeform 2X Command Tree SCALe OFFSet PDIVsion Y SCALe SELT FULL OFFSet PDIVsion WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Parameter lt time gt lt time gt lt amp1itude gt lt amp1itude gt 2 181 DISPlay Commands DISPlay RFID WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum value of the horizontal axis left edge in the time domain display DISPlay RFID WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet lt time gt DISPlay RFID WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet lt time gt lt NRf gt sets the minimum horizontal value Refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 for setting the scale DEMRFID DISPlay RFID WAVeform X SCALe O
57. source code 1 3 Figure 1 5 GPIB connector rear panel e cece ceeee 1 4 Figure 1 6 GPIB connection 0 cece cece cece cece eens 1 5 Figure 1 7 Typical GPIB network configurations 1 5 Figure 1 8 Remote Setup menu cc cece eee e eee eeee 1 6 Figure 1 9 Setting the GPIB parameters 0e ee eeeee 1 7 Figure 2 1 Example of SCPI subsystem hierarchy tree 2 2 Figure 2 2 Example of abbreviating a command 2 6 Figure 2 3 Example of chaining commands and queries 2 7 Figure 2 4 Example of omitting root and lower level nodes in a Chained Message cccccc cece cen sccccccccnscnseccece 2 7 Figure 2 5 View number assignments e eee eeeee 2 53 Figure 2 6 Horizontal scale setting requirements 2 92 Figure 2 7 Horizontal scale setting requirements for spectrum VIOW 6555 b sigh pees Shaw hee bbe seal ees VEN Soe See ew eee S 2 93 Figure 2 8 DISPlay CCDF command setting 2 94 Figure 2 9 DISPlay DDEMod command setting 2 102 Figure 2 10 DISPlay OVIew command setting 2 130 Figure 2 11 DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum command setting 2 152 Figure 2 12 DISPlay SPECtrum command setting 2 186 Figure 2 13 DISPlay TFRequency command setting 2 229 Figure 2 14 View display formats 0 cece eee eee eens 2 239 Figure 2 15
58. 30 default 1 Connection Mode Selects the physical GPIB port or the virtual Tek VISA connection method GPIB Port Default Uses the IEEE488 2 connector on the rear panel of the analyzer to communicate with an external controller Refer to the next section Setting up the GPIB port for the procedure m TekVISA Uses TekVISA to communicate with test instrumentation through Ethernet LAN connector on the side panel of the analyzer and also to run a control program locally on the analyzer Refer to Using TekVISA on page 1 8 for more information WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Getting Started Ethernet Setup Not available currently Use the Windows XP Control Panel to set up networking parameters Setting Up the GPIB Port When you use the GPIB port follow these steps to set the parameters 1 Press the SYSTEM key in the UTILITY block on the front panel 2 Press the side key Remote Setup GPIB Setup J05 11 50 28 Remote Setup Remote Setup menu RBW 80 kHz Cancel Back _ Trace 1 Normal Remote Interface Trace 2 Off lt Remote Interface Off On Selects whether the connection between the analyzer and GPIB GPIB Setup is turned on or off GPIB Setup Ethernet Setup Sets the GPIB parameters GPIB address and connection mode Figure 1 9 Setting the GPIB parameters 3 Press the Connection Mode side key and select GPIB Port 4 Press the GPIB Address side key and
59. 4 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Appendix C Factory Initialization Settings Table C 4 Factory initialization settiings DISPlay commands Cont Header DISPlay RFID WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet Default value DISPlay RFID WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision 0 DISPlay SPECtrum subgroup DISPlay SPECtrum BMARkKer STATe ON DISPlay SPECtrum GRATicule GRID FIX DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe AMPLitude INTerval 0 dB DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe AMPLitude OFFSet 0 dBm DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe AMPLitude S TATe OFF DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe ANNotation STATe ON DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe FREQuency INTerval 0 Hz DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe FREQuency OFFSet Center frequency DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe FREQuency STATe OFF DISPlay SPECtrum X SCALe OFFSet 1 4925 GHz DISPlay SPECtrum X SCALe PDIVision 1 5 MHz div DISPlay SPECtrum Y SCALe OFFSet 100 dBm DISPlay SPECtrum Y SCALe PDIVision 10 dB div DISPlay SSOurce MVlew subgroup DISPlay SSOurce MVlew X SCALe OFFSet 0 DISPlay SSOurce MVlew X SCALe PDIVision 0 DISPlay SSOurce MVlew X SCALe RANGe 0 DISPlay SSOurce MVlew X SCALe STARt 0 DISPlay SSOurce MVlew X SCALe STOP 0 DISPlay SSOurce MVlew Y SCALe OFFSet 0 DISPlay SSOurce MVlew Y SCALe PDIVision 0 DISPlay SSOurce MVlew Y SCALe RANGe 0 DISPlay SSOurce SVlew subgroup DISPlay SSOurce SVlew COLor SCALe OFFSet 0 DISPlay SSOurce SVlew COLor SCALe RANGe 100 dB DISPlay SSOurc
60. 501 SENSe Commands SENSe SSOurce FVTime SMOothing Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the smoothing factor for the frequency versus time measurement in the signal source analysis This command valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to FVTime SENSe SSOurce FVTime SMOothing lt value gt SENSe SSOurce FVTime SMOothing lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the smooting factor Range 1 to analysis length 2 TIMSSOURCE SENSe SSOurce FVTime SMOothing 10 sets the smooting factor to 10 SENSe SSOurce MEASurement SENSe SSOurce FVTime THReshold Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 502 Sets or queries the threshold for judging the frequency settling time in the signal source analysis This is equivalent to setting Freq Settling Threshold in the Meas Setup menu This command valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to FVTime SENSe SSOurce FVTime THReshold lt value gt SENSe SSOurce FVTime THReshold lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the frequency settling threshold Range Span 100 to Span 2 Hz TIMSSOURCE SENSe SSOurce FVTime THReshold 10MHz sets the frequency settling threshold to 10 MHz SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe SSOurce IMMediate No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measur
61. All WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 45 IEEE Common Commands OPT Query Only Queries the options installed in the analyzer Syntax 0PT Arguments None Returns The numbers of all the options installed in the analyzer separated by commas If no options have been installed 0 is returned Measurement Modes All Examples OPT might return 02 03 21 indicating that Option 02 03 and 21 are currently installed in the analyzer 2 46 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual IEEE Common Commands RST No Query Form Restores the analyzer to the factory default settings For the actual settings refer to Appendix C Factory Initialization Settings This command is equivalent to a pair of commands SYSTem PRESet and CLS that run successively The RST command does not alter the following The state of the IEEE Std 488 1 1987 interface The selected IEEE Std 488 1 1987 address of the analyzer Measurement mode selected with the INSTrument SELect command Calibration data that affect device specifications The Output Queue The Service Request Enable Register setting The Standard Event Status Enable Register setting The Power on status clear flag setting Stored settings Syntax RST Arguments None Measurement Modes All Examples RST resets the analyzer Related Commands CLS INSTrument SELect SYSTem PRESet WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 47 IEEE Common C
62. Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum value bottom end of the color or amplitude axis when the overview displays a spectrogram DISPlay 0VIlew SGRam COLor SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt DISPlay 0VIew SGRam COLor SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum color axis value in the overview Range 200 to 100 dBm All Demod modes All Time modes DISPlay O0VIew SGRam COLor SCALe OFFSet 100 sets the minimum color axis value to 100 dBm DISPlay OVlew SGRam COLor SCALe RANGe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 132 Sets or queries full scale value of the color or amplitude axis when the overview displays a spectrogram DISPlay OVIew SGRam COLor SCALe RANGe lt rel_amp1 gt DISPlay 0VIew SGRam COLor SCALe RANGe lt rel_ampl gt 10 20 50 100 dB specifies the full scale value of the color axis All Demod modes All Time modes DISPlay O0VIew SGRam COLor SCALe RANGe 100 sets full scale value of the color axis to 100 dB WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay OVlew SGRam X SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum horizontal or frequency value left end when the overview displays a spectrogram DISPlay 0Vlew SGRam X SCALe OFFSet lt freq gt DISPlay 0VIew SGRam X SCALe OFFSet lt freq gt lt NRf
63. CCDF view Range Twice of the minimum value to 100 The minimum value is set using the DISPlay DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe MINimum command DEMDDEM DISPlay DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe MAXimum 80pct sets the maximum vertical value to 80 in the CCDF subview DISPlay DDEMod SVlIew Y SCALe MINimum WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 125 DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe MINimum Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 126 Sets or queries the minimum vertical value bottom end in the CCDF subview during the digital modulation analysis This comman is valid when DISPlay DDEMod S Vlew FORMat is set to CCDF DISPlay DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe MINimum lt value gt DISPlay DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe MINimum lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum vertical value in the CCDF view Range 0 01 to 1 2 of the maximum value in percent The maximum value is set using the DISPlay DDEMod S View Y SCALe MAXimum command DEMDDEM DISPlay DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe MINimum 0 1pct sets the minimum vertical value to 0 1 in the CCDF subview DISPlay DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe MAXimum WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe OFFSet Sets or queries the minimum vertical value bottom in the subview during the digital modulation analysis This command is not available when DISPlay DDEMod S Vlew FORM
64. Command Groups Table 2 14 DISPlay commands Cont Header DISPlay DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe FIT DISPlay DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe FULL DISPlay DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe MAXimum DISPlay DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe MINimum DISPlay DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe 0FFSet DISPlay DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe RANGe Description Runs auto scale on the main view Sets the main view s vertical axis to the default full scale value Sets the maximum vertical value top end in the CCDF main view Sets the minimum vertical value top end in the CCDF main view Sets the minimum vertical value bottom in the main view Sets the vertical full scale in the main view DISPlay DDEMod NLINearity LINE BFIT STATe Determines whether to display the best fit line DISPlay DDEMod NLINearity LINE REFerence S TATe Determines whether to display the recovered reference line DISPlay DDEMod NLINearity MASK STATe Determines whether the linear signal region is visible DISPlay DDEMod SVlew DSTart DISPlay DDEMod SVlew FORMat DISPlay DDEMod SVlew HSSHift DISPlay DDEMod SVlew RADix DISPlay DDEMod SVlew X SCALe OFFSet DISPlay DDEMod SVlew X SCALe RANGe DISPlay DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe FIT DISPlay DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe FULL DISPlay DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe MAXimum DISPlay DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe MINimum DISPlay DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe OFFSet DISPlay DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe RANGe DISPlay
65. Commands CCDF lt Mean_ Power _D gt lt Peak Power _D gt lt Crest Factor D gt lt Mean_Power_R gt lt Peak Power_R gt lt Crest Factor R gt Where lt Mean_Power_D gt lt Peak_ Power D gt lt NRf gt is the measured average power in dBm lt NRf gt is the measured peak power in dBm lt Crest_Factor_D gt lt NRf gt is the measured crest factor in dB lt Mean_Power_R gt lt Peak_ Power R gt lt NRf gt is the reference average power in dBm lt NRf gt is the reference peak power in dBm lt Crest_Factor_R gt lt NRf gt is the reference crest factor in dB PDF lt Mean_ Power _D gt lt Peak Power _D gt lt Mean Power _R gt lt Peak Power _R gt Where lt Mean_ Power _D gt lt Peak_ Power D gt lt Mean_Power_R gt lt Peak_Power_R gt DEMDDEM lt NRf gt is the measured average power in dBm lt NRf gt is the measured peak power in dBm lt NRf gt is the reference average power in dBm lt NRf gt is the reference peak power in dBm READ DDEMod IQVTime might return 41024xxxx 1024 byte data for the IQ level versus time measurement results INSTrument SELect SENSe DDEMod FORMat UNIT ANGLe WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual READ Commands READ DISTribution CCDF Query Only Returns the CCDF trace data in the CCDF measurement Syntax READ DISTribution CCDF Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt
66. DEMRFID Examples FETCh RFID SPECtrum ACPower might return 43200xxxx 3200 byte data for the spectrum data Related Commands INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 273 FETCh Commands FETCh RFID SPECtrum SPURious Query Only Returns spectrum waveform data of the spurious measurement in the RFID analysis Syntax FETCh RFID SPECtrum SPURious Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Data n gt is the amplitude of the spectrum in dBm 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 240001 Measurement Modes DEMRFID Examples FETCh RFID SPECtrum SPURious might return 43200xxxx 3200 byte data for the spectrum data Related Commands INSTrument SELect 2 274 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual FETCh Commands FETCh SPECtrum Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Returns spectrum waveform data in the S A spectrum analysis mode FETCh SPECtrum None lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that foll
67. Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Data n gt is the phase shift data in degrees for the point n 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 10001 Invalid data is returned as 1000 Measurement Modes TIMCCDF Examples READ DISTribution CCDF might return 41024xxxx 1024 byte data for the CCDF trace data in the CCDF measurement Related Commands READ CCDF INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 343 READ Commands READ OVlew Query Only Syntax Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 344 Obtains the minimum and maximum values for each 1024 point segment of waveform data displayed on the overview in the Demod modulation analysis and the Time time analysis modes NOTE The CONFigure OVlew command must be run to turn measurement off before the READ OVIew command is executed READ OVIew lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt MinData 1 gt lt MaxData 1 gt lt MinData n gt lt MaxData n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt MinData n gt is the minimum data in dBm for each 1024 data point segment 4 byte little endian floating point format specifie
68. FFT COEFficient WINDow TYPE FILTer BANDwidth BWIDth COEFficient MEASurement FREQuency OFFSet RECovery IMMediate OBWidth PERCent PTOFfset THReshold 2 434 Parameter lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt NYQuist BH4B lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt OFF GAUSsian lt numeric_value gt FIRSt USER OFF lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe PULSe BLOCk Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the number of the block to measure in the pulse characteristics analysis SENSe PULSe BLOCk lt value gt SENSe PULSe BLOCk lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the block number Zero represents the latest block Range M to 0 M the number of acquired blocks TIMPULSE SENSe PULSe BLOCk 5 sets the block number to 5 SENSe PULSe CHPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the channel bandwidth for the channel power measurement in the pulse characteristics analysis SENSe PULSe CHPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration lt value gt SENSe PULSe CHPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration lt value gt lt NRf gt is the channel bandwidth for the channel power measurement Range Bin bandwid
69. GAUSsian STATe lt boolean gt REFerence STATe lt boolean gt STORe 2X SCALe AUTO lt boolean gt MAXimum lt relative_amplitude gt OFFSet lt relative_amplitude gt Y SCALe FIT FULL MAXimum lt percent gt MINimum lt percent gt Y SCALe MAXimum gt decade l fy 1e 008 VI r i Si YESCALe MINimum gt Start 0 dB Scale 0 5dB Stop 3dB X SCALe OFFSet X SCALe MAXimum NOTE Command header DISPlay CCDF is omitted here Figure 2 8 DISPlay CCDF command setting 2 94 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay CCDF LINE GAUSsian STATe Determines whether to show the Gaussian line in the CCDF view Syntax DISPlay CCDF LINE GAUSsian STATe OFF ON 0 1 DISPlay CCDF LINE GAUSsian STATe Arguments OFF or 0 hides the Gaussian line ON or 1 shows the Gaussian line in the CCDF view Measurement Modes TIMCCDF Examples DISPlay CCDF LINE GAUSsian STATe ON shows the Gaussian line in the CCDF view DISPlay CCDF LINE REFerence STATe Selects whether to show the reference line in the CCDF view The reference line is stored with the DISPlay CCDF LINE REFerence STORe command Syntax DISPlay CCDF LINE REFerence STATe OFF ON 0 1 DISPlay CCDF LINE REFerence STATe Arguments OFF or 0 hides the reference line ON or 1 shows the reference line in the CCDF view Measurement Modes TIMCCDF Examp
70. MVIew BURSt NUMBer lt number gt DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew BURSt NUMBer lt number gt lt NR1 gt specifies the burst number Range 0 to 31 DEMRFID DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew BURSt NUMBer 5 sets the burst number to 5 SENse RFID MEASurement DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew EDGE NUMBer Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 162 Sets or queries the edge number to display the measurement result in the main view This command is valid when SENse RFID MEASurement is set to PODown DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew EDGE NUMBer lt number gt DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew EDGE NUMBer lt number gt lt NR1 gt specifies the edge number Range 0 to the number of acquired edges 1 DEMRFID DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew EDGE NUMBer 5 sets the edge number to 5 SENse RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew ENVelope NUMBer Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the envelope number to display the measurement result in the main view This command is valid when SENse RFID MEASurement is set to RFENvelope CONSte EYE or STABle DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew ENVelope NUMBer lt number gt DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew ENVelope NUMBer lt number gt lt NR1 gt specifies the envelope number Range 0 to the number of acquired en
71. MVIew FORMat is set to AMAM AMPM DAMam or DAMPm DISPlay DDEMod NLINearity LINE REFerence STATe ON OFF 1 0 DISPlay DDEMod NLINearity LINE REFerence STATe ON or 1 shows the reference line OFF or 0 hides the reference line DEMDDEM DISPlay DDEMod NLINearity LINE REFerence STATe ON displays the reference line for the AM AM or AM PM measurement DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod NLINearity MASK STATe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Determines whether the linear signal region is visible for the AM AM measure ment in the digital modulation analysis This command is valid only when DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat is set to AMAM or DAMam DISPlay DDEMod NLINearity MASK STATe ON OFF 1 0 DISPlay DDEMod NLINearity MASK STATe ON or 1 shows the linear signal region mask OFF or 0 hides the linear signal region mask DEMDDEM DISPlay DDEMod NLINearity MASK STATe ON shows the linear signal region mask for the AM AM measurement DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 117 DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod SVlew DSTart Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the decode start position for ASK FSK and GFSK modula tion signals on the subview during the digital moduration a
72. NRf gt is the EBW in Hz lt freq gt lt NRf gt is the frequency deviation in Hz WIDTh lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Width 1 gt lt Width 2 gt lt Width n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Width n gt is the pulse width value for each pulse number 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 1000 PPOWer lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Ppower 1 gt lt Ppower 2 gt lt Ppower n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Power n gt is the peak power value for each pulse number 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 1000 OORatio lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Ooratio 1 gt lt Ooratio 2 gt lt Ooratio n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Ooratio n gt is the on off ratio value for each pulse number 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 1000 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual FETCh Commands RIPPle lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Ripple 1 gt lt Ripple 2 gt lt Ripple n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte
73. NRf gt is the frequency settling time start lt Fsstop gt lt NRf gt is the frequency settling time stop lt TFstime gt lt NRf gt is the frequency settling time from trigger WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual READ Commands lt TFsstart gt lt NRf gt is the frequency settling time start from trigger lt TFsstop gt lt NRf gt is the frequency settling time stop from trigger Unit All in seconds Measurement Modes _ TIMSSOURCE Examples READ SSOurce PNOise might return 2 0E 9 21 430 12 432E 12 8 95 217 725E 12 for the phase noise measurement result READ SSOurce SPECtrum Query Only Returns spectrum waveform data of the frequency domain measurement in the signal source analysis This commands is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to PNOise SPURious or RTSPurious Syntax READ SSOurce SPECtrum Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Data n gt is the amplitude of the spectrum in dBm 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 240001 Measurement Modes _TIMSSOURCE Examples READ SSOurce SPECtrum might return 43200xxxx 3200 byte data for the spectrum data Related Commands SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A amp
74. OVlew subgroup DISPlay OVlew FORMat DISPlay OVlew OTINdicator DISPlay OVlew SGRam COLor SCALe OFFSet DISPlay OVlew SGRam COLor SCALe RANGe DISPlay OVlew SGRam X SCALe OFFSet DISPlay OView SGRam X SCALe SPAN DISPlay OVlew SGRam Y SCALe OFFSet DISPlay OView SGRam Y SCALe PLINe DISPlay OVlew WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet Selects the decoding start position for ASK FSK and GFSK signals Selects the subview display format Selects the Q data half symbol shift for an OQPSK signal Selects the base of symbols in the subview Sets the minimum horizontal value left edge in the subview Sets the horizontal full scale in the subview Runs auto scale on the subview Sets the vertical axis to the default full scale value in the subview Sets the maximum vertical value top end in the CCDF subview Sets the minimum vertical value top end in the CCDF subview Sets the minimum vertical value bottom in the subview Sets the vertical full scale in the subview DEMOD and TIME mode overview related Selects the overview display format Determines whether to show the trigger output indicator Sets the minimum color axis value bottom end of the spectrogram Sets the color axis full scale of the spectrogram Sets the minimum horizontal value left end of the spectrogram Sets the horizontal full scale span of the spectrogram Sets the minimum vertical value of the spectrogram bottom end Sets t
75. PULSe SVlew RANGe ADAPtive DISPlay PULSe SVlew RESult SINGle DISPlay PULSe SVlew SELect 0 DISPlay RFID DDEMod subgroup DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew BURSt NUMBer 0 DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew EDGE NUMBer 0 DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew ENVelope NUMBer 0 DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew GUIDeline S TATe OFF DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew X SCALe OFFSet 0 DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew X SCALe PDIVision 0 DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew X SCALe RANGe 0 DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe OFFSet 0 DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe PDIVision 0 DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe RANGe 0 DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew BURSt NUMBer 0 DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew EDGE NUMBer 0 DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew ENVelope NUMBer 0 DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew FORMat SPECTrum DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew GUIDeline STATe OFF DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew X SCALe OFFSet 0 DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew X SCALe PDIVision 0 DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew X SCALe RANGe 0 DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe OFFSet 0 DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe PDIVision 0 DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe RANGe 0 DISPlay RFID SPECtrum subgroup DISPlay RFID SPECtrum X SCALe OFFSet 1 495 GHz DISPlay RFID SPECtrum X SCALe PDIVision 1 MHz DISPlay RFID SPECtrum Y SCALe OFFSet 100 dBm DISPlay RFID SPECtrum Y SCALe PDIVision 10 dB DISPlay RFID WAVeform subgroup DISPlay RFID WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet 0 DISPlay RFID WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision 0 C
76. RANGe DISPlay RFID SPECtrum subgroup Sets the minimum horizontal value left edge in the main view Sets the horizontal scale per division in the main view Sets the full scale value of the horizontal axis in the main view Runs the auto scale on the main view Sets the vertical axis in the main view to the default full scale value Sets the minimum vertical value bottom in the main view Sets the vertical scale per division in the main view Sets full scale value of the vertical axis in the main view Sets the burst number to display the measurement result Sets the edge number to display the measurement result Sets the envelope number to display the measurement result Selects the display format of the subview Determines whether to display the guideline in the subview Sets the minimum horizontal value left edge in the subview Sets the horizontal scale time per division in the subview Sets full scale value of the horizontal axis in the subview Runs the auto scale on the subview Sets the vertical axis in the subview to the default full scale value Sets the minimum vertical value bottom in the subview Sets the vertical scale per division in the time domain display Sets full scale value of the vertical axis in the subview Spectrum view related in the RFID analysis DISPlay RFID SPECtrum X SCALe OFFSet Sets the minimum horizontal or frequency value left edge DISPlay RFID SPECtrum X SCAL
77. READ SPECtrum SPURious Returns the spurious signal measurement results READ SSOurce Returns the results of the signal source analysis READ SSOurce SPECtrum Returns the spectrum data READ SSOurce TRANsient FVTime Returns the results of the frequency versus time measurement READ TRANsient FVTime Returns the frequency vs time measurement results READ TRANsient QVTime Returns the I Q level vs time measurement results READ TRANsient PVTime Returns the power vs time measurement results SENSe Commands Set the detailed measurement conditions Table 2 24 SENSe commands Header SENSe ACPower subgroup Description ACPR measurement related SENSe ACPower BANDwidth BWIDth ACHannel Sets the bandwidth of the next adjacent channel SENSe ACPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration Sets the bandwidth of the main channel SENSe ACPower CSPacing Sets the channel to channel spacing SENSe ACPower FiLTer COEFficient SENSe ACPower FiLTer TYPE WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Sets the filter factor Selects a filter 2 31 Command Groups Table 2 24 SENSe commands Cont Header SENSe ADEMod subgroup SENSe ADEMod BLOCk SENSe ADEMod CARRier OFFSet SENSe ADEMod CARRier SEARch SENSe ADEMod FM THReshold SENSe ADEMod IMMediate Description Analog modulation analysis related Sets the number of the block to
78. RESult EBWidth OFF or 0 hides EBW measurement results in the pulse result table ON or 1 shows EBW measurement results in the pulse result table TIMPULSE DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult EBWidth ON shows EBW measurement results in the pulse result table DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult FREQuency Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Determines whether to show frequency deviation measurement results in the pulse result table DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult FREQuency O 1 OFF ON DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult FREQuency OFF or 0 hides frequency deviation measurement results in the pulse result table ON or 1 shows frequency deviation measurement results in the pulse result table TIMPULSE DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult FREQuency ON shows frequency deviation measurement results in the pulse result table WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 143 DISPlay Commands DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult OBWidth Determines whether to show OBW Occupied Bandwidth measurement results in the pulse result table Syntax DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult OBWidth O 1 OFF ON DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult O0BWidth Arguments OFF or 0 hides OBW measurement results in the pulse result table ON or 1 shows OBW measurement results in the pulse result table Measurement Modes TIMPULSE Examples DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult OBWidth ON shows OBW measurement results in the pulse result table DISPlay PULSe MVle
79. Registers Status Registers stores data relating to instrument status This register is set by the analyzer Enable Registers determines whether to set events that occur in the analyzer to the appropriate bit in the status registers and event queues This type of register can be set by the user Transition Registers operates as a filter that examines whether an event has occurred or disappeared This type of register can be set by the user There are six status register types Status Byte Register SBR Standard Event Status Register SESR Operation Condition Register OCR Operation Event Register OEVR Questionable Condition Register QCR Questionable Event Register QEVR If you need to examine the error or the state of the analyzer read the contents of these registers WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 3 5 Status and Events Status Byte Register The SBR is made up of 8 bits Bits 4 5 and 6 are defined in accordance with SBR IEEE Std 488 2 1987 see Figure 3 2 and Table 3 1 These bits are used to monitor the output queue SESR and service requests respectively The contents of this register are returned when the STB query is used 6 7 RQS 4 3 2 1 0 OSS 6 ESB MAV Qss EAV MSS Figure 3 2 The Status Byte Register SBR Table 3 1 SBR bit functions Bit Function Operation Summary Status OSS Summary of the operation status register
80. SELected No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 324 Deletes a macro program specified with the PROGram SELected NAME command from the memory PROGram SELected DELete SELected None All PROGram SELected DELete SELected deletes the specified macro program PROGram SELected NAME WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual PROGram Commands PROGram SELected EXECute No Query Form Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Runs a command included in the macro program folder specified with the PROGram SELected NAME command PROGram SELected EXECute lt command_ name gt lt command_name gt lt string gt specifies the command If the specified command is not found the following error message is returned Program Syntax error 285 All PROGram SELected EXECute TEST1 runs the TEST1 command PROGram SELected NAME 2 Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Specifies or queries the macro program folder PROGram SELected NAME lt macro_name gt PROGram SELected NAME lt macro_name gt lt string gt specifies the macro program folder If the specified macro is not found the following error message is returned Program Syntax error 285 All PROGram SELected NAME NONREGISTERED MACROTEST1
81. SENSe DDEMod MDEPth AUTO 2 412 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe DDEMod MDEPth AUTO Determines whether to detect automatically or set manually the modulation depth used to distinguish between the two states of an ASK signal This command is valid when SENSe DDEMod FORMat is set to ASK Syntax SENSe DDEMod MDEPth AUTO OFF ON 0 1 SENSe DDEMod MDEPth AUTO Arguments ON or 1 automatically calculates the modulation depth for the analysis range and displays the value in the Modulation Depth side key default OFF or 0 sets the modulation depth using the SENSe DDEMod MDEPth command Measurement Modes DEMDDEM Examples SENSe DDEMod MDEPth AUTO ON automatically calculates the modulation depth Related Commands SENSe DDEMod MDEPth SENSe DDEMod FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 413 SENSe Commands SENSe DDEMod NLINearity COEFficient Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the maximum order of the best fit curve polynomial in the AM AM or AM PM measurement This command is valid when DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat is set to AMAM AMPM DAMam or DAMPm SENSe DDEMod NLINearity COEFficient lt number gt SENSe DDEMod NLINearity COEFficient lt number gt lt NR1 gt specifies the maximum order of the best fit curve polyno mial Range 0 to 15 the default is 8 DEMDDE
82. STATe 1 shows Horizontal Line 2 in View 1 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 55 CALCulate Commands CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt AOFF No Query Form Turns off all the markers of all the traces in the specified view Syntax CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt AOFF Arguments None Measurement Modes All Examples CALCulatel MARKer1 AOFF turns off all the markers of all the traces in View 1 CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt MAXimum No Query Form Positions the marker at the maximum point on the trace in the specified view Syntax CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt MAXimum Arguments None Measurement Modes All Examples CALCulatel MARKer1 MAXimum positions the marker at the maximum point on the trace in View 1 2 56 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual CALCulate Commands CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt MODE Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Selects or queries the marker mode position or delta in the specified view CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt MODE POSition DELTa CALCul ate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt MODE POSi tion selects the position marker mode in which the marker measurement is performed without the reference cursor It works the same for both lt y gt 1 and 2 DELTa selects the delta marker mode in which the marker measurement is performed with the reference cursor The reference cursor is placed at the position of the specified marker
83. Sets up the analyzer to the default settings for CCDF measurement Running this command is equivalent to pressing the following front panel keys TIME key gt CCDF side key PRESET key CCDF side key CONFi gure CCDF None TIMCCDF CONFi gure CCDF sets up the analyzer to the default settings for CCDF measurement INSTrument SELect CONFigure DDEMod No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 80 Sets up the analyzer to the default settings for digital modulation analysis Running this command is equivalent to pressing the following front panel keys DEMOD key Digital Demod side key PRESET key IQ Frequency versus Time side key CONFigure DDEMod None DEMDDEM CONFigure DDEMod sets up the analyzer to the default settings for digital modulation analysis INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual gt CONFigure Commands CONFigure OVlew No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Turns the measurement off in the Demod modulation analysis and the Time time analysis modes to obtain data in the overview with the FETCh OVIew or the READ OVIew command Running this command is equivalent to pressing the following front panel keys MEASURE key Measurement Off side key CONFigure 0VIew None DEMADEM TIMCCDF TIMTRAN CONFigure 0VIew turns the measurement off in
84. TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce SVIew FORMat NGRam selects the noisogram for the subview display format SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce SVlew X SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the minimum horizontal value left edge in the subview during the signal source analysis This command is valid when DISPlay SSOurce S View FORMat is set to SPECtrum RJVTime IPNVtime or CNVTime DISPlay SSOurce SVIew X SCALe OFFSet lt value gt DISPlay SSOurce SVIew X SCALe OFFSet lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum horizontal value in the subview For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce SVIew X SCALe 0FFSet 1GHz sets the minimum horizontal value to 1 GHz when the subview displays the spectrum DISPlay SSOurce SVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 207 DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce SVlew X SCALe PDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 208 Sets or queries the horizontal scale time per division in the subview during the signal source analysis This command is valid when DISPlay SSOurce S View FORMat is set to SPECtrum RJVTime IPNVtime or CNVTime DISPlay SSOurce SVIew X SCALe PDIVision lt value gt DISPlay SSOu
85. TRANsient PVTime None lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Data n gt is the chronological power data in dBm 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames TIMTRAN READ TRANSient PVT ime might return 41024xxxx 1024 byte data for the results of the power vs time measurement INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 367 READ Commands 2 368 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands The SENSe commands set the details for each of the measurement sessions They are divided into the following subgroups Table 2 46 SENSe command subgroups Command header SENSE ACPower SENSE ADEMod Set up ACPR measurement p 2 370 Set up analog modulation analysis p 2 374 SENSE AVERage Set up average p 2 380 SENSE BSIZe SENSE CCDF SENSE CFRequency Set the block size p 2 383 Set up CCDF measurement p 2 384 Set up carrier frequency measurement p 2 387 SENSE CHPower SENSE CNRatio SENSE CORRection SENSE DDEMod Set up channel power measurement p 2 388 Set up C N measurement p 2 391 Set up amplitude correction p 2 396 Set up digital modulation analysis p 2 401
86. Trace 1 or 2 waveform data from the specified file MMEMory LOAD TRACe lt x gt lt file name gt lt file_name gt lt string gt specifies the file from which to load trace data The file extension is tre All S A modes except SARTIME and SAZRTIME MMEMory LOAD TRACe C My Documents Tracel trc loads Trace 1 data from the file Trace1 trc in the My Documents folder MMEMory STORe TRACe lt x gt WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual MMEMory Commands MMEMory NAME Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Specifies or queries the file name when the hardcopy output destination is a file To select the hardcopy output destination use the HCOPy DESTination command MMEMory NAME lt file_name gt MMEMory NAME lt file_name gt lt string gt specifies the name of the destination file The file extension bmp is added automatically All MMEMory NAME C My Documents Screenl bmp specifies Screenl bmp in the My Documents folder as the destination file HCOPy DESTination MMEMory STORe ACPower No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Stores the ACPR Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio measurement results in the specified file in the RFID analysis MMEMory STORe ACPower lt file name gt lt file_name gt lt string gt specifies the file in which to store the ACPR measurement results The file extension is csv DEM
87. WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 363 READ Commands READ SSOurce TRANsient FVTime Query Only Returns the frequency versus time measurement results in the signal source analysis Syntax READ SSOurce TRANsient FVTime Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Data n gt is the frequency deviation value in Hz on the time axis 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames Measurement Modes _ TIMSSOURCE Examples READ SSOurce TRANsient FVTime might return 43200xxxx 3200 byte data for the frequency versus time measurement results 2 364 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual READ Commands READ TRANsient FVTime Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Obtains the results of the frequency vs time measurement in the Time time analysis mode READ TRANsSient FVTime None lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Data n gt is the chronological frequency data in Hz 4 byte little endian floati
88. XSTART S XMIN lt XsTOP XMAX S XSTOP Where XSTART the beginning of data acquisition range Xstop the end of data acquisition range Xmin the beginning of data expansion range Xmax the end of data expansion range Data acquisition range set by the SENSe commands y START Data expansion range set by the DISPlay commands Xi Figure 2 6 Horizontal scale setting requirements 2 92 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands The DISPlay commands containing the X SCALe node must meet the above requirements Figure 2 7 shows an example of the spectrum view The horizon tal scale setting requirements are CENTer SPAN 2 lt OFFSet lt CENTer SPAN 2 OFFSet 10 PDIV lt CENTer SPAN 2 Where CENTer SENSe FREQuency CENTer value SPAN SENSe FREQuency SPAN value OFFSet DISPlay SPECtrum X SCALe OFFSet value PDIVision DISPlay SPECtrum X SCALe PDI Vision value g CENTer SPAN 2 lt CENTer SPAN 2 OFFSet OFFSet 10 PDIVision bn Figure 2 7 Horizontal scale setting requirements for spectrum view WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 93 DISPlay Commands DISPlay CCDF Subgroup The DISPlay CCDF commands control the CCDF view NOTE To use a command of this group you must have selected TIMCCDF in the INSTrument SELect command Command Tree Header Parameter DISPlay CCDF LINE
89. amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 499 SENSe Commands SENSe SSOurce CNRatio SBANd Selects or queries the sideband for measuring phase noise in the signal source analysis This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to PNOise RTPNoise or RTSPurious Syntax SENSe SSOurce CNRatio SBANd UPPer LOWer SENSe SSOurce CNRatio SBANd Arguments UPPer measures the upper sideband default LOWer measures the lower sideband Measurement Modes TIMSSOURCE Examples SENSe SSOurce CNRatio SBANd UPPer measures the upper sideband Related Commands SENSe SSOurce MEASurement 2 500 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe SSOurce CNRatio THReshold Sets or queries the threshold value for obtaining the phase noise settling time in the signal source analysis This is equivalent to setting C N Settling Threshold in the Meas Setup menu This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to RTPNoise Syntax SENSe SSOurce CNRatio THReshold lt value gt SENSe SSOurce CNRatio THReshold Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the threshold value for obtaining the phase noise settling time Range 200 to 0 dBc Hz Measurement Modes TIMSSOURCE Examples SENSe SSOurce CNRatio THReshold 20 sets the threshold to 20 dBc Hz Related Commands SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2
90. analysis DEMRFID RFID analysis DEMUL3G W CDMA uplink modulation analysis Option 23 only DEMGSMEDGE GSM EDGE modulation analysis Option 24 only DEMFLCDMA2K cdma2000 forward link analysis Option 25 only DEMRLCDMA2K cdma2000 reverse link analysis Option 25 only DEMFL1XEVDO cdma2000 1xEV DO foward link analysis Option 26 only DEMRL1XEVDO cdma2000 1xEV DO reverse link analysis Option 26 only DEMDLR5 3G 3GPP R5 downlink modulation analysis Option 27 only DEMULR5 3G 3GPP R5 uplink modulation analysis Option 27 only DEMTD_SCDMA TD SCDMA modulation analysis Option 28 only Time mode TIMCCDF CCDF analysis TIMTRAN Time characteristics analysis TIMPULSE Pulse characteristics analysis TIMSSOURCE Signal source analysis WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Command Groups Functional Groups The commands are divided into the groups listed below Table 2 8 List of command groups Command group IEEE common Function Conforms to the IEEE Std 488 2 1987 ABORt CALCulate CALibration CONFigure Resets and restarts sweep measurement and trigger Controls the markers and the display line Calibrates the analyzer Configures the analyzer for each measurement session DISPlay FETCh FORMat Controls how to show waveform and measurement result on screen Retrieves the measurements from the data last acquired Sets the output data format HCOPy Controls screen hardcopy INITiate IN
91. analyzer to the default settings for emission bandwidth EBW measurement Running this command is equivalent to pressing the following front panel keys S A key gt Spectrum Analyzer S A with Spectrogram Real Time S A side key PRESET key EBW side key CONFigure SPECtrum EBWidth None SANORMAL SASGRAM SART IME CONFigure SPECtrum EBWidth sets up the analyzer to the default settings for EBW measurement INSTrument SELect CONFigure SPECtrum OBWidth No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets up the analyzer to the default settings for occupied bandwidth OBW measurement Running this command is equivalent to pressing the following front panel keys S A key gt Spectrum Analyzer S A with Spectrogram Real Time S A side key PRESET key gt OBW side key CONFigure SPECtrum OBWidth None SANORMAL SASGRAM SART IME CONFigure SPECtrum OBWidth sets up the analyzer to the default settings for OBW measurement INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 85 CONFigure Commands CONFigure SPECtrum SPURious No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands The following example sets up the analyzer to the default settings for spurious emission measurement Running this command is equivalent to pressing the following front panel keys S A key gt Spectrum Analyzer S A with Sp
92. byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames Measurement Modes DEMADEM Examples READ ADEMod PM might return 41024xxxx 1024 byte data for the results of the PM signal analysis Related Commands INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 335 READ Commands READ ADEMod PSPectrum Query Only Returns spectrum data of the pulse spectrum measurement in the analog modulation analysis Syntax READ ADEMod PSPectrum Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Data n gt is the spectrum amplitude in dBm 4 byte little endian floating point format specified IEEE 488 2 n Max 240001 Measurement Modes DEMADEM Examples READ ADEMod PSPectrum might return 43200xxxx 3200 byte data for the spectrum data Related Commands INSTrument SELect 2 336 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual READ Commands READ CCDF Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Obtains the CCDF measurement results READ CCDF None lt meanpower gt lt peakpower gt lt cfactor gt Where lt meanpower gt lt NRf gt is the average power measured value in dBm l
93. connector on its rear panel as shown in Figure 1 5 This connector has a D type shell and conforms to IEEE Std 488 1 1987 Attach an IEEE Std 488 1 1987 GPIB cable Tektronix part number 012 0991 00 to this connector GPIB connector D o g J Figure 1 5 GPIB connector rear panel Appendix B GPIB Interface Specifications gives more information on the GPIB configuration of the analyzer For the other interfaces refer to the WCA230A and WCA280A User Manual WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Getting Started Using the GPIB Port GPIB Requirements The analyzer has Talker Listener functions through which it can communicate with other devices as well as the external controller located on the bus 7 dedeood o dooeed D 090080 S doqe0d 5 deseaa O C000 OOOO O0000 a t Controller Using the analyzer as a talker or listener ES 000000000 Figure 1 6 GPIB connection Observe these rules when you use your analyzer with a GPIB network m Assign a unique device address to each device on the bus No two devices can share the same device address m Do not connect more than 15 devices to any one bus m Connect one device for every 2 meters 6 feet of cable used m Do not use more than 20 meters 65 feet of cabl
94. correction refer to the WCA230A and WCA280A User Manual NOTE This subgroup is available in the S A spectrum analysis mode except real time You must have selected a S A mode except SARTIME with the INSTrument SELect command to use a command in this subgroup but only SENSe CORRection MAGNitude command which is available in all the measurement modes Header SENSe CORRection DATA Command Tree DELete OFFSet MAGNi tude FREQency STATe X SPACing sY SPACing 2 396 Parameter lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Freq 1 gt lt Amp 1 1 gt lt Freq 2 gt lt Amp1 2 gt lt Freq n gt lt Amp n gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt LINear LOGarithmic LINear LOGarithmic WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe CORRection DATA Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the amplitude correction data SENSe CORRection DATA lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Freq 1 gt lt Amp 1 gt lt Freq 2 gt lt Amp1 2 gt lt Freq n gt lt Amp1 n gt SENSe CORRection DATA lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Freq n gt is the frequency at correction point in Hz 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 lt Amp1 n gt is the amplitude correction value at
95. diagram and the constellation view Syntax CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt T lt time gt CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt T Arguments lt time gt lt NRf gt sets the time position of the marker in seconds For the setting range refer to Table D 1 in Appendix D Measurement Modes All Demod modes except DEMADEM Examples CALCulate4 MARKer1 T 1 5ms places Marker 1 at 1 5 ms in View 4 of the eye diagram CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt TOGGle No Query Form Replaces the marker and the reference cursor with each other in the specified view Syntax CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt TOGGle Arguments None Measurement Modes All Examples CALCulate1 MARKer1 TOGGle replaces Marker 1 and the reference cursor with each other in View 1 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 63 CALCulate Commands CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt TRACe 2 Selects the trace to place the marker in the specified view The query command returns the name of the trace on which the marker is currently placed Syntax CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt TRACe MAIN SUB CALCul ate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt TRACe Arguments MAIN places the specified marker on Trace 1 displayed in yellow on screen SUB places the specified marker on Trace 2 displayed in green on screen Measurement Modes All Examples CALCulatel MARKer1 TRACe SUB places Marker 1 on Trace 2 in View 1 2 64 WCA230A amp WCA280A P
96. displays the RF envelope SENse RFID MEASurement DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew X SCALe PDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 164 Sets or queries the horizontal scale per division in the main view during the RFID analysis DISPlay RFID MVIew X SCALe PDIVision lt value gt DISPlay RFID MVIew X SCALe PDIVision lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the horizontal scale per division in the main view For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 DEMRFID DISPlay RFID MVIlew X SCALe PDIVision 5ms sets the horizontal scale to 5 ms div when the main view displays the RF envelope SENse RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew X SCALe RANGe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the full scale value of the horizontal axis in the main view in the RFID analysis DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew X SCALe RANGe lt value gt DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew X SCALe RANGe lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the full scale value of the horizontal axis in the main view For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 DEMRFID DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew X SCALe RANGe 10MHz sets the full scale value of the horizontal axis to 10 MHz when the main view displays the carrier spectrum SENse
97. error IEYE Eye diagram vertical axis data QEYE Eye diagram vertical axis Q data TEYE Eye diagram vertical axis Phase STABle Symbol table PVTime Power versus Time AMAM AM AM vector AMPM AM PM vector DAMam AM AM dot DAMPm AM PM dot CCDF CCDF PDF PDF NOTE The argument FVTime is valid when SENSe DDEMod FORMat is GFSK or FSK The argument PVTime is valid only when SENSe DDEMod FORMat is ASK The display format is restricted by the modulation type Refer to the WCA230A User Manual for details Measurement Modes DEMDDEM Examples DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat IEYE selects the eye diagram with I data along the vertical axis Related Commands WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay DDEMod SVIew FORMat SENSe DDEMod FORMat 2 105 DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod MVlew HSSHift Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 106 Selects or queries the Q data half symbol shift for an OQPSK modulation signal on the main view during the digital modulation analysis NOTE This command is valid when SENSe DDEMod FORMat is set to OQPSK This command setting affects the DISPLay DDEMod SVlew HSSHift command setting immediately DISPlay DDEMod MVIew HSSHift LEFT NONE RIGHt DISP1ay DDEMod MVIew HSSHi ft LEFT shifts Q data by half a symbol in the negative direction on the time axis NONE does not shift Q dat
98. fall 1 time lt Time gt lt NRf gt is the rise or fall time in seconds lt Settling gt lt NRf gt is the settling time in seconds lt Over gt lt NRf gt is the overshoot in percent lt Under gt lt NRf gt is the undershoot in percent lt Offset gt lt NRf gt is the average level when the signal is off RFENvelope lt Srate gt lt Esrate gt lt Count gt lt Index gt lt On Width gt lt Off Width gt lt Duty gt lt On Ripple gt lt Off Ripple gt lt Slope_1 Rise Fall gt lt Slope_ 1 gt lt Slope 2 Rise Fall gt lt Slope 2 gt lt Slope 3 Rise Fall gt lt Slope 3 gt Where lt Srate gt lt NRf gt is the sample rate in Hz lt Esrate gt lt NRf gt is the effective sample rate in Hz lt Count gt lt NR1 gt is the count of data sets that follow 0 to 1024 lt Index gt lt NR1 gt is the index number lt On_ Width gt lt NRf gt is the on width time in seconds lt Off Width gt lt NRf gt is the off width time in seconds lt Duty gt lt NRf gt is the duty cycle in percent lt On_Ripple gt lt NRf gt is the on ripple in percent lt Off Ripple gt lt NRf gt is the off ripple in percent lt Slope_1_ Rise Fal1 gt lt NR1 gt indicates rise 0 or fall 1 for Slope 1 lt Slope_1 gt lt NRf gt is the Slope 1 rise fall time in seconds lt Slope 2_Rise Fall gt lt NR1 gt indicates rise 0 or fall 1 for Slope 2
99. for the ACPR measurement when you have selected either NY Quist Nyquist filter or RNY Quist Root Nyquist filter using the SENSe ACPower FILTer TY PE command SENSe ACPower FILTer COEFficient lt ratio gt SENSe ACPower FILTer COEFficient lt ratio gt lt NRf gt specifies the roll off rate Range 0 to 1 SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SADL3G SAUL3G SENSe ACPower FILTer COEFficient 0 5 sets the filter roll off rate to 0 5 SENSe ACPower FILTer TYPE SENSe ACPower FiLTer TYPE Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Selects or queries the filter for the ACPR measurement SENSe ACPower FILTer TYPE RECTangle GAUSsian NYQuist RNYQuist SENSe ACPower FILTer TYPE RECTangle selects the rectangular filter GAUSsian selects the Gaussian filter NYQuist selects the Nyquist filter default RNYQuist selects the Root Nyquist filter SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SADL3G SAUL3G SENSe ACPower FILTer TYPE NYQuist selects the Nyquist filter for the ACPR measurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 373 SENSe Commands SENSe ADEMod Subgroup Sets up the analog modulation analysis NOTE To use a command of this group you must have selected DEMADEM analog modulation analysis in the INSTrument SELect command Command Tree Header Parameter SENSe ADEMod BLOCk lt numeric_value gt CARRier sOFFSet lt numeric_value gt SEARch
100. frequency lt Freq n gt in dB 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 Enter the data that consists of pairs of the frequency and amplitude correction values n Max 3000 All S A modes except SARTIME SENSe CORRection DATA 41024xxxx sets the correction values at 1024 points SENSe CORRection DELete No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Deletes all the amplitude correction data SENSe CORRection DELete None All S A modes except SARTIME SENSe CORRection DELete deletes all the amplitude correction data WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 397 SENSe Commands SENSe CORRection OFFSet MAGNitude Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the amplitude offset value in the amplitude correction SENSe CORRection OFFSet MAGNitude lt value gt SENSe CORRection OFFSet MAGNi tude lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the amplitude offset value Range 200 to 200 dB All SENSe CORRection OFFSet MAGNitude 10 sets the amplitude offset value to 10 dB SENSe CORRection OFFSet STATe SENSe CORRection OFFSet FREQuency Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 398 Sets or queries the frequency offset value in the amplitude correction SENSe CORRection OFFSet FREQuency lt value gt SENSe CORRection OFFSet FREQuen
101. frequency settling time start from trigger lt TFsstop gt lt NRf gt is the frequency settling time stop from trigger Unit All in seconds TIMSSOURCE FETCh SSOurce PNOise might return 2 0E 9 21 430 12 432E 12 8 95 217 725E 12 for the phase noise measurement result WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual FETCh Commands FETCh SSOurce CNVFrequency Query Only Returns measurement data of the C N versus offset frequency in the signal source analysis This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to PNOise or RTPNoise It is also valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to RTSPurious and DISPlay SSOurce S View FOR Mat is CNVFrequency Syntax FETCh SSOurce CNVFrequency MAIN SUB Arguments MAIN selects Trace 1 displayed in yellow on screen SUB selects Trace 2 displayed in green on screen Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Frequency 1 gt lt C N 1 gt lt Frequency 2 gt lt C N 2 gt lt Frequency n gt lt C N n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Frequency n gt is the offset frequency in Hz lt C N n gt is the C N in dBc Hz 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 5000 Measurement Modes TIMSSOURCE Examples FETCh SSOurce CNVFrequency MAIN might return 43200xxxx 3200 byte data for the Trace 1 data
102. in Phase noise Noisogram 10 Hz to 100 MHz Vertical 40 to 40960 frames Color 230 to 70 dBc Hz Equiv jitter vs Time Acquisition length to 0 s O0to0 1s RMS noise vs Time Acquisition length to 0 s 0 to 359 degrees 0 to 6 28 radians C N vs Time 0 to Analysis length s 310 to 140 dBc Hz C N vs Offset frequency Same as that in Phase noise Real time spurious Spectrogram Refer to Table D 1 Same as that in Phase noise Vertical 40 to 40960 frames Color 230 to 70 dBc Hz Same as that in Phase noise Same as that in Spurious above Frequency vs Time Refer to Table D 1 Same as that in Phase noise Frequency vs Time Refer to Table D 1 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual D 3 Appendix D Setting Range RBW D 4 The RBW setting range depends on span as shown in Table D 4 Table D 4 RBW setting range Default value Hz Minimum value Hz Maximum value Hz Span Hz Number of samples Number of samples Number of samples 50 to 100 2 1024 1 2048 10 128 120 to 200 5 512 1 4096 20 128 600 to 1k 20 1024 1 16384 100 128 1 2kto2k 50 512 2 16384 200 128 ekoro fio poa fo vea e ra 12 k to 20 k 200 2048 20 16384 2k 128 30 k to 50 k 300 4096 50 16384 5k 128 60 k to 100 k 500 4096 100 16384 10k 128 120kto200k 1k 4096 200 16384 20k 128 250kto500k 2k 2048 500 16384 50 k 128 600 k to 1 M 5k 2048 1k 163
103. in other parts of any command yields unpredictable results You can abbreviate most SCPI commands queries and parameters to an accepted short form This manual shows these short forms as a combination of upper and lower case letters The upper case letters indicate the accepted short form of a command As shown in Figure 2 2 you can create a short form by using only the upper case letters The accepted short form and the long form are equivalent and request the same action of the instrument Long form of a command CALCulate3 MARKer Y 50 1 it dl Minimum information needed for accepted short form Accepted short form of a CALC3 MARK Y 50 command and parameter Figure 2 2 Example of abbreviating a command NOTE The numeric suffix of a command or query may be included in either the long form or short form the analyzer will default to 1 if no suffix is used In Figure 2 2 the 3 of CALC3 indicates that the command is directed to View 3 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Command Syntax Chaining Commands and You can chain several commands or queries together into a single message To Queries create a chained message first create a command or query add a semicolon and then add more commands or queries and semicolons until the message is complete If the command following a semicolon is a root node precede it with a colon Figure 2 3 illustrates a chained message consisting of s
104. in the spectrum view DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum X SCALe PDIVision lt freq gt DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum X SCALe PDIVision lt freq gt lt NRf gt specifies the horizontal scale per division For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum X SCALe PDIVision 100 0E 3 sets the horizontal scale to 100 kHz div WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 217 DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum Y SCALe FIT No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Runs the auto scale on the spectrum view The auto scale automatically sets the start value and scale of the vertical axis to fit the waveform to the screen DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum Y SCALe FIT None TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum Y SCALe FIT runs the auto scale on the spectrum view DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum Y SCALe FULL No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 218 Sets the vertical axis to the default full scale value in the spectrum view DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum Y SCALe FULL None TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum Y SCALe FULL sets the vertical axis to the default full scale value in the spectrum view WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum Y SCALe OFFSet Sets or queries the minimum vertical or amplitude value bottom in the spectrum view
105. input format 200 mV or 1 0 MHz instead of 200 0E 3 or 1 0E 6 respectively to specify voltage or frequency Table 2 4 lists the available units Table 2 4 Available units Symbol Meaning dB decibel relative amplitude dBm decibel absolute amplitude DEG degree phase Hz hertz frequency PCT percent S second time V volt The available SI prefixes are shown in Table 2 5 below Table 2 5 Available SI prefixes SI prefix a F mN pu m twat je r eE fex Corresponding power 10718 10 5 1072 109 10 103 108 10 10 10 2 1015 10 18 1 When the unit is Hz M may be used instead of MA so that the frequency can be represented by MHz You can omit a unit in a command but you must include the unit when using a SI prefix For example frequency of 15 MHz can be described as follows 15 0E6 1 5E7Hz 15000000 15000000Hz 15MHz etc 15M is not allowed Note that you can use either lower or upper case units and prefixes The following examples have the same result respectively 170mhz 170mHz 170MHz etc 250mv 250mV 250MV etc 2 8 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Command Syntax General Rules Here are three general rules for using SCPI commands queries and parameters 66 99 m You can use single or double quotation marks for quoted strings but you cannot use both types of quotation marks for the same string correct
106. lt NRf gt is the estimated tari data 0 Tari lt Etdatal_ S gt lt NRf gt is the estimated tari data 1 in seconds lt Etdatal_T gt lt NRf gt is the estimated tari data 1 Tari STABle lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Sym 1 gt lt Sym 2 gt lt Sym n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Sym n gt lt NR1 gt is the symbol data 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 DEMRFID FETCh RFID CARRier might return 985 891768E 6 45 383E 3 104 601 30 for the carrier measure ment result INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual FETCh Commands FETCh RFID ACPower Query Only Returns the results of the ACPR Adjacent Channel leakage Power Ratio measurement in the RFID analysis Syntax FETCh RFID ACPower Arguments None Returns lt Count gt lt Ofrequency gt lt Upper gt lt Lower gt Where lt Count gt lt NR1 gt is the count of data sets that follow 0 to 25 lt Ofrequency gt lt NRf gt is the offseet frequency in Hz lt Upper gt lt NRf gt is the ACPR for the n upper adjacent channel in dBc lt Lower gt lt NRf gt is the ACPR for the n lower adjacent channel in dBc Measurement Modes DEMRFID Examples FETCh RFID ACPower might return 2 500E 3 38 45 38 43 1E 6 44 14 44 11 for the ACPR measuremen
107. lt Qp n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Ip n gt is the sample position on the I axis in a normalized value lt Qp n gt is the sample position on the Q axis in a normalized value Both lt Ip n gt and lt Qp n gt are in the 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames EVM lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Evm 1 gt lt Evm 2 gt lt Evm n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Evm n gt is the value of symbol EVM in percent 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames AEVM lt aevm gt lt NRf gt is the EVM RMS value in percent WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 339 READ Commands 2 340 PEVM lt pevm gt lt symb gt Where lt pevm gt lt NRf gt is the EVM peak value in percent lt symb gt lt NR1 gt is the symbol number for the EVM peak value MERRor lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Merr 1 gt lt Merr 2 gt lt Merr n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Merr n gt is the value of amplitude error of symbol in perce
108. lt boolean gt FM THReshold lt numeric_value gt IMMediate LENGth lt numeric_value gt MODulation AM FM PM IQVT OFF OFFSet lt numeric_value gt PM THReshold lt numeric_value gt For the commands defining the analysis range see the figure below The analysis range is shown by a green line in the overview OFFSet BLOCk y m LENGth gt Overview Start 51 2 ms Scale 5 12 ms div lt All data points in block gt NOTE Command header SENSe ADEMod is omitted here Figure 2 17 Defining the analysis range 2 374 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe ADEMod BLOCk Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the number of the block to measure in the analog modulation analysis see Figure 2 17 SENSe ADEMod BLOCk lt number gt SENSe ADEMod BLOCk lt number gt lt NR1 gt specifies the block number Zero represents the latest block Range M to 0 M Number of acquired blocks DEMADEM SENSe ADEMod BLOCk 5 sets the block number to 5 SENSe ADEMod CARRier OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the carrier frequency offset in the FM signal analysis SENSe ADEMod CARRier OFFSet lt freq gt SENSe ADEMod CARRier OFFSet lt freq gt lt NR1 gt is the carrier fr
109. lt freq gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum horizontal value in the spectrum view For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 TIMPULSE DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum X SCALe OFFSet 100MHz sets the minimum horizontal value to 100 MHz DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum X SCALe PDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the horizontal or frequency scale per division in the spectrum view DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum X SCALe PDIVision lt freq gt DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum X SCALe PDIVision lt freq gt lt NRf gt specifies the horizontal scale For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 TIMPULSE DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum X SCALe PDIVision 100 0E 3 sets the horizontal scale to 100 kHz div WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 153 DISPlay Commands DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum Y SCALe FIT No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Runs the auto scale on the spectrum view The auto scale automatically sets the start value and scale of the vertical axis to fit the waveform to the screen DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum Y SCALe FIT None TIMPULSE DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum Y SCALe FIT runs the auto scale on the spectrum view DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum Y SCALe FULL No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 154 Sets the vertical axis to the default full scale value in the sp
110. of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Power n gt is the peak power value for each pulse number 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 1000 OORatio lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Ooratio 1 gt lt Ooratio 2 gt lt Ooratio n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Ooratio n gt is the on off ratio value for each pulse number 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 1000 RIPPle lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Ripple 1 gt lt Ripple 2 gt lt Ripple n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Ripple n gt is the ripple value for each pulse number 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 1000 PERiod lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Period 1 gt lt Period 2 gt lt Period n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Period n gt is the pulse repetition interval value for each pulse number 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 1000 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual READ Commands DC
111. of the multi display lines Sets the interval of the frequency multi display lines Sets the offset of the frequency multi display lines Determines whether to show the frequency multi display lines Sets the interval of the time multi display lines Sets the offset of the time multi display lines Determines whether to show the time multi display lines Sets the minimum horizontal value left end of the spectrogram Sets the horizontal full scale span of the spectrogram Sets the minimum vertical value bottom end of the spectrogram Sets the vertical scale of the spectrogram DISPlay VIEW subgroup General conditions about display DISPlay VIEW BRIGhtness Sets the display brightness DISPlay VIEW FORMat Selects the view display format DISPlay WAVeform subgroup Time domain display related DISPlay WAVeform X SCALe 0FFSet Sets the minimum horizontal or time value left end DISPlay WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision Sets the horizontal or time scale per division WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 25 Command Groups Table 2 14 DISPlay commands Cont Header DISPlay WAVeform Y SCALe FIT DISPlay WAVeform Y SCALe FULL Description Runs auto scale Sets the vertical axis to the default full scale DISPlay WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet Sets the minimum vertical or amplitude value bottom end DISPlay WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision Sets the vert
112. parameter types are defined specifically for the WCA200A Series command set and some are defined by ANSI TEEE 488 2 1987 refer to Table 2 3 Table 2 3 Parameter types used in syntax descriptions Parameter type Description Example arbitrary block A specified length of arbitrary data 512234xxxxx where 5 indicates that the follow ing 5 digits 12234 specify the length of the data in bytes XXXXX indicates the data boolean Boolean numbers or values ON or 1 OFF or 0 discrete A list of specific values MIN MAX UP DOWN binary Binary numbers B0110 octal Octal numbers Q57 03 hexadecimal Hexadecimal numbers HAA H1 0 9 A B C D E F NR123 numeric Integers 0 1 15 1 NR22 numeric NR32 numeric NRf2 numeric string Decimal numbers Floating point numbers Flexible decimal number that may be type NR1 NR2 or NR3 Alphanumeric characters must be within quotation marks 1 2 3 141516 6 5 3 1415E 9 16 1E5 See NR1 NR2 and NR3 exam ples Testing 1 2 3 1 Defined in ANSI IEEE 488 2 as Definite Length Arbitrary Block Response Data 2 An ANSI IEEE 488 2 1992 defined parameter type 3 Some commands and queries will accept an octal or hexadecimal value even though the parameter type is defined as NR1 4 Defined in ANSI IEEE 488 2 as String Response Data WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Command Syntax SCPI defined Parameters In addition
113. phase noise measurement SENSe SSOurce SPURious IGNore SENSe SSOurce SPURious SFlLter STATe SENSe SSOurce SPURious THReshold EXCursion SENSe SSOurce SPURious THReshold SPURious SENSe TRANsient subgroup SENSe TRANsient BLOCk SENSe TRANsient MMediate SENSe TRANsient ITEM SENSe TRANsient LENGth SENSe TRANsient OFFSet STATus Commands Sets the ignore region in the spurious measurement Determines whether to enable the symmetrical filter Sets the excurtion in the spurious measurement Sets the spurious threshold in the spurious measurement Time analysis related Sets the number of the block to be measured Starts a time characteristic analysis Selects a measurement item Sets the length of the measurement range Sets the measurement start position Control registers defined in the SCPI status reporting structure Table 2 25 STATus commands Header STATus OPERation CONDition Description Queries the contents of the OCR STATus OPERation ENABle Sets the mask for the OENR STATus OPERation EVENt Queries the contents of the OEVR STATus OPERation NTRansition STATus OPERation PTRansition STATus PRESet STATus QUEStionable CONDition STATus QUEStionable ENABle WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Sets the value of the negative transition filter Sets the value of the positive transition filter Presets a s
114. settiings TRACe commands Header Default value TRACe lt x gt MODE NORMal TRACe lt x gt DDETector MAXimum TRACe lt x gt AVERage COUNt 20 TRACe2 MODE MAXMinimum Table C 11 Factory initialization settiings TRIGger commands Header Default value TRIGger SEQuence LEVel IF 50 TRIGger SEQuence LEVel IQFRequency 0 0 1198 of zeros TRIGger SEQuence LEVel IQTime 40 dBfs TRIGger SEQuence MODE AUTO TRIGger SEQuence POSition 50 TRIGger SEQuence SAVE COUNt STATe OFF TRIGger SEQuence SAVE COUNt MAXimum 100 TRIGger SEQuence SAVE STATe OFF TRIGger SEQuence SLOPe Rise TRIGger SEQuence SOURce IF Table C 12 Factory initialization settings UNIT commands Header Default value UNIT ANGLe DEG WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Appendix D Setting Range This section lists the setting range of the horizontal and vertical scale for the views and of RBW Resolution Bandwidth Display Format and Scale Table D 1 Display format and scale Display format Horizontal range Vertical range Spectrum 0 Hz to 3 GHz WCA230A 200 to 100 dBm 0 Hz to 8 GHz WCA280A Spectrogram 0 Hz to 3 GHz WCA230A Frame 15999 to 0 0 Hz to 8 GHz WCA280A Frame 63999 to 0 Option 02 Time domain view Ty x Ny to 0 s 200 to 100 dBm Amplitude 30 to 30 V I Q level 300 to 300 AM 38 4 to 38 4 MHz FM FVT 675 to 675 deg PM CCDF 0 to 15 01 d
115. signal Measurement Modes SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SAUL3G Examples SENSe SPECtrum MEASurement CHPower runs the channel power measurement 2 484 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM BLOCk Sets or queries the number of the block to zoom in the Real Time S A with Zoom mode Syntax SENSe SPECtrum ZO0M BLOCk lt value gt SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM BLOCk Arguments lt number gt lt NR1 gt specifies the block number to zoom Zero represents the latest block Range M to 0 M Number of acquired blocks Measurement Modes SAZRTIME Examples SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM BLOCk 5 sets the block number to 5 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 485 SENSe Commands SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM FREQuency CENTer Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the center frequency of a zoomed area in the Real Time S A with Zoom mode SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM FREQuency CENTer lt value gt SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM FREQuency CENTer lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the center frequency of a zoomed area The setting value must be within the measurement frequency range SAZRTIME SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM FREQuency CENTer 1 75GHz sets the center frequency of the zoomed area to 1 75 GHz SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM FREQuency WIDTh Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 486 Sets or queries the fre
116. specifies that no limit on data save operations is set In this case data saving is halted using the RUN STOP key on the front panel or the ABORt or INITiate command ON or 1 specifies that data saving is halted when the number of data save operations reaches the limit set by the TRIGger SEQuence SAVE COUNt MAXimum command NOTE When the internal hard disk becomes full data saving is halted and the Media full error message appears SARTIME SAZRTIME all Demod modes all Time modes TRIGger SEQuence SAVE COUNt STATe ON specifies that data saving is halted when the number of data save operations reaches the limit ABORt INITiate TRIGger SEQuence SAVE COUNt MAXimum WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 553 TRIGger Commands TRIGger SEQuence SAVE COUNt MAXimum Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or querie a limit on the number of times that data is saved when TRIGger SEQuence SAVE COUNt STATe is set to On TRIGger SEQuence SAVE COUNt MAXimum lt value gt TRIGger SEQuence SAVE COUNt MAXimum lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies a limit on the number of times that data is saved Range 1 to 16383 SARTIME SAZRTIME all Demod modes all Time modes TRIGger SEQuence SAVE COUNt MAXimum 10000 sets the limit to 10000 TRIGger SEQuence SAVE COUNt STATe TRIGger SEQuence SAVE STATe Syntax A
117. spurious or FVTime frequency versus time DISPlay SSOurce MVIew X SCALe RANGe lt value gt DISPlay SSOurce MVIew X SCALe RANGe lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the full scale value of the horizontal axis in the main view For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce MVIew X SCALe RANGe 10MHz sets the full scale value of the horizontal axis to 10 MHz when the main view displays the spurious SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce MVlew X SCALe STARt Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the minimum horizontal value left edge in the main view of the phase noise measurement This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to PNOise phase noise or RTPNoise real time phase noise DISPlay SSOurce MVIew X SCALe STARt lt value gt DISPlay SSOurce MVIew X SCALe STARt lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum horizontal value in the main view For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce MVIew X SCALe STARt 1kHz sets the minimum horizontal value to 1 kHz in the main view of the phase noise measurement SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 199 DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce MVlew X SCALe
118. the AM signal analysis Related Commands INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 331 READ Commands READ ADEMod AM RESult Query Only Obtains the measurement results of the AM signal analysis Syntax READ ADEMod AM RESu1 t Arguments None Returns lt AM gt lt AM gt lt Total_AM gt Where lt AM gt lt NRf gt is the positive peak AM value in percent lt AM gt lt NRf gt is the negative peak AM value in percent lt Total AM gt lt NRf gt is the total AM value peak peak AM value 2 in percent Measurement Modes DEMADEM Examples READ ADEMod AM RESult might return 37 34 48 75 43 04 Related Commands INSTrument SELect 2 332 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual READ Commands READ ADEMod FM Query Only Obtains the results of the FM signal analysis in time series Syntax READ ADEMod FM Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Data n gt is the chronological frequency shift data in Hz 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames Measurement Modes DEMADEM Examples READ ADEMod FM might return 41024xxxx 1024 byte data for the results of
119. the Demod and the Time modes FETCh 0VIew READ OVIew INSTrument SELect CONFigure PULSe No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets the analyzer to the default settings for pulse characteristics measurement TIME key Pulse Measurements side key PRESET key CONFigure PULSe None TIMPULSE CONFigure PULSe sets the analyzer to the default settings for pulse characteristics measurement INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 81 CONFigure Commands CONFigure RFID No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets the analyzer to the default settings for the RFID measurement Running this command is equivalent to pressing the following front panel keys DEMOD key gt Standard side key gt RFID 18000 4 6 side key PRESET key CONFigure RFID None DEMRFID CONFigure RFID sets the analyzer to the default settings for the RFID measurement INSTrument SELect CONFigure SPECtrum No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 82 Sets up the analyzer to the default settings for spectrum measurement Running this command is equivalent to pressing the following front panel keys S A key gt Spectrum Analyzer S A with Spectrogram Real Time S A side key PRESET key gt Measurement Off side key CONFigure SPE
120. the analyzer to the default settings for the specified measurement Command Tree Header Parameter CONFigure ADEMod AM FM PM PSPectrum CCDF DDEMod 0VIew PULSe RFID SPECtrum ACPower CFRequency CHPower CNRatio EBWidth OBWidth SPURI ous SSOurce TFRequency RTIMe SGRam TRANsient FVTime 1QVTime PVTime NOTE Data acquisition stops on completion of a CONFigure command The following each command description shows the front panel key operation equivalent to running the command except data acquisition control WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 77 CONFigure Commands CONFigure ADEMod AM No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets up the analyzer to the default settings for AM signal analysis Running this command is equivalent to pressing the following front panel keys DEMOD key Analog Demod side key PRESET key AM Demod side key CONFigure ADEMod AM None DEMADEM CONFigure ADEMod AM sets up the analyzer to the default settings for AM signal analysis INSTrument SELect CONFigure ADEMod FM No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 78 Sets up the analyzer to the default settings for FM signal analysis Running this command is equivalent to pressing the following front panel keys DEMOD key Analog Demod side key PRESET ke
121. to the INITiate IMMediate command TRG None All TRG generates a trigger signal INITiate IMMediate 2 49 IEEE Common Commands TST Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Related Commands WAI No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Related Commands 2 50 Runs a self test and returns the result NOTE The analyzer does not run any self test It returns 0 whenever a TST command is sent TST None lt NR1 gt Always 0 All CAL CALibration ALL Prevents the analyzer from executing further commands or queries until all pending operations finish This command allows you to synchronize the operation of the analyzer with your application program For the details refer to Synchronizing Execution on page 3 14 WAI None All OPC WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual ee A ABORt Commands Resets the trigger system and related actions such as data acquisition and measurement Command Tree Header Parameter ABORt WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 51 ABORt Commands ABORt No Query Form Resets the trigger system and related actions such as data acquisition and measurement NOTE You must have acquired data using the INITiate CONTinuous command refer to page 2 300 before you can execute the ABORt command The command function depends on the acquisition mode as follows For single acq
122. to the ANSI IEEE 488 2 1987 defined parameters WCA200A Series support the following SCPI defined parameters m lt NRf gt for boolean OFF ON O 1 lt NRf gt You can use lt NRf gt for boolean parameter The values other than zero OFF are regarded as one ON m MAXimum and MINimum for numeric parameters You can use MAXimum and MINimum for the numeric parameter lt NRf gt The following example sets the trigger level to the maximum 100 TRIGger SEQuence LEVel IF MAXimum The commands that have numeric parameters support the following query lt header gt MAXimum MINimum The query command returns the maximum or minimum acceptable value for the command For example TRIGger SEQuence LEVel IF MAXimum returns 100 indicating the maximum trigger level is 100 m UP and DOWN for numeric parameters The SENse FREQuency CENTer command refer to page 2 425 supports UP and DOWN for the numeric parameters The increment decrement of UP DOWN is determined by one of these commands SENse FREQuency CENTer STEP AUTO SENse FREQuency CENTer STEP INCRement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 5 Command Syntax Special Characters Abbreviating Commands Queries and Parameters The Line Feed LF character ASCII 10 and all characters in the range of ASCII 127 255 are defined as special characters These characters are used in arbitrary block arguments only using these characters
123. to the next peak in View 1 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual CALCulate Commands CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt PEAK RIGHt No Query Form Shifts the marker to the next peak on the right in the specified view Syntax CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt PEAK RIGHt Arguments None Returns If no peak exists the error message No Peak Found Error 202 is returned Measurement Modes All Examples CALCulatel MARKer1 PEAK RIGHt shifts the marker to the next peak on the right in View 1 CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt PTHReshold 2 Sets or queries the horizontal minimum jump of the marker for peak search in the specified view Syntax CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt PTHReshold lt value gt CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt PTHReshold Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt sets the minimum jump of the marker for peak search Range 1 to 20 of the span setting Measurement Modes All Examples CALCulate1l MARKer1 PTHReshold 10kHz sets the minimum jump of Marker 1 to 10 kHz for peak search WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 59 CALCulate Commands CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt ROFF No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Turns off the reference cursor in the specified view CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt ROFF None All CALCulatel MARKer1 ROFF turns off the reference cursor in View 1 CALCulate lt x gt MARK
124. while a command is being executed Table 3 5 Execution errors Error code Error message 200 execution error 201 invalid while in local 202 settings lost due to RTL 210 trigger error 211 trigger ignored 212 arm ignored 213 init ignored 214 trigger deadlock 215 arm deadlock 220 parameter error 221 settings conflict 222 data out of range 223 too much data 224 illegal parameter value 225 out of memory 226 lists not same length 230 data corrupt or stale 231 data questionable 240 hardware error 241 hardware missing 250 mass storage error 251 missing mass storage 252 missing media 253 corrupt media 254 media full 255 directory full 256 FileName not found 257 FileName error 258 media protected 3 20 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Error Messages and Codes Table 3 5 Execution errors Cont Error code 260 Error message execution expression error 261 math error in expression 270 271 272 273 execution macro error macro syntax error macro execution error illegal macro label 274 275 276 277 execution macro parameter error macro definition too long macro recursion error macro redefinition not allowed 278 280 281 macro header not found program error cannot create program 282 illegal program name 283 284 285 286 illegal variable name program currently runn
125. with zoom function Range 200 to 100 dBm SAZRTIME DEMRFID DISPlay 0VIew ZOOM COLor SCALe O0FFSet 100 sets the minimum color axis value to 100 dBm DISPlay OVlew ZOOM COLor SCALe RANGe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 138 Sets or queries full scale value of the color or amplitude axis of the spectrogram with zoom function DISPlay OVIew ZOOM COLor SCALe RANGe lt rel_amp1 gt DISPlay 0VIew Z00M COLor SCALe RANGe lt rel_ampl gt 10 20 50 100 dB specifies the full scale value of the color axis of the spectrogram with zoom function SAZRTIME DEMRFID DISPlay 0VIew ZOOM COLor SCALe RANGe 100 sets full scale value of the color axis to 100 dB WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay OVlew ZOOM X SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum horizontal or frequency value left edge of the spectrogram with zoom function DISPlay 0VIew ZO0M X SCALe OFFSet lt freq gt DISPlay 0VIew ZO00M X SCALe OFFSet lt freq gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum horizontal value of the spectrogram with zoom function Refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 for setting the scale SAZRTIME DEMRFID DISPlay 0VIew ZOOM X SCALe O0FFSet 100MHz sets the minimum horizontal value to 100 MHz DISPlay OVlew ZOOM X SCALe SPAN Syntax Arguments Meas
126. you select PNEGative or NPOSitive with the TRIGger SEQuence SLOPe command or IQFRequency with the TRIGger SEQuence SOURce command the returned value is the same as the TRIGger SEQuence OPOSi tion query because the analyzer cannot determine the trigger occurrence point SARTIME SAZRTIME all Demod modes all Time modes TRIGger SEQuence MPOSition 15 might return 123 indicating that the trigger occurred at the 123th data point in the block 15 SENSe BSIZe TRIGger SEQuence 0POSition TRIGger SEQuence SLOPe TRIGger SEQuence SOURce WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual TRIGger Commands TRIGger SEQuence OPOSition Query Only Queries the trigger output point in one block data acquired when measurement results are obtained with the FETCh or READ commands the trigger output point is indicated by T in the overview on screen Syntax TRIGger SEQuence O0POSition lt value gt Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the block number Zero indicates the latest block Range 2285 to 0 standard or 9142 to 0 option 02 Returns lt NR1 gt represents the trigger output point The value depends on whether a trigger occurred or not as shown in the table below Trigger occurrence Returned value 1 Trigger occurred 1024 to block size x 1024 1 No trigger occurred block size x 1024 1 The block size is set with SENSe BSIZe A minus value indicates t
127. 0 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe PULSe IMMediate No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Runs calculation for acquired data in the pulse characteristics analysis To acquire data use the INITiate command SENSe PULSe IMMediate None TIMPULSE SENSe PULSe IMMediate runs calculation for acquired data INITiate SENSe PULSe OBWidth PERcent Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries OBW Occupied Bandwidth for the OBW measurement in the pulse characteristics analysis SENSe PULSe OBWidth PERcent lt value gt SENSe PULSe OBWidth PERcent lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the occupied bandwidth Range 80 to 99 9 default 99 TIMPULSE SENSe PULSe OBWidth PERCent 95 sets the occupied bandwidth to 95 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 441 SENSe Commands SENSe PULSe PTOFfset Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the time offset for the pulse pulse phase measurement point SENSe PULSe PTOFfset lt value gt SENSe PULSe PTOFfset lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the time offset Range 0 to 1 s the default is 0 The default value is 0 zero that is the measurement point is at the beginning of the pulse on time TIMPULSE SENSe PULSe PTOFfset 1 5m Sets the time offset to 1 5 ms SENS
128. 0001 Measurement Modes DEMADEM Examples FETCh ADEMod PSPectrum might return 43200xxxx 3200 byte data for the spectrum data Related Commands INSTrument SELect 2 252 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual FETCh Commands FETCh CCDF Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Returns the CCDF measurement results FETCh CCDF None lt meanpower gt lt peakpower gt lt cfactor gt Where lt meanpower gt lt NRf gt is the average power measured value in dBm lt peakpower gt lt NRf gt is the peak power measured value in dBm lt cfactor gt lt NRf gt is the crest factor in dB TIMCCDF FETCh CCDF might return 11 16 8 18 2 96 for the CCDF measurement results INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 253 FETCh Commands FETCh DDEMod Query Only 2 254 Syntax Arguments Returns the results of the digital modulation analysis FETCh DDEMod IQVTime FVTime CONSte EVM AEVM PEVM MERRor AMERror PMERror PERRor APERror PPERror RHO SLENgth FERRor OOFFset STABle PVTime AMAM AMPM CCDF PDF Information queried is listed below for each of the arguments Table 2 36 Queried information on the digital modulation analysis results Argument Information queried lQVTime IQ level versus Time measured value FVTime Frequency
129. 04 DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency subgroup 2 220 DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform subgroup 2 224 DISPlay TFRequency subgroup 2 228 DISPlay WAVeform subgroup 2 240 DISPlay VIEW subgroup 2 237 E Error codes 3 17 commands 3 18 device specific 3 22 execution 3 20 hardware 3 22 query 3 22 Example programming 4 1 F FETCh command group 2 25 FETCh commands 2 245 FETCh commands for Option 21 Index 1 Index FORMat command group 2 26 FORMat commands 2 293 G GPIB configurations 1 5 connection rules 1 5 interface specification B 1 setting GPIB parameters 1 6 H HCOPy command group 2 27 HCOPy commands 2 295 Hierarchy tree 2 2 IEEE 488 2 Common Commands 2 10 IEEE common command group 2 15 IEEE common commands 2 41 IEEE Std 488 2 1987 2 1 Initialization settings C 1 INITiate command group 2 27 INITiate commands 2 299 INPut command group 2 27 INPut commands 2 303 INSTrument command group 2 28 INSTrument commands 2 309 Interface message B 3 Measurement modes 2 13 2 310 MMEMory command group 2 28 MMEMory commands 2 313 Mnemonics Constructed 2 11 Mode measurement 2 13 2 310 P Parameter Types Used in Syntax Descriptions 2 4 PROGram command group 2 29 PROGram commands 2 323 Programming example 4 1 Q Queries 2 3 Index 2 Query Responses 2 3 Queues event 3
130. 0A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 3 7 Status and Events Operation Condition Register OCR The OCR is made up of 16 bits which record the occurrence of three types of events shown in Figure 3 4 and Table 3 3 15 14 PROG 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 MEAS CAL Operation Event Register OEVR Questionable Condition Register QCR Questionable Event Register QEVR 3 8 Figure 3 4 The Operation Condition Register OCR Table 3 3 OCR bit functions Bit Function 15 Not used 14 Program Running Bit PROG Indicates whether the macro program is in execution Set while the macro program is run by a PROGram EXECute command Reset when it ends 13 5 Not used 4 Measuring Bit MEAS Indicates whether the analyzer is in measurement When the measurement ends after this bit is set in measurement it is reset In measurement means that one of the following commands is in execution INITiate commands READ commands SENSe ADEMod IMMediate SENSe DDEMod IMMediate SENSe TRANsient I MMediate 3 1 Not used 0 Calibration Bit CAL Indicates whether the analyzer is in measurement When the measurement ends after this bit is set in calibration it is reset In this instrument this register has the same content as the Operation Condition Register OCR described above The QCR is not used in the WCA230A WCA280A analyzer T
131. 12 output 3 12 Quotes 2 9 R READ command group 2 29 READ commands 2 329 READ commands for Option 21 Registers Event Status Enable Register ESER 3 9 Operation Condition Register OCR 3 8 Operation Event Register OEVR 3 8 Service Request Enable Register SRER 3 10 Standard Event Status Register SESR 3 7 Status Byte Register SRB 3 6 Retrieving response message 2 559 Rules command forming 2 1 for using SCPI commands 2 9 S S A mode definition 2 13 2 310 SCPI abbreviating 2 6 chaining commands 2 7 commands 2 2 conformance information E 1 general rules 2 9 parameter types 2 4 subsystem hierarchy tree 2 2 SCPI commands and queries syntax 2 2 creating commands 2 3 creating queries 2 3 SENSe command group 2 30 SENSe commands 2 369 SENSe commands for Option 21 SENSe ACPower subgroup 2 370 SENSe ADEMod subgroup 2 374 SENSe ADEMod LENGth 2 377 SENSe AVERage subgroup 2 380 SENSe BSIZe subgroup 2 383 SENSe CCDF subgroup 2 384 SENSe CFRequency subgroup 2 387 SENSe CHPower subgroup 2 388 SENSe CNRatio subgroup 2 391 SENSe CORRection subgroup 2 396 SENSe DDEMod subgroup Option 21 Only 2 401 SENSe EB Width subgroup 2 420 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Index SENSe FEED subgroup 2 422 SENSe FREQuency subgroup 2 423 SENSe OB Width subgroup 2 432 SENSe PU
132. 14 Error Messages and Codes ccceccscccceccccccsceeees 3 17 Command EMOrS 3 3 040 04 005 4b0o34 040 a a bbe tebe ds aeetecd ot 3 18 EXecution EIrOrs 2 4 d5 44l04 bow dda pb tai ha sda Bes ewe eee ees 3 20 Device Specific EMTS i4 s0c0su hoses ge daw dese erae pene e owes 3 22 Query EITOTS 2 c s isda to iia tesa opie eras devant deed owen 3 22 Programming Examples Application Program Sample 2 0 eee eee eee eee eee 4 2 Macro Program Execution Sample 0 0 0 0 cece eee eee 4 14 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Table of Contents Appendices Appendix A Character Charts 2 ce cece cece ree ceees Appendix B GPIB Interface Specification 0006 Interface PUNCHONS sises Cee Sid egestas hea ages Interface Messages siansa pone ed eee bees Appendix C Factory Initialization Settings Appendix D Setting Range Display Format and Scale 005 RBW Appendix E SCPI Conformance Information Glossary and Index WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual A 1 B 1 B 1 B 3 C 1 D 1 D 1 D 4 E 1 Table of Contents List of Figures Figure 1 1 Command parts ccc eee cece cere ee eeee 1 2 Figure 1 2 Functional groupings and an alphabetical list of COMMAS sessio sise ei diecede eranen pie E Blea ee 1 2 Figure 1 3 Event driven program cece cece eee eeee 1 3 Figure 1 4 Sample program Visual C
133. 2 53 CALibration command group 2 17 CALibration commands 2 69 Case sensitivity 2 9 Character chart A 1 Command group ABORt 2 15 CALCulate 2 16 CALibration 2 17 CONFigure 2 17 DISPlay 2 18 FETCh 2 25 FORMat 2 26 HCOPy 2 27 IEEE common 2 15 INITiate 2 27 INPut 2 27 INSTrument 2 28 MMEMory 2 28 PROGram 2 29 READ 2 29 SENSe 2 30 STATus 2 36 SYSTem 2 37 TRACe 2 37 TRIGger 2 38 UNIT 2 38 Commands chaining 2 7 rules for forming 2 1 structure of IEEE 488 2 commands 2 10 syntax 2 1 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual CONFigure command group 2 17 CONFigure commands 2 77 CONFigure commands for Option 21 Conformance information E 1 Creating commands 2 3 D Demod mode definition 2 13 2 310 Difference between WCA230A and WCA280A ix DISPlay command group 2 18 DISPlay commands 2 91 DISPlay commands for Option 21 DISPlay commands for Option 24 DISPlay CCDF subgroup 2 94 DISPlay DDEMod subgroup 2 100 DISPlay OVIew subgroup 2 129 DISPlay PULSe MVIew S Vlew subgroup 2 141 DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum subgroup 2 151 DISPlay PULSe WAVeform subgroup 2 156 DISPlay RFID DDEMod subgroup 2 160 DISPlay RFID SPECtrum subgroup 2 177 DISPlay RFID WAVeform subgroup 2 181 DISPlay SPECtrum subgroup 2 185 DISPlay SSOurce MVIew subgroup 2 195 DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum subgroup 2 216 DISPlay SSOurce S VIew subgroup 2 2
134. 28 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands Spectrogram Marker 799 95 MHz 93 964 dBm 25 472 s_ 28 frame SGRam Y SCALe PLINe SGRam COLor SCALe RANGe SGRam COLor SCALe OFFSet gt SGRam Y SCALe OFFSet gt Span 100 kHz Ja SGRam X SCALe SPAN SGRam X SCALe OFFSet NOTE Command header DISPlay TFRequency is omitted here Figure 2 13 DISPlay TFRequency command setting WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 229 DISPlay Commands DISPlay TFRequency SGRam COLor SCALe OFFSet Sets or queries the minimum value bottom end of the color or amplitude axis in the spectrogram Syntax DISPlay TFRequency SGRam COLor SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt DISPlay TFRequency SGRam COLor SCALe OFFSet Arguments lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum color axis value Range 200 to 0 dBm Measurement Modes SARTIME Examples DISPlay TFRequency SGRam COLor SCALe OFFSet 100 sets the minimum color axis value to 100 dBm DISPlay TFRequency SGRam COLor SCALe RANGe Sets or queries full scale value of the color or amplitude axis in the spectro gram Syntax DISPlay TFRequency SGRam COLor SCALe RANGe lt rel_amp1 gt DISPlay TFRequency SGRam COLor SCALe RANGe Arguments lt rel_ampl gt 10 20 50 100 dB specifies full scale value of the color axis Measurement Modes SARTIME Exam
135. 280A Programmer Manual Status and Events Transition Registers Operation Transition Register OTR There are two transition register types m Operation Transition Register OTR m Questionable Transition Register QTR Consists of the bits that are defined as the same contents as bits 0 to 15 of the OCR refer to page 3 9 This bit has two functions One is positive transition filtering which filters when the corresponding bit of the OCR changes from False reset to True set The other is negative transition filtering which filters when this bit changes from True to False To set the OTR bit to use the register as the positive transition filter use a STATus OPERation PTRansition command To read the contents from it use query STATus OPERation PTRansition To set the OTR bit to use the register as the negative transition filter use a STATus OPERation NTRansition command To read the contents from it use query STATus OPERation NTRansition 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PROG MEAS CAL Questionable Transition Register QTR Figure 3 8 Operation Transition Register OTR The QTR is not used in the WCA230A WCA280A analyzer WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 3 11 Status and Events Queues Output Queue Event Queue There are two types of queues in the status reporting system used in the analyzer output queues and event queues
136. 280A Programmer Manual 2 425 SENSe Commands SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP AUTO Determines whether to automatically set the step size amount per click by which the up and down keys change a setting value of the center frequency by the span setting Syntax SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP AUTO OFF ON 0 1 SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP AUTO Arguments OFF or 0 specifies that the step size of the center frequency is not set automatical ly To set it use the SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP INCRement command ON or 1 specifies that the step size of the center frequency is set automatically by the span Measurement Modes All Examples SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP AUTO ON specifies that the step size of the center frequency is set automatically Related Commands SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP INCRement 2 426 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP INCRement Sets or queries the step size amount per click by which the up and down keys change a setting value of the center frequency when SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP AUTO is OFF NOTE This command is effective only in remote operation It does not affect the front panel setting of the frequency step size Syntax SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP INCRement lt freq gt SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP INCRement Arguments lt freq gt lt NRf gt is the step size of the c
137. 3 gt lt NRf gt is the third lower adjacent channel ACPR in dB lt acpp3 gt lt NRf gt is the third upper adjacent channel ACPR in dB NOTE All the values may not be returned when the adjacent channel s goes out of the span due to the settings of the channel bandwidth and spacing refer to the SENSe ACPower subgroup For example if the third adjacent channel goes out of the span the response is lt chpower gt lt acpmI1 gt lt acpp1 gt lt acpm2 gt lt acpp2 gt lt acpm3 gt and lt acpp3 gt are not returned Measurement Modes SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SAZRTIME SADL3G SAUL3G Examples READ SPECtrum ACPower might return 11 38 59 41 59 51 59 18 59 31 59 17 59 74 for the ACPR measurement results Related Commands INSTrument SELect SENSe ACPower subgroup WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 357 READ Commands READ SPECtrum CFRequency Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Obtains the results of the carrier frequency measurement in the S A mode READ SPECtrum CFRequency None lt cfreq gt lt NRf gt is the measured value of the carrier frequency in Hz SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SAZRTIME SADL3G SAUL3G READ SPECtrum CFRequency might return 846187328 5 for the carrier frequency INSTrument SELect READ SPECtrum CHPower Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes E
138. 3 in Appendix D TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce MVIew Y SCALe PDIVision 50kHz sets the vertical scale to 50 kHz div in the main view of the frequency versus time measurement SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce MVlew Y SCALe RANGe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries full scale value of the vertical axis in the main view during the signal source analysis DISPlay SSOurce MVIew Y SCALe RANGe lt value gt DISPlay SSOurce MVIew Y SCALe RANGe lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies full scale value of the vertical axis in the main view The valid range depends on the display format Refer to Table D 3 in Appen dix D TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce MVIew Y SCALe RANGe 100 sets the vertical full scale value to 100 dB in the main view of the phase noise measurement SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 203 DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce SVlew Subgroup The DISPlay SSOurce commands control display of the subview in the signal source analysis This command group is valid in the following measurements m Real time phase noise m Real time spurious NOTE To use a command from this group you must have selected TIMSSOUR CE signal source analysis in the INSTrument SELect command The DISPLay SSOurce SVlew commands are valid when SENSe
139. 30A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SYSTem Commands SYSTem PRESet No Query Form Restores the analyzer to the defaults This command is equivalent to the PRESET key on the front panel Syntax SYSTem PRESet Arguments None Measurement Modes All Examples SYSTem PRESet restores the analyzer to the defaults WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 535 SYSTem Commands SYSTem TIME Sets or queries the time hours minutes and seconds This command is equivalent to the time setting through the Windows Control Panel Syntax SYSTem TIME lt hour gt lt minute gt lt second gt SYSTem TIME Arguments lt hour gt lt NRf gt specifies the hours Range 0 to 23 lt minute gt lt NRf gt specifies the minutes Range 0 to 59 lt second gt lt NRf gt specifies the seconds Range 0 to 59 These values are rounded to the nearest integer RST has no effect on the settings NOTE This command does not support the arguments of MAXimum and MINimum Measurement Modes All Examples SYSTem TIME 10 15 30 sets the time to 10 15 30 Related Commands SYSTem DATE 2 536 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SYSTem Commands SYSTem VERSion Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Returns the SCPI version number for which the analyzer complies SYSTem VERSion None lt NR2 gt has the form YYYY V where the Ys represent the
140. 30A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 149 DISPlay Commands DISPlay PULSe SVlew RESult Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Selects or queries how to show the result graph in the subview DISPlay PULSe SVIew RESult SINGle ALL DISPlay PULSe SVIew RESult SING1e shows the measurement result and waveform for a pulse in the subview Select the pulse using the DISPlay PULSe S Vlew SELect command ALL shows the measurement results for all pulses in the subview representing pulse numbers along the horizontal axis and measurement values along the vertical axis TIMPULSE DISPlay PULSe SVIew RESult SINGle shows the measurement result and waveform for a pulse in the subview DISPlay PULSe SVIew SELect DISPlay PULSe SVlew SELect Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 150 Selects or queries a pulse to measure when you select SINGle with the DISPlay PULSe SVlIew RESult command DISPlay PULSe SVIew SELect lt number gt DISPlay PULSe SVIew SELect lt number gt lt NR1 gt specifies the a single pulse number 0 zero represents the latest pulse The older pulse has the larger negative number Range 999 to 0 TIMPULSE DISPlay PULSe SVIew RESult 125 specifies pulse 125 to display in the subview WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum Subgroup The DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum commands con
141. 41 LAI 61 LA17 101 TAI 121 TA17 141 SA1 161 SA17 0001 SOH DC1 1 A Q a q 1 1 17 21 33 31 49 41 65 51 81 61 97 71 113 2 22 42 LA2 62 Lais 102 TA2 122 TA18 142 SA2 162 SA18 0010 STX DC2 2 B R b r 2 2 12 18 22 34 32 50 42 66 52 82 62 98 72 114 3 23 43 LA3 63 LA19 103 TA3 123 TA19 143 SA3 163 SA19 0011 ETX DC3 3 c S c s 3 3 13 19 23 35 33 51 43 67 53 83 63 99 73 115 4 spc 24 DCL 44 LA4 64 LA20 104 TA4 124 TA20 164 SA20 0100 EOT DC4 4 D T t 4 4 14 20 24 36 34 52 44 68 54 84 74 116 5 PPC 25 PPU 45 LAS 65 LA21 105 Tas 125 TA21 165 SA21 0101 ENQ NAK 5 E U u 5 5 15 2 25 37 35 53 45 69 55 85 75 117 6 26 46 Las 66 LA22 106 Tas 126 TA22 166 SA22 0110 ACK SYN amp 6 F V v 6 6 16 22 26 38 36 54 46 70 56 86 76 118 7 27 47 LA7 67 LA23 107 TA7 127 TA23 167 SA23 0111 BEL ETB 1 7 G W w 7 7 17 23 27 39 37 55 47 71 57 87 77 119 10 GET 30 SPE 50 Las 70 LA24 110 Tas 130 TA24 170 SA24 1000 BS CAN 8 H X X 8 8 18 24 28 40 38 56 48 72 58 88 78 120 11 TCT 31 SPD 51 LA9 71 LA25 111 Tag 131 TA25 171 SA25 1001 HT EM 9 l Y y 9 9 19 25 29 41 39 57 49 73 59 89 79 121 12 32 52 LA10 72 LA26 112 Taio 132 TA26 172 SA26 1010 LF SUB x J Z Zz A 10 1A 26 2A 42 3A 58 4A 74 5A 90 7A 122 13 33 53 Lat 73 LA27 113 Tait 133 TA27 173 SA27 1011 VT ESC i K B 11 1B 27 2B 43
142. 5 SENse RFID MEASurement DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew ENVelope NUMBer Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the envelope number to display the measurement result in the subview This command is valid when SENse RFID MEASurement is set to RFENvelope CONSte EYE or STABle DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew ENVelope NUMBer lt number gt DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew ENVelope NUMBer lt number gt lt NR1 gt specifies the envelope number Range 0 to the number of acquired envelopes 1 DEMRFID DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew ENVelope NUMBer 5 sets the envelope number to 5 SENse RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 169 DISPlay Commands DISPlay RFID DDEMod SView FORMat Selects or queries the display format of the subview in the RFID analysis Syntax DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew FORMat SPECtrum PVTime FVTime ZSPectrum RFENvelope CONSte VECTor EYE STABIe DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew FORMat Arguments The arguments and display formats are listed below Table 2 34 Subview display formats Argument Display format SPECtrum Spectrum PVTime Power versus Time FVTime Frequency versus Time ZSPectrum Zoomed spectrum RFENvelope RF envelope CONSte Constellation VECTor Vector EYE Eye diagram STABle Symbol table Measurement Modes DEMRFID Examples DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew FORMat CONSte displays t
143. 76 640 2 547 TRIGger Commands TRIGger SEQuence LEVel QTime Option 02 Only Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 548 Sets or queries the trigger level when you select IQTime with the TRIGger SEQuence SOURce command TRIGger SEQuence LEVel IQTime lt amp1 gt TRIGger SEQuence LEVel 1QTime lt amp1 gt lt NR1 gt specifies the IQ time trigger level Range 40 to 0 dB SARTIME SAZRTIME all Demod modes all Time modes TRIGger SEQuence LEVel IQTime 10 sets the IQ time trigger level to 10 dB TRIGger SEQuence SOURce WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual TRIGger Commands TRIGger SEQuence MODE Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the trigger mode TRIGger SEQuence MODE AUTO NORMal TRIGger SEQuence MODE AUTO generates a trigger when the INITiate MMediate command is sent In the single mode data for one waveform is acquired and displayed In the continuous mode data acquisition and display are repeated NORMa1 specifies that when the INITiate MMediate command is sent after trigger conditions have been preset the trigger occurs before the process stops You can set the trigger source slope level and position as the trigger conditions NOTE When you select Auto for the trigger mode you cannot set the trigger source Slope position a
144. 8 2 n Max 1000 EBWidth lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Ebw 1 gt lt Ebw 2 gt lt Ebw n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Ebw n gt is the EBW value for each pulse number 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 1000 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 347 READ Commands FREQuency lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Freq 1 gt lt Freq 2 gt lt Freq n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Freq n gt is the frequency deviation value for each pulse number 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 1000 Measurement Modes TIMPULSE Examples READ PULSe WIDTh might return 3500xxxx 500 byte data for the pulse width measurement result Related Commands INSTrument SELect 2 348 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual READ Commands READ PULSe SPECtrum Query Only Returns the spectrum data of the frequency domain measurement in the pulse characteristics analysis This query command is valid when DISPlay PULSe S Vlew FORMat is set to CHPowr OBWidth or EB Width Syntax READ PULSe SPECtrum Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Dat
145. 80A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe CNRatio Subgroup The SENSe CNRatio commands set up the conditions related to the carrier to noise ratio C N measurement Command Tree Header Parameter SENSe CNRatio BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration lt frequency gt NOTSe lt frequency gt FILTer COEFficient lt numeric_value gt TYPE RECTangle GAUSsian NYQuist RNYQuist OFFSet lt frequency gt Prerequisites for Use To use a command of this group you must have run at least the following two commands 1 Run the following command to set the measurement mode to S A INSTrument SELect SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME 2 Run one of the following commands to start the C N measurement m To start the measurement with the default settings CONFigure SPECtrum CNRatio To start the measurement without modifying the current settings SENSe SPECtrum MEASurement CNRatio WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 391 SENSe Commands SENSe CNRatio BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration Sets or queries the channel bandwidth for the C N measurement see Figure 2 19 Syntax SENSe CNRatio BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration lt value gt SENSe CNRatio BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt is the carrier bandwidth for the C N measurement Range Bin bandwidth x 8 to full span Hz Refer to the WCA230A and WCA280A User Manual for the bin bandwidth Measuremen
146. 84 100k 128 1 2Mto2M 10k 4096 1k 32768 200k 128 2 5Mto5M 20 k 4096 1k 65536 500k 256 6 Mto 10 M 50k 2048 65536 1M 128 15M 80 k 4096 65536 2M 256 20Mto40M 100k 1024 N 8192 N 2M 64 N 50 M to 80 M 300k 512 N 8192 N 2M 64 N 100Mto150M 500k 256 N 10k 8192 N 10M 64N 200 Mto400M 1M 128 N 10k 8192N 10M 64N 500 Mto800M 2M 128 N 20k 4096 N 10M 64N 1Gto1 5G 5M 128 N 50k 2048 N 20M 6 N 2Gto3G 10M 128 N 100k 1024 N 30M 64N N Number of multi frames that is the value rounded off span 10 MHz to the positive infinity WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual aay AS nes Appendix E SCPI Conformance Information All commands in the WCA200A Series analyzers are based on SCPI Ver sion 1999 0 Table E 1 lists the commands that are defined in the SCPI 1999 0 Standard The other commands not listed in the table are not defined in the SCPI 1999 0 Standard Table E 1 SCPI 1999 0 defined commands Command group Command IEEE common CAL CIS ESE ESR IDN OPC RST SRE STB TST WAI ABORt ABORt CALibration CALibration ALL AUTO HCOPy HCOPy DESTination IMMediate INITiate INITiate CONTinuous IMMediate RESTart INPut INPut ATTenuation AUTO COUPling INSTrument INSTrument CATalog SELect MMEMory MMEMory COPY DELete NAME WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual E 1 App
147. A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce MVlew Subgroup The DISPlay SSOurce MVIew commands control display of the main view in the signal source analysis NOTE To use a command from this group you must have selected TIMSSOUR CE signal source analysis in the INSTrument SELect command Command Tree Header DISPlay SSOurce MVIew X SCALe OFFSet PDIVision RANGe STARt STOP iy SCALe 2 FIT FULL OFFSet PDIVision RANGe WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Parameter lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt 2 195 DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce MVlew X SCALe OFFSet 2 196 Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the minimum horizontal value left edge in the main view during the signal source analysis This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to SPURious spurious RTSPurious real time spurious or FVTime frequency versus time DISPlay SSOurce MVIew X SCALe OFFSet lt value gt DISPlay SSOurce MVIew X SCALe OFFSet lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum horizontal value in the main view For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce MVIew
148. A Programmer Manual a A UNIT Commands The UNIT commands specify fundamental units for measurement Command Tree Header Parameter UNIT ANGLe DEG RAD WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 557 UNIT Commands UNIT ANGLe Specifies or queries the fundamental unit of angle Syntax UNIT ANGLe DEG RAD UNIT ANGLe Arguments DEG selects degree as the unit of angle RAD selects radian as the unit of angle Measurement Modes All Examples UNIT ANGLe RAD selects radian as the unit of angle 2 558 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual a Retrieving Response Message When receiving a query command from the external controller the analyzer puts the response message on the Output Queue This message cannot be retrieved unless you perform retrieval operations through the external controller For example call the IBRD subroutine included in the GPIB software of National Instruments WCA230A WCA280A Controller Query Command execution SENSe FREQuency CENTer controller Retrieval operations Oo CALL IBRD Output Output queue queue Response controller 123 45E 6 Figure 2 27 Retrieving response message When the Output Queue contains a response message sending another command from the external controller before retrieving this message deletes it from the queue The Output Queue always contains the response message to the most recent query comma
149. A230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 83 CONFigure Commands CONFigure SPECtrum CHPower No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets up the analyzer to the default settings for channel power measurement Running this command is equivalent to pressing the following front panel keys S A key gt Spectrum Analyzer S A with Spectrogram Real Time S A side key PRESET key gt Channel Power side key CONFigure SPECtrum CHPower None SANORMAL SASGRAM SART IME CONFigure SPECtrum CHPower sets up the analyzer to the default settings for channel power measurement INSTrument SELect CONFigure SPECtrum CNRatio No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 84 Sets up the analyzer to the default settings for carrier to noise ratio C N measurement Running this command is equivalent to pressing the following front panel keys S A key Spectrum Analyzer S A with Spectrogram Real Time S A side key PRESET key C N side key CONFigure SPECtrum CNRatio None SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME CONFigure SPECtrum CNRatio sets up the analyzer to the default settings for C N measurement INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual gt CONFigure Commands CONFigure SPECtrum EBWidth No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets up the
150. A280A Programmer Manual B 3 Appendix B GPIB Interface Specification B 4 Device Clear DCL Will clear initialize all devices on the bus that have a device clear function whether or not the controller has addressed them Local Lockout LLO Disables the return to local function Serial Poll Disable SPD Changes all devices on the bus from the serial poll state to the normal operating state Serial Poll Enable SPE Puts all bus devices that have a service request function into the serial poll enabled state In this state each device sends the controller its status byte instead of its normal output after the device receives its talk address on the data lines This function may be used to determine which device sent a service request Go To Local GTL Causes the listen addressed device to switch from remote to local front panel control Select Device Clear SDC Clears or initializes all listen addressed devices Group Execute Trigger GET Triggers all applicable devices and causes them to initiate their programmed actions Take Control TCT Allows the controller in charge to pass control of the bus to another controller on the bus Parallel Poll Configure PPC Causes the listen addressed device to respond to the secondary commands Parallel Poll Enable PPE and Parallel Poll Disable PPD which are placed on the bus following the PPC command PPE enables a device with parallel poll capability to respond
151. ABle Symbol table Measurement Modes DEMRFID Examples SENSe RFID MEASurement CARRier selects the carrier measurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 453 SENSe Commands SENSe RFID MODulation BRATe AUTO 2 454 Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Determines whether to set the bit rate automatically or manually for the power on down and modulation measurements in the RFID analysis This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to RFENVvelope CONSte EYE STABle or PODown and SENSe RFID MODulation DECode is set to other than PIE A and PIE C SENSe RFID MODulation BRATe AUTO OFF ON 0 1 SENSe RFID MODulation BRATe AUTO OFF or 0 sets the bit rate manually Use the SENSe RFID MODulation BRATe SET command to set the bit rate ON or 1 sets the bit rate automatically DEMRFID SENSe RFID MODulation BRATe AUTO ON sets the bit rate automatically SENSe RFID MEASurement SENSe RFID MODulation BRATe SET SENSe RFID MODul ation DECode WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe RFID MODulation BRATe SET Sets or queries the bit rate for the power on down and modulation measurements when SENSe RFID MODulation BRATe AUTO is set to Off This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to RFENvelope CONSte EYE STABle or PODown and SENSe RFID M
152. ALe OFFSet lt time gt lt NRf gt sets the minimum horizontal value Range 32000 to 0 s DEMADEM TIMTRAN DISPlay WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet 100us sets the minimum horizontal value to 100 us DISPlay WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the horizontal or time scale per division in the time domain display DISPlay WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision lt time gt DISPlay WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision lt time gt lt NRf gt specifies the horizontal scale Range 0 to 3200 s div DEMADEM TIMTRAN DISPlay WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision 10us sets the horizontal scale to 10 us div WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 241 DISPlay Commands DISPlay WAVeform Y SCALe FIT No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Runs the auto scale on the time domain display The auto scale automatically sets the start value and scale of the vertical axis to display the whole waveform DISPlay WAVeform Y SCALe FIT None DEMADEM TIMTRAN DISPlay WAVeform Y SCALe FIT runs the auto scale DISPlay WAVeform Y SCALe FULL No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 242 Sets the vertical axis in the time domain display to the default full scale value DISPlay WAVeform Y SCALe FULL None DEMADEM TIMTRAN DISPlay WAVeform Y SCALe FULL sets the vertical axis in the time doma
153. ALe PDIVision WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet FORMat Overview spectrogram SGRam Y SCALe PLINe SGRam COLor SCALe RANGe f SGRam COLor SCALe OFFSet ee lee ies SGRam Y SCALe OFFSet me ei iB Center 800 MHz Span 100 kHz SGRam X SCALe SPAN R SGRam X SCALe OFFSet NOTE Command header DISPlay OVlew is omitted here Figure 2 10 DISPlay 0Vlew command setting 2 130 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay OVIew FORMat Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Selects or queries the overview display format DISPlay OVIew FORMat WAVeform SGRam DISPlay O0VIew FORMat WAVeform displays the amplitude vs time view SGRam displays the spectrogram All Demod modes All Time modes DISPlay OVIew FORMat SGRam displays the spectrogram view in the overview DISPlay OVlew OTINdicator Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Determines whether to show the trigger output indicator O in the overview DISPlay OVIew OTINdicator OFF ON 0 1 DISPlay O0VIew OTINdicator OFF or 0 hides the trigger output indicator ON or 1 shows the trigger output indicator All Demod modes All Time modes DISPlay OVIew OTINdicator ON shows the trigger output indicator WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 131 DISPlay Commands DISPlay OVlew SGRam COLor SCALe OFFSet Syntax
154. AT Tenuation AUTO Determines whether to set the input attenuation automatically INPut COUPling Option 03 only Switches the input coupling in the IQ input mode INPut MIXer Sets the mixer level INPut MLEVel Sets the reference level 2 28 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Command Groups INSTrument Commands Sets the measurement mode for the analyzer Table 2 20 INSTrument commands Header Description INSTrument CATalog Queries all the measurement modes that the analyzer has INSTrument SELect Selects the measurement mode MMEMory Commands Manipulates files residing on the internal hard disk or floppy disk Table 2 21 MMEMory commands Header Description MMEMory COPY Copies the contents of a file to another MMEMory DELete Deletes a file MMEMory LOAD CORRection Loads the correction table from a file MMEMory LOAD IQT Loads the IQ data from a file MMEMory LOAD STATe Loads the analyzer settings from a file MMEMory LOAD TRACe Loads trace data from a file MMEMory NAME Specifies the file name for hard copy output MMEMory STORe ACPower Stores the ACPR measurement results in a file in the RFID analysis MMEMory STORe CORRection Stores an amplitude correction table in a file MMEMory STORe IQT Stores IQ data in a file MMEMory STORe PULSe Stores the pulse measurement results in a file MMEMory STORe STABle Stores a symbol table in a
155. ATA DEFault restores the calibration data to the factory defaults WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 71 CALibration Commands CALibration OFFSet BASebanddc Runs the baseband DC offset calibration The query version of this command runs the calibration and if it ends normally returns 0 NOTE This command is available when the analyzer operates in the baseband DC to 20 MHz The frequency setting must satisfy the following condition center frequency span 2 lt 17 5 MHz Syntax CALibration OFFSet BASebanddc CALi bration OFFSet BASebanddc Arguments None Returns lt NR1 gt 0 indicates a normal end For details of the error codes refer to page 3 17 Measurement Modes All Examples CALibration OFFSet BASebanddc runs the baseband DC offset calibration 2 72 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual CALibration Commands CALibration OFFSet CENTer Runs the center offset calibration The query version of this command runs the calibration and if it ends normally returns 0 Syntax CALibration OFFSet CENTer CALibration OFFSet CENTer Arguments None Returns lt NR1 gt 0 indicates a normal end For details of the error codes refer to page 3 17 Measurement Modes All Examples CALibration OFFSet CENTer runs the center offset calibration WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 73 CALibration Commands CALibration OFFSet IQINput Option 03 Onl
156. Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the horizontal position of the vertical line CALCulate lt x gt VLINe lt y gt lt value gt CALCulate lt x gt VLINe lt y gt lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the horizontal position of the vertical line Range 0 Hz to 3 GHz for WCA230A or 8 GHz for WCA280A All S A modes CALCulatel VLINel 800MHz sets the horizontal position of Vertical Line 1 to 800 MHz CALCulate lt x gt VLINe lt y gt STATe CALCulate lt x gt VLINe lt y gt STATe 2 Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Determines whether to turn on or off the vertical line CALCulate lt x gt VLINe lt y gt STATe OFF ON 0 1 CALCulate lt x gt VLINe lt y gt STATe OFF or 0 hides the vertical line ON or 1 shows the vertical line All S A modes CALCulatel VLINe1l STATe ON shows Vertical Line 1 in View 1 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 67 CALCulate Commands 2 68 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual _ SSS LSS CALibration Commands The CALibration commands run calibrations on the analyzer For details on calibrations refer to the WCA230A and WCA280A User Manual Command Tree Header Parameter CALibration ALL AUTO DATA DEFault OFFSet BASebanddc CENTer IQINput Option 03 only RF WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 69 CALibration Commands CALibration ALL 2 Syntax
157. B 10 9 to 100 Constellation Tix Np to 0 s fixed EVM T x Np to 0 s 100 to 200 EVM 300 to 300 amplitude error 675 to 675 deg phase error Eye diagram T x Ny to 0 s fixed Symbol table 0 to 1024 x Ni symbols NA Tg Frame time Ny Frame number WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual D 1 Appendix D Setting Range Table D 2 Display format and scale RFID Measurements Measurement item Vertical range Carrier Refer to Table D 1 Same as Spectrogram 200 to 100 dBm Powervs Time _ 20010 100 4 Frequency vs Time PO Center frequency Zoomed span 2 Zoomed spectrum Same as Spectrum above Spurious Spurious Same as Spectrum in Carrier ACPR ACPR Same as Spectrum in Carrier Power on down Waveform Same as Carrier Spectrogram Zoom Spectrum Power vs Time Frequency vs Time Power On Down 200 to 100 dBm RF envelope Waveform Same as Carrier Constellation Eye diagram Symbol table Spectrogram Zoom Spectrum Power vs Time Frequency vs Time Constellation Refer to Table D 1 Eye Diagram Symbol Table D 2 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Appendix D Setting Range Table D 3 Display format and scale Signal source analysis Measurement item Vertical range Phase noise 200 to 100 dBm 310 to 140 dBoltz Spurious 200 to 100 dBm Real time phase noise Spectrogram Refer to Table D 1 Power vs Time Same as that
158. BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration lt numeric_value gt FILTer COEFficient lt numeric_value gt TYPE RECTangle GAUSsian NYQuist RNYQuist Prerequisites for Use To use a command of this group you must have run at least the following two commands 1 Run the following command to set the measurement mode to S A INSTrument SELect SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SADL3G SAUL3G 2 Run one of the following commands to start the channel power measure ment m To start the measurement with the default settings CONFigure SPECtrum CHPower m To start the measurement without modifying the current settings SENSe SPECtrum MEASurement CHPower 2 388 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe CHPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration Sets or queries the channel bandwidth for the channel power measurement see Figure 2 18 Syntax SENSe CHPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration lt value gt SENSe CHPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the channel bandwidth for the channel power measurement Range Bin bandwidth x 8 to full span Hz Refer to the WCA230A and WCA280A User Manual for the bin bandwidth Measurement Modes SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SADL3G SAUL3G Examples SENSe CHPower BANDwidth INTegration 2 5MHz sets the channel bandwidth to 2 5 MHz BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration NOTE Command header SENS
159. CA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual OO A INITiate Commands The INITiate commands control data acquisition Command Tree Header Parameter INITiate CONTinuous lt boolean gt IMMediate RESTart WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 299 INITiate Commands INITiate CONTinuous Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 300 Determines whether to use the continuous mode to acquire the input signal INITiate CONTinuous OFF ON 0 1 INITiate CONTinuous OFF or 0 specifies that the single mode rather than the continuous mode is used for data acquisition To initiate the acquisition use the INITiate MMediate described below To stop the acquisition because the trigger is not generated in single mode send the following command INITiate CONTinuous OFF ON or 1 initiates data acquisition in the continuous mode To stop the acquisition in the continuous mode send the following command INITiate CONTinuous OFF NOTE When the analyzer receives a FETCh command while operating in the continuous mode it returns an execution error If you want to run a FETCh use the INITiate MMediate command All INITiate CONTinuous ON specifies that the continuous mode is used to acquire the input signal FETCh commands INITiate IMMediate WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual INITiate Commands INITiate IMMediate No Query F
160. CA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Programming Examples The following is an example of sending and responding commands Send Response Send Send Send Send Send Send Response Send WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual PROG CAT Query the list of the macro program NONREGISTERED MACROTEST1 NONREGISTERED MACROTEST2 NONREGISTERED MACROTEST3 REGISTERED MACROTEST1 REGISTERED MACROTEST4 REGISTERED MACROTEST5 PROG NAME NONREGISTERED MACROTEST1 Specify the macro program PROG NUMB LOW LIMIT 1 5 Set LOW_LIMIT to 1 5 PROG NUMB HIGH LIMIT 20 Set HIGH_LIMIT to 20 PROG STR ERROR MESSAGE Unsuccessful Set ERROR_MESSAGE PROG EXEC TEST1 Run the macro command PROG NUMB RESULT Retrieve the results 1 2345 PROG DEL Delete the macro program from memory 4 15 Programming Examples 4 16 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Appendices EEE __ _ Appendix A Character Charts The ASCII and GPIB code chart is shown in Table A 1 on page A 2 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual A 1 Appendix A Character Charts Table A 1 ASCII amp GPIB code chart B7 1 B6 1 B5 1 BITS NUMBERS B4 B3 B2 B1 CONTROL SYMBOLS UPPER CASE LOWER CASE 0 20 40 LAO 60 LA16 100 TAO 120 TAI6 140 SA0 160 SA16 0000 NUL DLE SP 0 P p 0 o 10 16 20 32 30 48 40 64 50 80 60 96 70 112 1 GTL 21 LLO
161. CALe FIT None All DISPlay SPECtrum Y SCALe FIT runs the auto scale on the spectrum view DISPlay SPECtrum Y SCALe FULL No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets the vertical axis to the default full scale value in the spectrum view DISPlay SPECtrum Y SCALe FULL None All DISPlay SPECtrum Y SCALe FULL sets the vertical axis to the default full scale value in the spectrum view WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 193 DISPlay Commands DISPlay SPECtrum Y SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum vertical or amplitude value bottom end in the spectrum view DISPlay SPECtrum Y SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt DISPlay SPECtrum Y SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt sets the minimum vertical value Range 200 to 0 dBm All DISPlay SPECtrum Y SCALe OFFSet 100 sets the minimum vertical value to 100 dBm DISPlay SPECtrum Y SCALe PDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 194 Sets or queries the vertical or amplitude scale per division in the spectrum view DISPlay SPECtrum Y SCALe PDIVision lt amp1 gt DISPlay SPECtrum Y SCALe PDIVision lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt specifies the horizontal scale in the spectrum view Range 0 to 10 dB div All DISPlay SPECtrum Y SCALe PDIVision 10 sets the vertical scale to 10 dB div WCA230
162. Ce lt x gt DATA lt x gt MODE command TRACe lt x gt DATA lt x gt AVERage CLEar None SANORMAL SASGRAM TRACe1l AVERage CLEar clears average data and counter and restarts the average process for Trace 1 TRACe lt x gt DATA lt x gt MODE TRACe lt x gt DATA lt x gt AVERage COUNt 2 Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 540 Sets or queries the number of traces to combine using the MODE setting refer to page 2 542 This command is effective when you select AVERage MAXHold or MINHold with the TRACe lt x gt DATA lt x gt MODE command TRACe lt x gt DATA lt x gt AVERage COUNt lt value gt TRACe lt x gt DATA lt x gt AVERage COUNt lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the number of traces to combine for averaging Range 1 to 100000 default 20 SANORMAL SASGRAM TRACe1 AVERage COUNt 64 sets the average count to 64 for Trace 1 TRACe lt x gt DATA lt x gt MODE TRACe lt x gt DATA lt x gt AVERage TCONtrol WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual TRACe Commands TRACe lt x gt DATA lt x gt DDETector Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Selects or queries the display detector method to be used for decimating traces to fit the available horizontal space on screen The number of horizontal pixels on screen is generally smaller than that of waveform data points When actually displayed th
163. Commands FETCh SSOurce SPECtrum Query Only Returns spectrum waveform data of the frequency domain measurement in the signal source analysis This commands is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to PNOise SPURious or RTSPurious Syntax FETCh SSOurce SPECtrum Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Data n gt is the amplitude of the spectrum in dBm 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 240001 Measurement Modes TIMSSOURCE Examples FETCh SSOurce SPECtrum might return 43200xxxx 3200 byte data for the spectrum data Related Commands SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 287 FETCh Commands FETCh SSOurce TRANsient FVTime Query Only Returns the frequency versus time measurement results in the signal source analysis Syntax FETCh SSOurce TRANsient FVTime Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Data n gt is the frequency deviation value in Hz on the time axis 4 byte little endian floating point format spe
164. Ctrum None SANORMAL SASGRAM SART IME CONFigure SPECtrum sets up the analyzer to the default settings for spectrum measurement INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual gt CONFigure Commands CONFigure SPECtrum ACPower No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets up the analyzer to the default settings for adjacent channel leakage power ratio ACPR measurement Running this command is equivalent to pressing the following front panel keys S A key gt Spectrum Analyzer S A with Spectrogram Real Time S A side key PRESET key gt ACPR side key CONFigure SPECtrum ACPower None SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME CONFigure SPECtrum ACPower sets up the analyzer to the default settings for ACPR measurement INSTrument SELect CONFigure SPECtrum CFRequency No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets up the analyzer to the default settings for carrier frequency measurement Running this command is equivalent to pressing the following front panel keys S A key gt Spectrum Analyzer S A with Spectrogram Real Time S A side key PRESET key Carrier Frequency side key CONFigure SPECtrum CFRequency None SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME CONFigure SPECtrum CFRequency sets up the analyzer to the default settings for carrier frequency measurement INSTrument SELect WC
165. DDEMod MVlew FORMat is set to CCDF DISPlay DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe MAXimum lt value gt DISPlay DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe MAXimum lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the maximum vertical value in the CCDF view Range Twice of the minimum value to 100 The minimum value is set using the DISPlay DDEMod MVlIew Y SCALe MINimum command DEMDDEM DISPlay DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe MAXimum 80pct sets the maximum vertical value to 80 in the CCDF main view DISPlay DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe MINimum WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 111 DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe MINimum Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 112 Sets or queries the minimum vertical value bottom end in the CCDF main view during the digital modulation analysis This comman is valid when DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat is set to CCDF DISPlay DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe MINimum lt value gt DISPlay DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe MINimum lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum vertical value in the CCDF view Range 0 01 to 1 2 of the maximum value in percent The maximum value is set using the DISPlay DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe MAXimum command DEMDDEM DISPlay DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe MINimum 0 1pct sets the minimum vertical value to 0 1 in the CCDF main view DISPlay DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe MAXimum WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPl
166. Deo SWEep TIME lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the sweep time Range 0 to 100 s DEMRFID SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth VIDeo SWEep TIMe 100m sets the sweep time to 100 ms INSTrument SELect SENSe RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 477 SENSe Commands SENSe SPECtrum DETector FUNCtion 2 478 Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Selects or queries the display detector method to be used for decimating traces to fit the available horizontal space on screen The number of horizontal pixel positions on screen is generally smaller than that of waveform data points When actually displayed the waveform data is therefore thinned out according to the number of horizontal pixel positions which can be displayed For details refer to the WCA230A User Manual SENSe SPECtrum DETector FUNCtion NEGative POSitive PNEgative SENSe SPECtrum DETector FUNCtion NEGative shows the minimum value of the data corresponding to each horizon tal pixel position POSitive shows the maximum value of the data corresponding to each horizontal pixel position PNEgative draws a line connecting the maximum and minimum points of the data corresponding to each horizontal pixel position All S A modes except SARTIME and SAZRTIME SENSe SPECtrum DETector FUNCtion PNEgative displays waveform drawing a line that connects the maximum and minimum points of the data
167. ENSe RFID MODulation STANdard PART4 MODE1 selects the ISO IEC 1800_4 Mode 1 standard Related Commands SENSe RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 461 SENSe Commands SENSe RFID MODulation TARI AUTO 2 462 Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Determines whether to set Tari automatically or manually for the power on down and modulation measurements in the RFID analysis This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to RFENvelope CONSte EYE STABle or PODown and SENSe RFID MODulation DECode is set to PIE A or PIE C SENSe RFID MODulation TARI AUTO OFF ON 0 1 SENSe RFID MODulation TARI AUTO OFF or 0 sets Tari manually Use the SENSe RFID MODulation TARI SET command to set Tari ON or 1 sets the Tari automatically DEMRFID SENSe RFID MODulation TARI AUTO ON sets Tari automatically SENSe RFID MEASurement SENSe RFID MODul ation TARI SET SENSe RFID MODulation DECode WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe RFID MODulation TARI SET Sets or queries Tari for the power on down and modulation measurements when SENSe RFID MODulation TARI AUTO is set to On This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to RFENvelope CONSte EYE STABle or PODown and SENSe RFID MODulation DECode is set to PIE A and PIE C
168. Examples Related Commands Runs the auto scale on the main view during the digital modulation analysis The auto scale automatically sets the start value and scale of the vertical axis to display the whole waveform This command is not available when DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat is set to CONSTe VECTor IEYE QEYE TEYE STABle AMAM AMPM DAMam or DAMPm DISPlay DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe FIT None DEMDDEM DISPlay DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe FIT runs the auto scale on the main view DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat DISPlay DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe FULL No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 110 Sets the vertical axis in the main view to the default full scale value during the digital modulation analysis This command is not available when DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat is set to CONSTe VECTor IEYE QEYE TEYE STABle AMAM AMPM DAMam or DAMPm DISPlay DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe FULL None DEMDDEM DISPlay DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe FULL sets the main view s vertical axis to the default full scale value DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe MAXimum Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the maximum vertical value top end in the CCDF main view during the digital modulation analysis This command is valid when DISPlay
169. FFSet 100us sets the minimum horizontal value to 100 us DISPlay RFID WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 182 Sets or queries the horizontal or time scale per division in the time domain display DISPlay RFID WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision lt time gt DISPlay RFID WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision lt time gt lt NRf gt specifies the horizontal scale Refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 for setting the scale DEMRFID DISPlay RFID WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision 10us sets the horizontal scale to 10 us div WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay RFID WAVeform Y SCALe FIT No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Runs the auto scale on the time domain display The auto scale automatically sets the start value and scale of the vertical axis to fit the waveform to the screen DISPlay RFID WAVeform Y SCALe FIT None DEMRFID DISPlay RFID WAVeform Y SCALe FIT runs the auto scale DISPlay RFID WAVeform Y SCALe FULL No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets the vertical axis in the time domain display to the default full scale value DISPlay RFID WAVeform Y SCALe FULL None DEMRFID DISPlay RFID WAVeform Y SCALe FULL sets the vertical axis in the time domain display to the default full scale value WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer
170. FID SENSe RFID ACPower CSPacing 1 4MHz sets the channel to channel spacing to 1 4 MHz SENSe RFID MEASurement SENSe RFID ACPower FiLTer COEFficient Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 446 Sets or queries the filter roll off rate for the ACPR measurement when SENSe RFID ACPower FILTer TYPE is set to NY Quist Nyquist filter or RNY Quist Root Nyquist filter This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASure ment is set to CARRier SENSe RFID ACPower FILTer COEFficient lt ratio gt SENSe RFID ACPower FILTer COEFficient lt ratio gt lt NRf gt specifies the roll off rate Range 0 to 1 DEMRFID SENSe RFID ACPower FILTer COEFficient 0 5 sets the filter roll off rate to 0 5 SENSe RFID ACPower FILTer TYPE SENSe RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe RFID ACPower FILTer TYPE Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the filter for the ACPR measurement in the RFID analysis This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to CARRier SENSe RFID ACPower FILTer TYPE RECTangle GAUSsian NYQuist RNYQuist SENSe RFID ACPower FILTer TYPE RECTangle selects the rectangular filter GAUSsian selects the Gaussian filter NYQuist selects the Nyquist filter default RNYQuist selects the Root Nyquist filter DEMRFID
171. IDN WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Command Syntax Constructed Mnemonics Some header mnemonics specify one of a range of mnemonics For example a channel mnemonic can be either CALCulatel CALCulate2 CALCulate3 or CALCulate4 You use these mnemonics in the command just as you do any other mnemonic For example there is a CALCulatel MARKer MODE command and there is also a CALCulate2 MARKer MODE command In the command descriptions this list of choices is abbreviated as CALCulate lt x gt The value of lt x gt is the upper range of valid suffixes If the numeric suffix is omitted the analyzer uses the default value of 1 Table 2 6 Constructed mnemonics Symbol Meaning CALCulate lt x gt A view specifier where lt x gt 1 to 4 DLINe lt x gt A horizontal display line specifier where lt x gt 1 or 2 VLINe lt x gt A vertical display line specifier where lt x gt 1 or 2 MARKer lt x gt A marker specifier where lt x gt 1 or 2 TRACe lt x gt A trace specifier where lt x gt 1 or 2 DATA lt x gt WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 11 Command Syntax 2 12 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual i eee Command Groups This section lists the WCA200A Series analyzer commands in two ways It first presents them by functional groups It then lists them alphabetically The functional group list starts below The alphabetical list provides more detail on each command and star
172. IMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce SVIew Y SCALe OFFSet 100 sets the minimum vertical value to 100 dBm in the subview displaying spectrum DISPlay SSOurce SVIew FORMat DISPlay SSOurce SVlew Y SCALe PDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the vertical scale per division in the time domain display This command is valid when DISPlay SSOurce S View FORMat is set to SPECTrum RJVTime IPNVtime CNVTime or CNV Frequency DISPlay SSOurce SVIew Y SCALe PDIVision lt value gt DISPlay SSOurce SVIew Y SCALe PDIVision lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the vertical scale The valid range depends on the display format Refer to Table D 3 in Appendix D TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce SVIew SCALe PDIVision 15 sets the vertical scale to 15 dB div in the subview displaying C N versus time DISPlay SSOurce SVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 213 DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce SVlew Y SCALe PLINe Sets or queries the vertical scale the number of frames per line in the subview displaying a noisogram Frames are thinned out from all the acquired framed data at intervals of the number of frames specified in this command before the noisogram is displayed For example if you set the argument to 5 the data will be displayed every 5 frames This command is valid when DISPlay SSOurce S View FORMat is set to NGRam Syntax D
173. INearity LS Region UNIT is set to RELative and dBm when ABSolute DEMDDEM SENSe DDEMod NLINearity LSRegion SET 10 sets the linear signal region to 10 dB or dBm DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat SENSe DDEMod NLINearity LSRegion UNIT WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 415 SENSe Commands SENSe DDEMod NLINearity LSRegion UNIT Selects or queries the unit to set the liner signal region in the AM AM and AM PM measurements This command is valid when DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat is set to AMAM AMPM DAMam or DAMPm Use the SENSe DDEMod NLINearity LSRegion SET command to set the region Syntax SENSe DDEMod NLINearity LSRegion UNIT RELative ABSolute SENSe DDEMod NLINearity LSRegion UNIT Arguments RELative specifies the linear signal region in dB with a value relative to the maximum power measured in the analysis range default ABSolute specifies the linear signal region with an absolute power in dBm Measurement Modes DEMDDEM Examples SENSe DDEMod NLINearity LSRegion UNIT RELative specifies the linear signal region in dB Related Commands DISP1ay DDEMod MVIew FORMat SENSe DDEMod NLINearity LSRegion SET 2 416 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe DDEMod OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the measurement start position in the digital modulation analysis see Figu
174. IPNVtime FETCh SSOurce IPNVtime None lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Data n gt is the phase in radians or degrees 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 TIMSSOURCE FETCh SSOurce IPNVtime might return 43200xxxx 3200 byte data for waveform data of the integrated phase noise versus time DISPlay SSOurce SVIew FORMat SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 285 FETCh Commands FETCh SSOurce RJVTime Query Only Returns waveform data of the random jitter versus time in the signal source analysis This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to RTPNoise and DISPlay SSOurce S View FORMat is RJVTime Syntax FETCh SSOurce RJVTime Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Data n gt is the jitter in seconds 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 Measurement Modes TIMSSOURCE Related Commands DISPlay SSOurce SVIew FORMat SENSe SSOurce MEASurement 2 286 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual FETCh
175. ISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat is set to CONSTe VECTor IEYE QEYE TEYE STABle AMAM AMPM DAMam or DAMPm Syntax DISPlay DDEMod SVIlew Y SCALe FIT Arguments None Measurement Modes DEMDDEM Examples DISPlay DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe FIT runs the auto scale on the subview Related Commands DISPlay DDEMod SVIew FORMat DISPlay DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe FULL No Query Form Sets the vertical axis in the subview to the default full scale value during the digital modulation analysis This command is not available when DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat is set to CONSTe VECTor IEYE QEYE TEYE STABle AMAM AMPM DAMam or DAMPm Syntax DISPlay DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe FULL Arguments None Measurement Modes DEMDDEM Examples DISPlay DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe FULL sets the vertical axis in the subview to the default full scale value Related Commands DISPlay DDEMod SVIew FORMat 2 124 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe MAXimum Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the maximum vertical value top end in the CCDF subview during the digital modulation analysis This command is valid when DISPlay DDEMod S View FORMat is set to CCDF DISPlay DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe MAXimum lt value gt DISPlay DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe MAXimum lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the maximum vertical value in the
176. ISPlay SSOurce SVIew Y SCALe PLINe lt value gt DISPlay SSOurce SVIew Y SCALe PLINe Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the vertical scale for the noisogram Range 1 to 1024 frames per line Measurement Modes TIMSSOURCE Examples DISPlay 0VIew SGRam Y SCALe PLINe 5 displays the data in the noisogram every 5 frames Related Commands DISPlay SSOurce SVlew FORMat 2 214 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce SVlew Y SCALe RANGe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries full scale value of the vertical axis in the subview during the signal source analysis This command is valid when DISPlay SSOurce S View FORMat is set to SPECtrum RJVTime IPNVtime CNVTime or CNVFrequency DISPlay SSOurce SVIew Y SCALe RANGe lt value gt DISPlay SSOurce SVIew Y SCALe RANGe lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies full scale value of the vertical axis in the subview The valid range depends on the display format Refer to Table D 3 in Appen dix D TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce SVIew Y SCALe RANGe 100 sets full scale value of the vertical axis to 100 dB when the the subview displays the spectrum DISPlay SSOurce SVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 215 DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum Subgroup The DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum commands control the spectrum display in the si
177. ISPlay SSOurce WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets the vertical axis scale per division in the time domain display DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision lt amp1 gt DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt specifies the vertical scale For the setting range refer to Table D 3 in Appendix D TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision 50kHz sets the vertical scale to 50 kHz div in the frequency vs time view WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 227 DISPlay Commands DISPlay TFRequency Subgroup The DISPlay TFRequency commands control a three dimensional view spectrogram NOTE To use a command of this group you must have selected SARTIME Real Time S A in the INSTrument SELect command In the SASGRAM S A with Spectrogram mode you cannot set the scale of the spectrogram Command Tree Header Parameter DISPlay TFRequency SGRam COLor SCALe OFFSet lt amplitude gt RANge lt relative_amplitude gt MLINe ANNotation STATe lt boolean gt FREQuency INTerval lt numeric_value gt OFFSet lt numeric_value gt STATe lt boolean gt TIME INTerval lt numeric_value gt OFFSet lt numeric_value gt STATe lt boolean gt 2X SCALe OFFSet lt frequency gt SPAN lt frequency gt y SCALe OFFSet lt frame_count gt PLINe lt frame_count gt 2 2
178. IT commands Header UNIT ANGLe WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Description Specifies the fundamental unit of angle 2 39 Command Groups General Programming Procedure You should generally use the following procedure to script a program 1 Setting the measurement mode Using an INSTrument command select a measurement mode to set the basic conditions Example INSTrument SELect SANORMAL Selects the normal spectrum analysis mode to set the basic conditions Setting the measurement item Using a CONFigure command select a measurement item to set up the analyzer to the defaults Example CONFigure SPECtrum CHPower Sets up the analyzer to the channel power measurement defaults Detailed settings Use SENSe commands to set details for the measurement session Example SENSe CHPower BWIDth INTegration 3MHz Sets the channel power measurement range to 3 MHz Acquiring data Use an INITiate or ABORt command to initiate or stop data acquisition Example INITiate CONTinuous ON Initiates data acquisition in continuous mode To save or load the acquired data and settings use an MMEMory command Example MMEMory STORe IQT DATA1 Saves the acquired data in file DATA1 IQT Obtaining the measurement results Use a FETCh or READ command to obtain the measurement results Example FETCh SPECtrum CHPower Returns the channel power measurement results Display Use DISPlay co
179. LINe 2 220 Parameter lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt frequency gt lt frequency gt lt frame_count gt lt frame_count gt WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam COLor SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum value bottom of the color axis C N in the noisogram DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam COLor SCALe 0FFSet lt value gt DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam COLor SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum color axis value Range 230 to 70 dBc Hz TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam COLor SCALe OFFSet 50 sets the minimum color axis value to 50 dBc Hz DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam COLor SCALe RANGe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries full scale value of the color or amplitude axis in the noisogram DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam COLor SCALe RANGe lt rel_amp1 gt DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam COLor SCALe RANGe lt rel_ampl gt 10 20 50 100 dBc Hz specifies full scale value of the color axis TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam COLor SCALe RANGe 100 sets full scale value of the color axis to 100 dBc Hz WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 221 DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam X SCALe STARt Synt
180. LSe subgroup 2 434 SENSe RFID subgroup 2 443 SENSe ROSCillator subgroup 2 469 SENSe SPECtrum subgroup 2 470 SENSe SPURious subgroup 2 488 SENSe SSOurce subgroup 2 492 SENSe TRANsient subgroup 2 517 Setting range of RBW D 4 range of scale D 1 SI prefix and unit 2 8 Special characters 2 6 STATus command group 2 36 STATus commands 2 521 Syntax command 2 1 SYSTem command group 2 37 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SYSTem commands 2 529 T TekVISA 1 8 installing 1 8 Time mode definition 2 13 2 310 TRACe command group 2 37 TRACe commands 2 539 TRIGger command group 2 38 TRIGger commands 2 545 U Unit and SI prefix 2 8 UNIT command group 2 38 UNIT commands 2 557 Index 3 Index Index 4 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual
181. Le OFFSet 100 dBm DISPlay OVlew SGRam COLor SCALe RANGe 100 dB DISPlay OVlew SGRam X SCALe OFFSet 1 4925 GHz DISPlay OVlew SGRam X SCALe SPAN 15 MHz DISPlay OVlew SGRam Y SCALe OFFSet 0 DISPlay OVlew SGRam Y SCALe PLINe 1 DISPlay OVlew WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet 40 ms DISPlay OVlew WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision 4 ms div DISPlay OVlew WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet 100 dBm DISPlay OVlew WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision 100 dB DISPlay OVlew ZOOM COLor SCALe OFFSet 100 dBm DISPlay OVlew ZOOM COLor SCALe RANGe 100 dB DISPlay OVlew ZOOM X SCALe OFFSet 1 4925 GHz DISPlay OVlew ZOOM X SCALe SPAN 15 MHz DISPlay OVlew ZOOM Y SCALe OFFSet 0 DISPlay OVlew ZOOM Y SCALe PLINe 1 DISPlay PULSe subgroup DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult CHPower OFF DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult DCYCle OFF DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult EBWidth OFF DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult FREQuency OFF DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult OBWidth OFF DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult 00Ratio OFF DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult PERiod OFF DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult PHASe OFF DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult PPOWer OFF DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult RIPPle OFF DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult WIDTh ON DISPlay PULSe SVlew FORMat WIDTh DISPlay PULSe SVlew GUIDelines ON C 3 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Appendix C Factory Initialization Settings Table C 4 Factory initialization settiings DISPlay commands Cont Header Default value DISPlay
182. M SENSe DDEMod NLINearity COEFficient 15 sets the maximum order to 15 DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat SENSe DDEMod NLINearity HDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 414 Sets or queries the horizontal interval between display points for the CCDF or PDF measurement in the digitald modulation analysis This command is valid when DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat is set to CCDF or PDF SENSe DDEMod NLINearity HDIVision lt value gt SENSe DDEMod NLINearity HDIVision lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the horizontal interval between display points Range 0 01 to 1 dB the default is 0 1 dB DEMDDEM SENSe DDEMod NLINearity HDIVision 0 2 sets the horizontal interval between display points to 0 2 dB DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe DDEMod NLINearity LSRegion SET Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the linear signal region a region supposed to have an ideal characteristic in the AM AM and AM PM measurements This command is valid when DISPlay DDEMod M VIew FORMat is set to AMAM AMPM DAMam or DAMPm SENSe DDEMod NLINearity LSRegion SET lt value gt SENSe DDEMod NLINearity LSRegion SET lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the linear signal region Range 100 to 50 dB or dBm The unit is dB when SENSe DDEMod NL
183. MODE 2 38 Description Restarts trace averaging Sets the number of traces to combine for averaging Selects the display detector Selects the way to display the traces Selects how to display Trace 2 in the signal source analysis WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Command Groups TRIGger Commands Set up the trigger Table 2 28 TRIGger commands Header TRIGger SEQuence LEVel IF Description Sets the IF trigger level TRIGger SEQuence LEVel l QFRequency Sets the IQ frequency trigger level Option 02 only TRIGger SEQuence LEVel QTime Sets the IQ time trigger level Option 02 only TRIGger SEQuence MODE TRIGger SEQuence MPOSition TRIGger SEQuence OPOSition TRIGger SEQuence POSition TRIGger SEQuence SAVE COUNt STATe TRIGger SEQuence SAVE COUNt MAXimum TRIGger SEQuence SAVE STATe TRIGger SEQuence SLOPe TRIGger SEQuence SOURCce UNIT Commands Selects the trigger mode Queries the trigger occurrence point in one block data on the memory Queries the trigger output point Sets the trigger position Determines whether to limit the number of times that data is saved Sets a limit on the number of times that data is saved Determines whether to enable or disable the Save on Trigger function Selects the trigger slope Selects the trigger source Specify fundamental units for measurement Table 2 29 UN
184. Manual 2 183 DISPlay Commands DISPlay RFID WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum value bottom of the vertical axis in the time do main display DISPlay RFID WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt DISPlay RFID WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum value of the vertical axis For the setting range refer to Table D 1 in Appendix D DEMRFID DISPlay RFID WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet 100 sets the minimum vertical value to 100 dBm DISPlay RFID WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 184 Sets the vertical axis scale per division in the time domain display DISPlay RFID WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision lt amp1 gt DISPlay RFID WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt specifies the vertical scale For the setting range refer to Table D 1 in Appendix D DEMRFID DISPlay RFID WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision 10 sets the vertical scale to 10 dB div WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay SPECtrum Subgroup The DISPlay SPECtrum commands control the spectrum view NOTE To use a command of this group you must have a spectrum that is currently displayed in the view regardless of the measurement mode Command Tree Header Parameter DISPlay SPECtrum BMARkKer STATe lt boolean gt GRATicule
185. ND CENTer lt frequency gt STEP lt frequency gt AUTO lt boolean gt INCRement lt frequency gt CHANnel lt numeric_value gt CTABle CATalog SELect lt table name gt SPAN lt frequency gt STARt lt frequency gt STOP lt frequency gt SPAN STARt CENTer STOP NOTE Command header SENSe FREQuency is omitted here Figure 2 22 Setting frequency and span WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 423 SENSe Commands SENSe FREQuency BAND Query Only Queries the measurement frequency band Syntax SENSe FREQuency BAND Returns Table 2 51 shows the returned values and corresponding ranges Table 2 51 Measurement frequency bands Argument Frequency range BAS DC to 20 MHz RF1B 15 MHzto3GHz WCA230A 15 MHz to 3 5 GHz WCA280A RF2B 3 5 to 6 5 GHz WCA280A RF3B 5 to 8 GHz WCA280A Measurement Modes All Examples SENSe FREQuency BAND might return RF1B 2 424 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe FREQuency CENTer Sets or queries the center frequency Syntax SENSe FREQuency CENTer lt freq gt SENSe FREQuency CENTer Arguments lt freq gt lt NRf gt specifies the center frequency For the setting range refer to Table 2 51 on page 2 424 Measurement Modes All Examples SENSe FREQuency CENTer 800MHz sets the center frequency to 800 MHz Related Commands SENSe FREQuency BAND WCA230A amp WCA
186. NPut Commands INPut COUPling Option 03 Only Selects or queries the input coupling in the IQ input mode This command is valid when IQ IQ input is selected with the SENSe FEED command Syntax INPut COUPling AC DC INPut COUPT ing Arguments AC selects the AC coupling DC selects the DC coupling Measurement Modes All Examples INPut COUPling AC selects the AC coupling in the IQ input mode Related Commands SENSe FEED 2 306 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual INPut Commands INPut MIXer Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the mixer level NOTE To set the mixer level you must have selected On in the INPut ATTenuation AUTO command INPut MIXer lt amp1 gt INPut MIXer lt amp1 gt lt NR1 gt specifies the mixer level The valid settings depend on the measurement frequency band as shown in Table 2 41 Table 2 41 Mixer level settings Measurement frequency band Setting dBm RF WCA230A RF1 WCA280A 5 10 15 20 or 25 RF2 RF3 WCA280A 5 15 or 25 All INPut MIXer 20 sets the mixer level to 20 dBm INPut ATTenuation AUTO WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 307 INPut Commands INPut MLEVel 2 Sets or queries the reference level Using this command to set the reference level is equivalent to pressing the AMPLITUDE key and then the Ref Level side key on the
187. No Talk Only mode Listener L Basic Listener Service Request SR SR1 Complete Remote Local RL RLO None Parallel Poll PP PPO None Device Clear DC Complete Device Trigger DT DTO None Controller C co None Electrical Interface Three state driver WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual B 1 Appendix B GPIB Interface Specification m Source Handshake SH Enables a talking device to support the coordination of data transfer The SH function controls the initiation and termination of data byte transfers m Acceptor Handshake AH Enables a listening device to coordinate data reception The AH function delays data transfer initiation or termination until the listening device is ready to receive the next data byte m Talker T Enables a device to send device dependent data over the interface This capability is available only when the device is addressed to talk and uses a one byte address m Listener L Enables a device to receive device dependent data over the interface This capability is available only when the device is addressed to listen and uses a one byte address m Service Request SR Enables a device to assert an SRQ Service Request line to notify the controller when it requires service m Remote Local RL Enables a device to respond to both the GTL Go To Local and LLO Local Lock Out interface messages Parallel Poll PP Enables a device to respond to the following interface mes
188. ODulation DECode is set to other than PIE A and PIE C Syntax SENSe RFID MODulation BRATe SET lt value gt SENSe RFID MODulation BRATe SET Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the bit rate Range 1 bps to 51 2 Mbps Measurement Modes DEMRFID Examples SENSe RFID MODulation BRATe SET 40k ses the bit rate to 40 kbps Related Commands SENSe RFID MEASurement SENSe RFID MODulation BRATe AUTO SENSe RFID MODulation DECode WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 455 SENSe Commands SENSe RFID MODulation DECode Selects or queries the decoding format for the power on down and modulation measurements in the RFID analysis This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to RFENvelope CONSte EYE STABle or PODown Syntax _ SENSe RFID MODulation DECode PIE A PIE C FMO MANCHESTER MILLER MILLER 2 MILLER 4 MILLER 8 M MILLER NRZ SENSe RFID MODulation DECode Arguments Table 2 54 shows the arguments and their meanings Table 2 54 Decoding format Argument Decoding format PIE A PIE Type A PIE C PIE Type C FMO FMO MANCHESTER Manchester MILLER Miller MILLER 2 Miller M_2 MILLER 4 Miller M_4 MILLER 8 Miller M_8 M MILLER Mdifited Miller NRZ NRZ Measurement Modes DEMRFID Examples SENSe RFID MODulation DECode FMO selects th
189. ON 5 CME EXE DDE QYE OPC 4 3 2 1 0 Figure 3 3 The Standard Event Status Register SESR Table 3 2 SESR bit functions Bit Function Power On PON Indicates that the power to the instrument is on Not used Command Error CME Indicates that a command error has occurred while parsing by the command parser was in progress Execution Error EXE Indicates that an error occurred during the execution of a command Execution errors occur for one of the following reasons m When a value designated in the argument is outside the allowable range of the instrument or is in conflict with the capabilities of the instrument m When the command could not be executed properly because the conditions for execution differed from those essentially required Device Dependent Error DDE An instrument error has been detected Query Error QYE Indicates that a query error has been detected by the output queue controller Query errors occur for one of the following reasons Anattempt was made to retrieve messages from the output queue despite the fact that the output queue is empty or in pending status m The output queue messages have been cleared despite the fact that they have not been retrieved Not used Operation Complete OPC This bit is set with the results of the execution of the OPC command It indicates that all pending operations have been completed WCA23
190. ON CME EXE DDE QYE OPC Byte Output ueue X pi Byte q Byte y a 6 Z 7 RQS 5 j4 i3 l2 1 0 OSS 6 ESB MAV QSS EAV MSS 6 From the operation status block 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 OSS ESB MAV QSS EAV iS J Figure 3 9 Status and event processing sequence a fF amp BF WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual If an event has occurred the SESR bit corresponding to that event is set and the event is placed in the event queue A bit corresponding to that event in the ESER has is set The SBR ESB bit is set to reflect the status of the ESER When a message is sent to the output queue the SBR MAV bit is set Setting either the ESB or MAV bits in the SBR sets the respective bit in the SRER When the SRER bit is set the SBR MSS bit is set and a service request is generated when using the GPIB interface Status and Events Synchronizing Execution Using the Status and Event Reporting Function Almost all commands are executed in the order in which they are sent from the controller and the execution of each command is completed in a short period of time However the following commands perform data analysis in another thread and another command can thus be executed concurrently INITiate commands PROGram SELected EXEcute PROGram SELected NAME READ commands SENSe ADEMod IMMediate SENSe DDEMod IMMediate SENSe
191. Programmer Manual Tektronix f WCA230A amp WCA280A 3 GHz amp 8 GHz Portable Wireless Communication Analyzers 071 1255 06 This document applies to firmware version 3 10 and above www tektronix com Copyright Tektronix Inc All rights reserved Licensed software products are owned by Tektronix or its subsidiaries or suppliers and are protected by national copyright laws and international treaty provisions Tektronix products are covered by U S and foreign patents issued and pending Information in this publication supercedes that in all previously published material Specifications and price change privileges reserved TEKTRONIX and TEK are registered trademarks of Tektronix Inc Contacting Tektronix Tektronix Inc 14200 SW Karl Braun Drive P O Box 500 Beaverton OR 97077 USA For product information sales service and technical support m In North America call 1 800 833 9200 m Worldwide visit www tektronix com to find contacts in your area SSS Ls Table of Contents PEACE Susan cordicve Geen cbg Meee E EE ER ix Related Manual gra ig eeria erea nia a a graces a E a T ix Difference between WCA230A and WCA280A 0 0 e eee eee ix Getting Started Overview of the Manual ios 0 5 occ iecc e ont ditected nde he da Ge tebe daa 1 2 Connecting the Interface a c5 ciate tet ee ie GA ee bbe eee eee 1 4 Using the GPIB Port 2 33 04 3deaas taeda dwieidh beaded de eebeaes 1 5 Setting the GPIB Parame
192. Put INSTrument MMEMory Controls data acquisition Sets the input related conditions Selects a measurement mode Controls file saving loading to from the hard disk or floppy disk PROGram READ SENSe STATus Controls macro programs Obtains the measurement results with acquiring data Sets up detailed conditions for each measurement Controls the status and event registers SYSTem TRACe TRIGger UNIT Sets the system parameters and query system information Controls display of Trace 1 and 2 Controls triggering Specifies fundamental units for measurement The following sections list the commands by group WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 15 Command Groups IEEE Common Commands ABORt Commands The IEEE 488 2 common commands have a prefix Table 2 9 IEEE common commands Header Description CAL Runs all the calibration routines CLS Clears the status or event ESE Sets the value for the ESER register ESR Queries the SESR register value IDN Queries the analyzer ID OPC Synchronizes commands OPT Queries the options incorporated in the analyzer RST Restores the factory initialization settings SRE Sets the value for the SRER register STB Queries the Status Byte Register value TRG Generates a trigger event TST Runs a self test WAI Waits until the run of another command is completed Resets the trigger system an
193. QVTime sets up the analyzer to the default settings for IQ level vs time measurement INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual gt CONFigure Commands CONFigure TRANsient PVTime No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets up the analyzer to the default settings for power vs time measurement Running this command is equivalent to pressing the following front panel keys S A key gt Transient side key PRESET key Power versus Time side key CONFigure TRANsient PVTime None TIMTRAN CONFigure TRANsient PVTime sets up the analyzer to the default settings for power vs time measurement INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 89 CONFigure Commands 2 90 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual A See DISPlay Commands The DISPlay commands control how to show measurement data on the screen These commands are divided into the following subgroups Table 2 30 DISPlay command subgroups Command header Function Refer to DIsPlay GOOF Gontol display ofthe CCDF anaysis paza DISPlay DDEMod page 2 100 DISPlay 0Vlew page 2 129 DISPlay PULSe MVlew SVlew page 2 141 DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum Control the spectrum view in the pulse characteristics analysis page 2 151 DISPlay PULSe WAVeform Control the time domain view in the pulse characteristics analysis page 2 156 DISPlay RFID DDEM
194. Qdata2 gt lt Idata n gt lt Qdata n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Idata n gt lt Qdata n gt is the I and Q signal level data in volts for the point n 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames Measurement Modes TIMTRAN Examples FETCh TRANSient IQVT ime might return 41024xxxx 1024 byte data for the results of the IQ level vs time measurement Related Commands INSTrument SELect 2 290 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual FETCh Commands FETCh TRANsient PVTime Query Only Returns the results of the power vs time measurement in the Time time analysis mode Syntax FETCh TRANsient PVTime Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Data n gt is the time domain power data in dBm 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames Measurement Modes TIMTRAN Examples FETCh TRANSient PVTime might return 41024xxxx 1024 byte data for the results of the power vs time measurement Related Commands INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A P
195. RBW is not set automatically To set it use the SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth B WIDth RESolution command ON or 1 specifies that the RBW is set automatically Measurement Modes All S A modes except SARTIME and SAZRTIME Examples SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth RESolution AUTO ON specifies that the RBW is set automatically Related Commands INSTrument SELect 2 474 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth STATe Determines whether to perform the resolution bandwidth RBW process Syntax _ SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth STATe OFF ON 0 1 SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth STATe Arguments OFF or 0 specifies that the RBW process is not performed so that a spectrum immediately after the FFT process is displayed on screen ON or 1 specifies that the RBW process is performed Measurement Modes All S A modes except SARTIME and SAZRTIME Examples SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth STATe ON specifies that the resolution bandwidth process is performed SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo Sets or queries the frequency bandwidth of the video filter This command is valid when NSTrument SELect is set to DEMRFID and SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to SPURious Syntax SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo lt value gt SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the frequency bandwidth of the
196. RFID MMEMory STORe ACPower C My Documents Resultl csv stores the ACPR measurement results in the Result1 csv file in the My Docu ments folder WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 317 MMEMory Commands MMEMory STORe CORRection No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Stores the amplitude correction table in the specified file MMEMory STORe CORRection lt file_ name gt lt file_name gt lt string gt specifies the file name The file extension is cor All S A modes except SARTIME and SAZRTIME MMEMory STORe CORRection C My Documents Samplel cor stores the amplitude correction table in the file Sample1 cor in the My Docu ments folder MMEMory STORe IQT No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 318 Stores IQ data in time domain in the specified file MMEMory STORe IQT lt file_name gt lt file_name gt lt string gt specifies the file in which to store IQ data The file extension is iqt SARTIME SAZRTIME all Demod modes all Time modes MMEMory STORe IQT C My Documents Datal iqt stores IQ data in the file Datal iqt in the My Documents folder WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual MMEMory Commands MMEMory STORe PULSe No Query Form Stores the pulse measurement results in the specified file Syntax MMEMory STORe PULSe lt file_name gt Arguments lt file_ name gt lt string gt specifies the file
197. RFID SENSe RFID ZOOM FREQuency CENTer 1 75GHz sets the center frequency of the zoomed area to 1 75 GHz DISPlay RFID OVIew FORMat SENSe RFID ZOOM FREQuency WIDTh Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 468 Sets or queries the frequency width of a zoomed area This command is valid when DISPlay RFID OVlew FORMat is set to ZOOM SENSe RFID ZOOM FREQuency WIDTh lt value gt SENSe RFID Z00M FREQuency WIDTh lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the frequency width of a zoomed area The setting value must be within the measurement frequency range DEMRFID SENSe RFID ZOOM FREQuency WIDTh 500kHz sets the frequency width of the zoomed area to 500 kHz DISPlay RFID O0VIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe ROSCillator Subgroup The SENSe ROSCillator commands set up the reference oscillator Command Tree Header Parameter SENSe ROSCillator SOURce INTernal EXTernal SENSe ROSCillator SOURce Selects or queries the reference oscillator Syntax SENSe ROSCillator SOURce INTernal EXTernal SENSe ROSCil lator SOURCe Arguments INTernal selects the internal reference oscillator EXTernal selects the external reference oscillator Connect it to the REF IN connector on the rear panel Measurement Modes All Examples SENSe ROSCil lator SOURce EXTernal selects the external reference
198. RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 165 DISPlay Commands DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe FIT No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Runs the auto scale on the main view in the RFID analysis The auto scale automatically sets the start value and scale of the vertical axis to fit the wave form to the screen DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe FIT None DEMRFID DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe FIT runs the auto scale on the main view SENse RFID MEASurement DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe FULL No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 166 Sets the vertical axis in the main view to the default full scale value in the RFID analysis DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe FULL None DEMRFID DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe FULL sets the main view s vertical axis to the default full scale value SENse RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the minimum vertical value bottom of the main view in the RFID analysis DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe OFFSet lt value gt DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe OFFSet lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum vertical value i
199. RFID SPECtrum Y SCALe FIT No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Runs the auto scale on the spectrum view The auto scale automatically sets the start value and scale of the vertical axis to fit the waveform to the screen DISPlay RFID SPECtrum Y SCALe FIT None DEMRFID DISPlay RFID SPECtrum Y SCALe FIT runs the auto scale on the spectrum view DISPlay RFID SPECtrum Y SCALe FULL No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets the vertical axis to the default full scale value in the spectrum view DISPlay RFID SPECtrum Y SCALe FULL None DEMRFID DISPlay RFID SPECtrum Y SCALe FULL sets the vertical axis to the default full scale value in the spectrum view WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 179 DISPlay Commands DISPlay RFID SPECtrum Y SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum vertical or amplitude value bottom in the spectrum view DISPlay RFID SPECtrum Y SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt DISPlay RFID SPECtrum Y SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt sets the minimum vertical value Range 200 to 0 dBm DEMRFID DISPlay RFID SPECtrum Y SCALe OFFSet 100 sets the minimum vertical value to 100 dBm DISPlay RFID SPECtrum Y SCALe PDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 180 Sets or queries the vertical or amplitude scale
200. RMat NOTE Command header DISPlay DDEMod is omitted here subview A m j 10 are SVlew Y SCALe RANGe E l 100 Hit SVlew Y SCALe OFFSet Y m aE Span hl t SVlew X SCALe RANGe SVlew X SCALe OFFSet MVlew FORMat Main view MVlew Y SCALe RANGe j VI i y MVlew Y SCALe OFFSet gt V et ane Scale 643 75 jus div f lt MVlew XESCALe RANGe gt MVlew X SCALe OFFSet Figure 2 9 DISPlay DDEMod command setting 2 102 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod CCDF LINE GAUSsian STATe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Determines whether to display the Gaussian line for CCDF measurement in the digital modulation analysis This command is valid only when DISPlay DDE Mod MVIew FORMat is set to CCDF DISP1ay DDEMod CCDF LINE GAUSsian STATe ON OFF 1 0 DISPlay DDEMod CCDF LINE GAUSsian STATe ON or 1 shows the Gaussian line OFF or 0 hides the Gaussian line DEMDDEM DISPlay DDEMod CCDF LINE GAUSsian STATe ON displays the Gaussian line for the CCDF measurement DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 103 DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod MVlew DSTart Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the decoding start position for ASK FSK and GFSK signals with
201. Rt Sets or queries the start frequency Syntax SENSe FREQuency STARt lt freq gt SENSe FREQuency STARt Arguments lt freq gt lt NRf gt specifies the start frequency For the setting range refer to Table 2 51 on page 2 424 Measurement Modes SANORMAL SASGRAM SADLR5_3G Examples SENSe FREQuency STARt 800MHz sets the start frequency to 800 MHz Related Commands SENSe FREQuency CENTer SENSe FREQuency SPAN SENSe FREQuency STOP SENSe FREQuency STOP Syntax SENSe FREQuency STOP lt freq gt SENSe FREQuency STOP Arguments lt freq gt lt NRf gt specifies the stop frequency For the setting range refer to Table 2 51 on page 2 424 Measurement Modes SANORMAL SASGRAM SADLR5_3G Examples SENSe FREQuency STOP 1GHz sets the stop frequency to 1 GHz Related Commands SENSe FREQuency CENTer SENSe FREQuency SPAN SENSe FREQuency STARt WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 431 SENSe Commands SENSe OBWidth Subgroup The SENSe OB Width commands set the conditions related to the occupied bandwidth OBW measurement Command Tree Header Parameter SENSe OBWidth PERCent lt numeric_value gt Prerequisites for Use To use a command of this group you must have run at least the following two commands 1 Run the following command to set the measurement mode to S A INSTrument SELect SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SADL3G
202. SGRAM SARTIME SAZRTIME SADL3G SAUL3G READ SPECtrum EBWidth might return 30956 26 for the EBW measurement results INSTrument SELect READ SPECtrum OBWidth Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 360 Obtains the results of the occupied bandwidth OBW measurement in the S A spectrum analysis mode READ SPECtrum OBWidth None lt obw gt lt NRf gt is the measured value of OBW in Hz SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SAZRTIME SADL3G SAUL3G READ SPECtrum OBWidth might return 26510 163 for the OBW measurement results INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual READ Commands READ SPECtrum SPURious Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Obtains the results of the spurious signal measurement in the S A spectrum analysis mode READ SPECtrum SPURious None lt snum gt lt dfreq gt lt rdb gt Where lt snum gt lt NR1 gt is the number of detected spurious emissions max 20 lt dfreq gt lt NRf gt is the detuned frequency of spurious relative to carrier in Hz lt rdb gt lt NRf gt is the relative level of spurious signal to carrier in dB SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SAZRTIME SADL3G SAUL3G READ SPECtrum SPURious might return 3 1 2E6 79 2 4E6 79 59 1E6 80 38 for the spurious signal measurement INSTrument SELec
203. SPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform Y SCALe FIT No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Runs the auto scale on the time domain display The auto scale automatically sets the start value and scale of the vertical axis to fit the waveform to the screen DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform Y SCALe FIT None TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform Y SCALe FIT runs the auto scale DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform Y SCALe FULL No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 226 Sets the vertical axis to the default full scale value in the time domain display DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform Y SCALe FULL None TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform Y SCALe FULL sets the vertical axis in the time domain display to the default full scale value WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum value bottom of the vertical axis in the time do main display DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum value of the vertical axis For the setting range refer to Table D 3 in Appendix D TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet 100kHz sets the minimum vertical value to 100 kHz in the frequency vs time view D
204. SPlay PULSe SVIew FORMat INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual READ Commands READ PULSe TFRequency Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Returns the frequency deviation measurement results in the pulse characteristics analysis This query command is valid when DISPlay PULSe S Vlew FORMat is set to FREQuency READ PULSe TFRequency None lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byre gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Data n gt is the frequency deviation value in Hz on the time axis 4 byte little endian floating point format specified IEEE 488 2 n Max 262 144 Invalid data is returned as 1000 TIMPULSE READ PULSe TFRequency might return 43200xxxx 3200 byte data for the time domain frequency DISPlay PULSe SVIew FORMat INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 351 READ Commands READ RFID ACPower Query Only Returns the results of the ACPR Adjacent Channel leakage Power Ratio measurement in the RFID analysis Syntax READ RFID ACPower Arguments None Returns lt Count gt lt Ofrequency gt lt Upper gt lt Lower gt Where lt Count gt lt NR1 gt is the count of data sets that follow 0 to 25 lt Ofrequency g
205. STOP Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 200 Sets or queries the maximum horizontal value right edge in the main view of the phase noise measurement This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to PNOise phase noise or RTPNoise real time phase noise DISPlay SSOurce MVIew X SCALe STOP lt value gt DISPlay SSOurce MVIew X SCALe STOP lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the maximum horizontal value in the main view For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce MVIew X SCALe STOP 1MHz sets the maximum horizontal value to 1 MHz in the main view of the phase noise measurement SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce MVlew Y SCALe FIT No Query Form Runs the auto scale on the main view during the signal source analysis The auto scale automatically sets the start value and scale of the vertical axis to fit the waveform to the screen Syntax DISPlay SSOurce MVIew Y SCALe FIT Arguments None Measurement Modes TIMSSOURCE Examples DISPlay SSOQurce MVIew Y SCALe FIT runs the auto scale on the main view Related Commands SENSe SSOurce MEASurement DISPlay SSOurce MVlew Y SCALe FULL No Query Form Sets the vertical axis in the main view to the default full scale value during the signal source analysis
206. Se RFID MODulation SERRor WIDTh SENSe RFID MODulation STANdard SENSe RFID MODulation TARI AUTO SENSe RFID MODulation TARI SET SENSe RFID MODulation THReshold HIGHer SENSe RFID MODulation THReshold LOWer SENSe RFID OFFSet SENSe RFID SPURious THReshold EXCursion SENSe RFID SPURious THReshold GNore SENSe RFID SPURious THReshold SIGNal SENSe RFID SPURious THReshold SPURious SENSe RFID ZOOM FREQuency CENTer SENSe RFID ZOOM FREQuency WIDTh SENSe ROSCillator subgroup SENSe ROSCillator SOURce SENSe SPECtrum subgroup Determines whether to set the bit rate automatically Sets the bit rate Selects the decoding format Selects the modulation format Sets the number of waveform interpolation points Selects the link Sets an error range for determining the settling time Selects the demodulation standard Determines whether to set Tari automatically Sets Tari Sets or queries the higher threshold for measuring a rise fall time Sets queries the lower threshold for measuring a rise fall time Sets the measurement start position Sets the excursion level in the spurious measurement Sets the region not to detect spurious signals Sets the threshold level to determine if the signal is the carrier Sets the threshold level to determine if the signal is spurious Sets or queries the center frequency of a zoomed area Sets the frequen
207. Set Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum horizontal or frequency value left end in the spectrum view DISPlay SPECtrum X SCALe OFFSet lt freq gt DISPlay SPECtrum X SCALe OFFSet lt freq gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum horizontal value in the spectrum view The valid range depends on the measurement frequency band setting in the SENSe FREQuency BAND command Refer to Table 2 51 on page 2 424 All DISPlay SPECtrum X SCALe OFFSet 100MHz sets the minimum horizontal value to 100 MHz DISPlay SPECtrum X SCALe PDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 192 Sets or queries the horizontal or frequency scale per division in the spectrum view DISPlay SPECtrum X SCALe PDIVision lt freq gt DISPlay SPECtrum X SCALe PDIVision lt freq gt lt NRf gt specifies the horizontal scale Refer to Table 2 51 on page 2 424 for the setting range where the horizontal scale div span 10 All DISPlay SPECtrum X SCALe PDIVision 100 0E 3 sets the horizontal scale to 100 kHz div WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay SPECtrum Y SCALe FIT No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Runs the auto scale on the spectrum view The auto scale automatically sets the start value and scale of the vertical axis to display the whole waveform DISPlay SPECtrum Y S
208. Status and Events The program may request information from the analyzer The analyzer provides information in the form of status and error messages Figure 1 3 illustrates the basic operation of this system Section 3 Status and Events describes how to get status or event information from the program and details the event and error messages Your program requests status and event reports gt Controller lt The analyzer sends status and event reports WCA230A WCA280A cf Fa CO QO000 C4 O0O000 GO ERT C0000 p QE 0000 00000 GPIB cable f Figure 1 3 Event driven program Programming Examples Section 4 Programming Examples includes Visual C source code as well as sample programs for running macro programs l GpibWrite INSTrument SANORMAL GpibWrite RST GpibTimeOut NORMAL_TIME GpibWrite CONFigure SPECtrum CHPower GpibWrite FREQuency BAND RF1B GpibWrite FREQuency CENTer 1GHz GpibWrite FREQuency SPAN 1MHz GpibWrite CAL GpibRead readBuf MAX BUF printf CAL result s n readBuf GpibWrite CHPower BANDwidth INTegration 300kHz GpibWrite SPECtrum AVERage ON Figure 1 4 Sample program Visual C source code WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 1 3 Getting Started Connecting the Interface 1 4 The analyzer has a 24 pin GPIB
209. Syntax SENSe RFID MODulation TARI SET lt value gt SENSe RFID MODul ation TARI SET Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies Tari Range 1 ns to 1 s Measurement Modes DEMRFID Examples SENSe RFID MODulation TARI SET 25u ses Tari to 25 Us Related Commands SENSe RFID MEASurement SENSe RFID MODulation TARI AUTO SENSe RFID MODul ation DECode WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 463 SENSe Commands SENSe RFID MODulation THReshold HIGHer Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the higher threshold for measuring a rise fall time of a pulse This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to RFENvelope CONSte EYE STABle or PODown SENSe RFID MODulation THReshold HIGHer lt value gt SENSe RFID MODulation THReshold HIGHer lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the higher threshold Range 50 to 99 DEMRFID SENSe RFID MODulation THReshold 90 sets the higher threshold to 90 SENSe RFID MEASurement SENSe RFID MODulation THReshold LOWer Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 464 Sets or queries the lower threshold for measuring a rise fall time of a pulse This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to RFENvelope CONSte EYE STABle or PODown SENSe RFID MODulation THReshold LOWer lt value gt SENSe RFID MODulation
210. X SCALe OFFSet 950MHz sets the minimum horizontal value to 950 MHz when the main view displays the spurious SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce MVlew X SCALe PDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the horizontal scale per division in the main view during the signal source analysis This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to SPURious spurious RTSPurious real time spurious or FVTime frequency versus time DISPlay SSOurce MVIew X SCALe PDIVision lt value gt DISPlay SSOurce MVIew X SCALe PDIVision lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the horizontal scale per division in the main view For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce MVIew X SCALe PDIVision lus sets the horizontal scale to 1 us div when the main view displays the frequency versus time SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 197 DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce MVlew X SCALe RANGe 2 198 Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the full scale value of the horizontal axis in the main view during the signal source analysis This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to SPURious spurious RTSPurious real time
211. YCle lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Dcycle 1 gt lt Dcycle 2 gt lt Dcycle n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Dcycle n gt is the duty value for each pulse number 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 1000 PHASe lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Phase 1 gt lt Phase 2 gt lt Phase n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Phase n gt is the pulse pulse phase value for each pulse number 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 1000 CHPower lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Chp 1 gt lt Chp 2 gt lt Chp n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Chp n gt is the Channel Power value for each pulse number 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 1000 OBWidth lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Obw 1 gt lt Obw 2 gt lt Obw n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Obw n gt is the OBW value for each pulse number 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 48
212. a default RIGHt shifts Q data by half a symbol in the positive direction on the time axis DEMDDEM DISPlay DDEMod MVIew HSSHift LEFT shifts Q data by half a symbol in the negative direction on the time axis DISPLay DDEMod SVIew HSSHift SENSe DDEMod FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod MVlew RADix Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the base of symbols in the main view in the digital modulation analysis This command is valid only when DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat is set to STABle symbol table DISPlay DDEMod MVIew RADix BINary OCTal HEXadecimal DISP1lay DDEMod MVIew RADix BINary selects binary notation OCTal selects octal notation HEXadecimal selects hexadecimal notation DEMDDEM DISPlay DDEMod MVIew RADix BINary selects binary notation for the symbol table DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 107 DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod MVlew X SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 108 Sets or queries the minimum horizontal value left edge in the main view during the digital modulation analysis This command is not available when DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat is set to CONSTe VECTor IEYE QEYE TEYE or STABle DISPlay DDEMod MVIew X SCALe OFFSet lt value gt DISPla
213. a n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Data n gt is the spectrum in dBm 4 byte little endian floating point format specified IEEE 488 2 n Max 16384 Measurement Modes TIMPULSE Examples READ PULSe SPECtrum might return 43200xxxx 3200 byte data for the spectrum data Related Commands DISPlay PULSe SVIew FORMat INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 349 READ Commands READ PULSe TAMPlitude Query Only 2 350 Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Returns the time domain amplitude data of the time domain measurement in the pulse characteristics analysis This query command is valid when DISPlay PULSe S Vlew FORMat is set to WIDTh PPOWer OORatio RIPPle PERiod DCYCle or PHASe READ PULSe TAMP1i tude None lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Data n gt is the absolute power for each data in watts 4 byte little endian floating point format specified IEEE 488 2 n Max 262 144 Invalid data is returned as 1000 TIMPULSE READ PULSe TAMP1 i tude might return 43200xxxx 3200 byte data for the time domain amplitude DI
214. able C 8 Factory initialization settiings SENSe commands Cont Header SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution Default value 80 kHz SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution AUTO ON SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth STATe ON SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo 0 SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo STATe OFF SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo SWEep TIME 0 SENSe SPECtrum DE Tector FUNCtion POSitive SENSe SPECtrum FiLTer COEFficient 0 5 SENSe SPECtrum FiLTer TYPE NY Quist SENSe SPECtrum FFT ERESolution OFF SENSe SPECtrum FFT LENGth 1024 SENSe SPECtrum FFT STARt 1024 SENSe SPECtrum FFT WINDow TY PE BH4B SENSe SPECtrum FRAMe 0 SENSe SPECtrum MEASurement OFF SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM BLOCk 0 SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM FREQuency CENTer Center frequency SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM FREQuency WIDTh Span SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM LENGth 7680 SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM OFFSet 0 SENSe SPURious subgroup SENSe SPURious THReshold EXCursion 3 dB SENSe SPURious THReshold GNore SENSe SPURious THReshold SIGNal SENSe SPURious THReshold SPURious SENSe SSOurce subgroup SENSe SSOurce BLOCk 0 Hz 20 dBm 70 dB 0 SENSe SSOurce CARRier BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration SENSe SSOurce CARRier THReshold SENSe SSOurce CARRier TRACking S TATe Span 100 20 dBm ON SENSe SSOurce CNRatio FFT LENGth 1024
215. actory initialization settiings SENSe commands Cont Header Default value SENSe CFRequency subgroup SENSe CFRequency CRESolution 1 Hz SENSe CHPower subgroup SENSe CHPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration 3 MHz SENSe CHPower FiLTer COEFficient 0 5 SENSe CHPower FiLTer TYPE NYQuist SENSe CNRatio subgroup SENSe CNRatio BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration 1 5 MHz SENSe CNRatio BANDwidth BWIDth NOISe 1 5 MHz SENSe CNRatio FlLTer COEFficient 0 5 SENSe CNRatio FllTer TYPE NYQuist SENSe CNRatio OFFSet 4 5 MHz SENSe CORRection subgroup SENSe CORRection OFFSet MAGNitude 0 SENSe CORRection OFFSet FREQuency 0 SENSe CORRection STATe OFF SENSe CORRection X SPACing LiNear SENSe CORRection Y SPACing LOGarithmic SENSe DDEMod subgroup SENSe DDEMod BLOCk 0 SENSe DDEMod CARRier OFFSet 0 SENSe DDEMod CARRier SEARch ON SENSe DDEMod FiLTer ALPHa 0 3 SENSe DDEMod FiLTer MEASurement OFF SENSe DDEMod FiLTer REFerence GAUSsian SENSe DDEMod FORMat GMSK SENSe DDEMod LENGth 7680 SENSe DDEMod NLINearity COEFficient 8 SENSe DDEMod NLINearity HDIVision 0 1 SENSe DDEMod NLINearity LSRegion SET 10 SENSe DDEMod NLINearity LSRegion UNIT RELative SENSe DDEMod OFFSet 0 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual C 9 Appendix C Factory Initialization Settings Table C 8 Factory initialization settiings SENS
216. al or amplitude scale per division Main view related in the signal source analysis Sets the minimum horizontal value left edge in the main view Sets the horizontal scale per division in the main view Sets the full scale value of the horizontal axis in the main view Sets the minimum horizontal value left edge in the main view Sets the maximum horizontal value right edge in the main view DISPlay SSOurce MVlew Y SCALe FIT Runs the auto scale on the main view DISPlay SSOurce MVlew Y SCALe FULL Sets the vertical axis in the main view to the default full scale value DISPlay SSOurce MVlew Y SCALe OFFSet Sets the minimum vertical value bottom in the main view WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 23 Command Groups Table 2 14 DISPlay commands Cont Header DISPlay SSOurce MVlew Y SCALe PDIVision DISPlay SSOurce MVlew Y SCALe RANGe DISPlay SSOurce SVlew subgroup DISPlay SSOurce SVlew COLor SCALe OFFSet DISPlay SSOurce SVlew COLor SCALe RANGe DISPlay SSOurce SVlew FORMat Description Sets the vertical scale per division in the main view Sets full scale value of the vertical axis in the main view Subview related in the signal source analysis Sets the minimum value bottom of the color axis in the subview Sets full scale value of the color axis in the subview Selects the display format of the subview DISPlay SSOurce SVlew X SCALe
217. al of the frequency multi display lines Range 0 to full span Hz SARTIME DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe FREQuency INTerval 1MHz sets the interval to 1 MHz DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe FREQuency OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 190 Sets or queries the offset of the frequency multi display lines in the spectrum view DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe FREQuency OFFSet lt value gt DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe FREQuency OFFSet lt value gt lt NRf gt sets the offset of the frequency multi display lines Range Center frequency Span 2 Hz The default value is the center frequency the frequency multi display lines are placed from the center frequency at regular intervals SARTIME DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe FREQuency OFFSet 2GHz sets the offset to 2 GHz WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe FREQuency STATe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Determines whether to show the frequency multi display lines in thr spectrum view DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe FREQuency STATe OFF ON 0 1 DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe FREQuency STATe OFF or 0 hides the frequency multi display lines ON or 1 shows the frequency multi display lines SARTIME DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe FREQuency STATe ON shows the frequency multi display lines WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 191 DISPlay Commands DISPlay SPECtrum X SCALe OFF
218. amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 4 5 Programming Examples 4 6 Wait for the OPC Operation complete bit set void WaitOPC void int statusByte Wait for SRQ GpibWait RQS if GpibStatus amp TIMO fprintf stderr Timeout occurred in waiting SRQ cycle n GpibExit 0 Serial poll statusByte GpibSerialPoll if statusByte amp ESB printf ESB bit is TRUE n GpibWrite ESR GpibRead readBuf MAX BUF printf Standard Event Status Register s n readBuf if statusByte amp MAV printf MAV bit is TRUE n if statusByte amp EAV printf EAV bit is TRUE n WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Programming Examples Wait for the MAV Message Available bit set void Wai tMAV void int statusByte Wait for SRQ GpibWait RQS if GpibStatus amp TIMO fprintf stderr Timeout occurred in waiting SRQ cycle n GpibExit 0 Serial poll statusByte GpibSerialPol1 if statusByte amp MAV printf MAV bit is TRUE n if statusByte amp EAV printf EAV bit is TRUE n WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 4 7 Programming Examples 4 8 Open the GPIB device void GpibOpen char device Assign ID to the device and interface board and check on error GpibDevice ibfind device if ibsta amp ERR GpibError ibfind Error Unable to find device GpibExit 0 GpibBoard ibfin
219. amples Sets or queries the level relative to the maximum peak at which the EBW is measured see Figure 2 21 SENSe EBWidth XDB lt rel_amp1 gt SENSe EBWidth XDB lt rel_amp gt lt NRf gt is the level at which the EBW is measured Specify the amplitude relative to the maximum peak Range 100 to 1 dB default 30 dB SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SADL3G SAUL3G SENSe EBWidth XDB 20 specifies that the EBW is measured at a level 20 dB lower than the maximum peak EBW SENSe EBWidth XDB Figure 2 21 Setting up the EBW measurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 421 SENSe Commands SENSe FEED Subgroup The SENSe FEED commands select the input signal Command Tree Header Parameter SENSe FEED RF IQ AREFerence SENSe FEED No Query Form Selects the input signal RF input or calibration signal Syntax SENSe FEED RF IQ AREFerence Arguments RF selects the RF input IQ selects the IQ input Option 03 only AREFerence selects the internal calibration signal Measurement Modes All Examples SENSe FEED RF selects the RF input 2 422 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe FREQuency Subgroup The SENSe FREQuency commands set up the frequency related conditions Command Tree Header Parameter SENSe FREQuency BA
220. and presents detailed descriptions of all programming commands m Status and Events describes how the status and Events Reporting system operates and presents a list of all system errors m Programming Examples describes some example analyzer programs Appendices provides additional information including character charts GPIB interface specification and factory initialization settings WCA230A and WCA280A User Manual Standard accessory Tektronix part number 071 1253 XX Describes how to install the analyzer and how to work with the menus and details the functions Difference between WCA230A and WCA280A WCA230A and WCA280A have the same functions except for their measure ment frequency ranges WCA230A DC to 3 GHz WCA280A DC to 8 GHz Unless otherwise noted descriptions in this manual apply to both WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual ix Preface x WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Getting Started Getting Started You can write computer programs that remotely set the analyzer front panel controls or that take measurements and read those measurements for further analysis or storage To help you get started with programming the analyzer this section includes the following sections Overview of the Manual Summarizes the type of programming information contained in each major section of this manual Connecting the Interface Describes how to physically connect the analyzer to a
221. anual SENSe Commands SENSe PULSe FFT COEFficient Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the roll off ratio when the FFT window type is Nyquist in the pulse characteristics analysis SENSe PULSe FFT COEFficient lt value gt SENSe PULSe FFT COEFficient lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the roll off ratio Range 0 0001 to 1 0 default 0 2 TIMPULSE SENSe PULSe FFT COEFficient 0 5 sets the roll off ratio to 0 5 SENSe PULSe FFT WINDow TYPE SENSe PULSe FFT WINDow TYPE Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Selects or queries the FFT window type in the pulse characteristics analysis SENSe PULSe FFT WINDow TYPE NYQuist BH4B SENSe PULSe FFT WINDow TYPE NYQuist selects the Nyquist window BH4B selects the Blackman Harris 4B type window TIMPULSE SENSe PULSe FFT WINDow TYPE NYQuist selects the Nyquist window WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 437 SENSe Commands SENSe PULSe FILTer BANDwidth BWIDth Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the bandwidth of the time measurement filter in the pulse characteristics analysis SENSe PULSe FILTer BANDwidth BWIDth lt value gt SENSe PULSe FILTer BANDwidth BWIDth lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the bandwidth of the time measurement filter Range Span 10 to ful
222. asured Restarts the measurement from the beginning Clears the CCDF accumulator and restarts the measurement Sets the threshold to include the samples in the CCDF calculation Carrier frequency measurement related Sets the counter resolution Channel power measurement related Sets the channel bandwidth Sets the filter roll off rate Selects the filter Carrier to Noise C N measurement related Sets the measurement bandwidth Sets the noise bandwidth SENSe CNRatio FlLTer COEFficient Sets the filter roll off rate SENSe CNRatio FlLTer TYPE Selects the filter SENSe CNRatio OFFSet Sets the offset frequency SENSe CORRection subgroup Amplitude correction related 2 32 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2 24 SENSe commands Cont Header SENSe CORRection DATA SENSe CORRection DELete SENSe CORRection OFFSet MAGNitude SENSe CORRection OFFSet FREQuency SENSe CORRection STATe SENSe CORRection X SPACing Description Sets amplitude correction data Deletes amplitude correction data Sets amplitude offset Sets frequency offset Turns on or off amplitude correction Selects scaling of the horizontal axis frequency for interpolation SENSe CORRection Y SPACing Selects scaling of the vertical axis amplitude for interpolation SENSe DDEMod subgroup Digital modulatio
223. at is set to CONSTe VECTor IEYE QEYE TEYE STABle AMPM DAMPm or CCDF The query command is valid when DISPlay DDEMod S VIew FORMat is set to AMAM Syntax DISPlay DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe OFFSet lt value gt Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum vertical value in the subview The valid range depends on the display format Refer to Table D 1 in Appendix D Measurement Modes DEMDDEM Examples DISPlay DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe O0FFSet 100 sets the minimum vertical value to 100 dBm when the subview displays spectrum Related Commands DISPlay DDEMod SVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 127 DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe RANGe 2 128 Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries full scale value of the vertical axis in the subview during the digital modulation analysis This command is not available when DISPlay DDEMod S Vlew FORMat is set to CONSTe VECTor IEYE QEYE TEYE STABle AMAM DAMam or CCDF DISPlay DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe RANGe lt value gt DISPlay DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe RANGe lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies full scale value of the vertical axis in the subview The valid range depends on the display format Refer to Table D 1 in Appen dix D DEMDDEM DISPlay DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe RANGe 100 sets full scale value of the vertical axis to 100 dB when the subview displays spectr
224. ated in the pulse measurements DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult CHPower DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult DCYCle DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult EBWidth DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult FREQuency DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult OBWidth DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult 0ORatio DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult PERiod DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult PHASe DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult PPOWer DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult RIPPle DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult WIDTh DISPlay PULSe SVlew FORMat DISPlay PULSe SVlew GUIDelines DISPlay PULSe SVlew RANGe DISPlay PULSe SVlew RESult DISPlay PULSe SVlew SELect DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum subgroup DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum X SCALe OFFSet DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum X SCALe PDIVision DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum Y SCALe FIT DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum Y SCALe FULL DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum Y SCALe OFFSet Determines whether to show channel power measurement results Determines whether to show duty cycle measurement results Determines whether to show EBW measurement results Determines whether to show frequency deviation measurement results Determines whether to show OBW measurement results Determines whether to show on off ratio measurement results Determines whether to show repetition interval measurement results Determines whether to show pulse pulse phase measurement results Determines whether to show peak power measurement results Determines whether to show pulse ripple measurement resu
225. ation analysis and the Time time analysis modes NOTE The CONFigure OVlew command must be run to turn measurement off before the FETCh OVIew command is executed FETCh 0VIew lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt MinData 1 gt lt MaxData 1 gt lt MinData n gt lt MaxData n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt MinData n gt is the minimum data in dBm for each 1024 data point segment 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 lt MaxData n gt is the maximum data in dBm for each 1024 data point segment 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 16000 standard 64000 Option 02 All Demod modes All Time modes FETCh 0VIew might return 510240xxx 10240 byte data representing the minimum and the maximum values of waveform displayed on the overview CONFigure OVIew INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual FETCh Commands FETCh PULSe Query Only Returns the result of the pulse characteristics analysis Syntax FETCh PULSe ALL WIDTh PPOWer OORatio RIPPle PERiod DCYCle PHASe CHPower OBWidth EBWidth FREQuency Arguments Information queried is listed below for each of the arguments Table 2 37 Queried information Argument Information queried ALL All WIDTh Pulse width
226. ave parameters you must include a value for these parameters If you specify a parameter value that is out of range the parameter will be set to a default value The command descriptions which start on page 2 41 list the valid values for all parameters For example TRIGger SEQuence SOURce EXT is a valid SCPI command created from the hierarchy tree in Figure 2 1 Creating Queries To create a query start at the root node of a tree structure move down to the end of a branch and add a question mark TRIGger SEQuence SOURce is an example of a valid SCPI query using the hierarchy tree in Figure 2 1 Query Responses The query causes the analyzer to return information about its status or settings When a query is sent to the analyzer only the values are returned When the returned value is a mnemonic it is noted in abbreviated format as shown in Table 2 2 Table 2 2 Query response examples Query Response DISPlay OView SGRam X SPAN 10 0E 6 SENSe AVERage TYPE RMS A few queries also initiate an operation action before returning information For example the CAL query runs a calibration WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 3 Command Syntax Parameter Types 2 4 Every parameter in the command and query descriptions is of a specified type The parameters are enclosed in brackets such as lt value gt The parameter type is listed after the parameter and is enclosed in parentheses for example discrete Some
227. ax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum horizontal value left edge in the noisogram DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam X SCALe STARt lt freq gt DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam X SCALe STARt lt freq gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum horizontal value in the noisogram Range 10 Hz to 100 MHz TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam X SCALe STARt 1kHz sets the minimum horizontal value to 1 kHz DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam X SCALe STOP Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 222 Sets or queries the maximum horizontal value right edge in the noisogram DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam X SCALe STOP lt freq gt DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam X SCALe STOP lt freq gt lt NRf gt specifies the maximum horizontal value in the noisogram Range 10 Hz to 100 MHz TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam X SCALe STOP 1MHz sets the maximum horizontal value to 1 MHz WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam Y SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum horizontal or frame number value bottom in the noisogram DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam Y SCALe OFFSet lt value gt DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam Y SCALe OFFSet lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the minimum vertical value in t
228. ay DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the minimum vertical value bottom in the main view during the digital modulation analysis This command is not available when DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat is set to CONSTe VECTor IEYE QEYE TEYE STABle AMPM DAMPm or CCDF The query command is valid when DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat is set to AMAM DISPlay DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe OFFSet lt value gt DISPlay DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe OFFSet lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum vertical value in the main view The valid range depends on the display format Refer to Table D 1 in Appendix D DEMDDEM DISPlay DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe OFFSet 500mV sets the minimum vertical value to 500 mV when the main view displays IQ level versus time DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 113 DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe RANGe 2 114 Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries full scale value of the vertical axis in the main view during the digital modulation analysis This command is not available when DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat is set to CONSTe VECTor IEYE QEYE TEYE STABle AMAM DAMam or CCDF DISPlay DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe RANGe lt value gt DISPlay DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe RANGe lt value gt lt NRf gt specifie
229. ay WAVeform commands control the time domain display in the main view in the Demod modulation analysis and Time time analysis modes There are six types of time domain display associated with six different measurement items Frequency vs Time I Q level vs Time Frequency shift vs Time AM demodulation display percentage modulation vs time FM demodulation display frequency shift vs time PM demodulation display phase shift vs time NOTE To use a command of this group you must have selected DEMADEM analog modulation analysis or TIMTRAN time characteristic analysis in the INSTrument SELect command Command Tree Header Parameter DISPlay WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet lt time gt PDIVision lt time gt eY SCALe FIT FULL OFFSet lt amp1itude gt PDIVision lt amplitude gt Main view Y SCALe PDIVision 100 pa A mV je NOTE Command header sie DISPlay WAVeform is omitted Y SCALe OFFSet gt here Scale 1 28 ms ei pi X SCALe PDIVision Start 12 8 ms A X SCALe OFFSet Figure 2 15 DISPlay WAVeform command setting 2 240 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum value of the horizontal axis left end in the time domain display DISPlay WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet lt time gt DISPlay WAVeform X SC
230. ay format Refer to Table D 1 in Appendix D DEMDDEM DISPlay DDEMod SVIew X SCALe OFFSet 2 5 sets the minimum horizontal value to 2 5 when the subview displays the constellation DISPlay DDEMod SVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod SVlew X SCALe RANGe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries full scale value of the horizontal axis in the subview during the digital modulation analysis This command is not available when DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat is set to CONSTe VECTor IEYE QEYE TEYE STABle AMAM AMPM DAMam or DAMPm DISPlay DDEMod SVIew X SCALe RANGe lt value gt DISPlay DDEMod SVIew X SCALe RANGe lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies full scale value of the horizontal axis in the subview The valid range depends on the display format Refer to Table D 1 in Appendix D DEMDDEM DISPlay DDEMod SVIew X SCALe RANGe 2 5 sets full scale value of the horizontal axis to 2 5 when the subview displays the constellation DISPlay DDEMod SVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 123 DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe FIT No Query Form Runs the auto scale on the subview during the digital modulation analysis The auto scale automatically sets the start value and scale of the vertical axis to display the whole waveform This command is not available when D
231. be measured Sets the carrier frequency offset in the FM signal analysis Determines whether to detect the FM carrier automatically Sets the threshold level to determine a burst in the FM analysis Runs the analog modulation analysis SENSe ADEMod LENGth Sets the length of the measurement range SENSe ADEMod MODulation Selects the modulation SENSe ADEMod OFFSet Sets the measurement start position SENSe ADEMod PM THReshold SENSe AVERage subgroup SENSe AVERage CLEar SENSe AVERage COUNt SENSe AVERage STATe SENSe AVERage TCONtrol SENSe BSIZe subgroup SENSe BSIZe CCDF subgroup SENSe CCDF BLOCk SENSe CCDF CLEar SENSe CCDF RMEasurement SENSe CCDF THReshold SENSe CFRequency subgroup SENSe CFRequency CRESolution SENSe CHPower subgroup SENSe CHPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration SENSe CHPower FlLTer COEFficient SENSe CHPower FlLTer TYPE SENSe CNRatio subgroup SENSe CNRatio BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration SENSe CNRatio BANDwidth BWIDth NOISe Sets the threshold level to determine a burst in the PM analysis Averaging related Restarts the averaging from the beginning Sets the number of averages Turns on or off averaging Selects the operation when the number of averages is reached Block size setting Sets the block size CCDF measurement related Sets the number of the block to be me
232. binary value 00000000 00000001 which means that the CAL bit is set STATus OPERation NTRansition Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the negative transition filter value of the Operation Transition Register OTR For detail on the register refer to Chapter 3 Status and Events STATus OPERation NTRansition lt bit_value gt STATus OPERation NTRansition lt bit_value gt lt NR1 gt is the negative transition filter value Range 0 to 65535 lt NR1 gt is a decimal number showing the contents of the OTR Range 0 to 32767 The most significant bit cannot be set true All STATus OPERation NTRansition H120 sets the negative transition filter value to H120 STATus OPERation NTRansition might return 288 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 523 STATus Commands STATus OPERation PTRansition Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the positive transition filter value of the Operation Transition Register OTR For detail on the register refer to Chapter 3 Status and Events STATus OPERation PTRansition lt bit_value gt STATus OPERation PTRansition lt bit_value gt lt NR1 gt is the positive transition filter value Range 0 to 65535 lt NR1 gt is a decimal number showing the contents of the OTR Range 0 to 32767 The most significant bit cannot be set true All STATus OPERation PTRa
233. bit corresponding to the OCR changes from False reset to True set Operation Negative Transition Register ONTR Filters when the bit corresponding to the OCR changes from True to False Operation Event Register OEVR In the OEVR the corresponding bit is set through the OTR filter Operation Enable Register OENR Masks the OEVR The mask is user definable By obtaining the logical product with SBR this register can determine whether to set the Operation Status Bit OSB of the Status Byte Register SBR For the contents of the bits of this register refer to Registers on page 3 5 Processing Flow When the specified state changes in the OCR its bit is set or reset This change is filtered with a transition register and the corresponding bit of the OEVR is set If the bit corresponding to the event has also been set in the OENR the SBR OSS bit is also set Reports the states related to signals and data for example the signal generated by the analyzer or the precision of the data to be acquired The register organiza tion and the processing flow are the same as the Operation Status Block except that the corresponding bit of the SBR is the QSB NOTE The Questionable Status Block is not used in the WCA230A WCA280A analyzer Any of the values of the registers in this block are always 0 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Status and Events Registers There are three main types of registers Status
234. by considering the trigger output point as the reference Range 0 to 1024 x Block size 1 To set the block size use the SENSe BSIZe command SAZRTIME SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM OFFSet 500 sets the starting point of a zoomed area to point 500 SENSe BSIZe WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 487 SENSe Commands SENSe SPURious Subgroup The SENSe SPURious commands set up the conditions related to the spurious signal measurement Command Tree Header Parameter SENSe SPURious THReshold EXCursion lt numeric_value gt IGNore lt numeric_value gt SIGNal lt numeric_value gt SPURI ous lt numeric_value gt Prerequisites for Use To use a command of this group you must have run at least the following two commands 1 Run the following command to set the measurement mode to S A INSTrument SELect SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME 2 Run one of the following commands to start the spurious signal measure ment To start the measurement with the default settings CONFigure SPECtrum SPURious To start the measurement without modifying the current settings SENSe SPECtrum MEASurement SPURious 2 488 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe SPURious THReshold EXCursion Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the excursion level to determine if the signal is spurious in the spurious signal measurement see Figure 2
235. c_value gt lt boolean gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt RELative ABSolute lt numeric_value gt OFF NADC PDC PHS TETRa GSM CDPD BLUetooth lt numeric_value gt 2 401 SENSe Commands For the commands defining the analysis range see the figure below The analysis range is shown as a green line in the overview OFFSet BLOCk y LENGth gt Overview Start 51 2 ms Scale 5 12 ms div e All data points in block oe NOTE Command header SENSe DDEMod is omitted here Figure 2 20 Defining the analysis range 2 402 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe DDEMod BLOCk Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the number of the block to measure in the digital modulation analysis see Figure 2 20 SENSe DDEMod BLOCk lt number gt SENSe DDEMod BLOCk lt number gt lt NR1 gt specifies the block number Zero represents the latest block Range M to 0 M Number of acquired blocks DEMDDEM SENSe DDEMod BLOCk 5 sets the block number to 5 SENSe DDEMod CARRier OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the carrier frequency offset in the digital modulation analysis when SENSe DDEMod CARRier SEARCch is set to OFF SENSe DDEMod CARRier OFFSet lt fre
236. cal scale the number of frames per line in the subview Sets full scale value of the vertical axis in the subview Spectrum display related in the Signal source analysis Sets the minimum horizontal or frequency value left edge Sets the horizontal or frequency scale per division Runs the auto scale on the spectrum view Sets the vertical axis to the default full scale value in the spectrum view Sets the minimum vertical or amplitude value bottom Sets the vertical or amplitude scale per division Three dimensional view related in the signal source analysis Sets the minimum value bottom of the color or C N axis Sets full scale value of the color or C N axis DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam X SCALe STARt Sets the minimum horizontal or frequency value left edge DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam X SCALe STOP Sets the maximum horizontal or frequency value right edge 2 24 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2 14 DISPlay commands Cont Header DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam Y SCALe OFFSet Description Sets the minimum vertical or frame number value bottom DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam Y SCALe PLINe Sets the vertical scale the number of frames per line DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform subgroup Time domain display related in the signal source analysis DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform X SCALe OFFS
237. cc c ccc ce eee eesceees 2 299 sSINPut Commands 0 cece cece eee e eee cece aeie ninss 2 303 INSTrument Commands ccccecs ccc ceccccescsceees 2 309 MMEMory Commands 0c cece cece cere rere eee eees 2 313 sPROGram Commands ccc cee cc ccc ce cece sesceees 2 323 READ Commands cece cece cece cece cece eee eesceees 2 329 SENSe Commands cece cece cece cc cc ccs ce esses ceees 2 369 STATus Commands ccc cece cece cece ccc ce eres eseeees 2 521 SYSTem Commands ccccc cece cs cc ccc ccecescsceees 2 529 STRACe Commands 2 0 sssecce ccs sc tees ses aes cbse sess a 2 539 TRIGger Commands ccc ccc cece cece cece esses ceees 2 545 SUNIT Commands sese 0 8 sie ecoie 9 90 9 602 00 pop se eal cee be ew alee oe 2 557 Retrieving Response Message cccceccccccccccceceeces 2 559 Status and Event Reporting System 0 0 0 eee 3 1 RESISLCLS iiss miaa eE EEr REE den Wa eon pose ede share dacilea ag blue gutlie a Vitals 3 5 Status REPISTETS sic apat Shee sun Gee ede deeb ES EE R E dla guacea a PIRS 3 5 Enable R sister eae este gn os eaen S ADES E E E E R A RR 3 9 Transition REGISUEES scp oe es Gea Be ep BES AEE EE a dled a NER a RRS 3 11 OUSUS oaeee here hte stare nye eee tne eke enero a cantare a Gunga eae 3 12 Status and Event Processing Sequence 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee 3 13 Synchronizing BXCUMOM sesos Gk ae oaa j a e EE Glare ee ae altllasadals 3
238. cified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames Measurement Modes TIMSSOURCE Examples FETCh SSOurce TRANsient FVTime might return 43200xxxx 3200 byte data for the frequency versus time measurement results 2 288 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual FETCh Commands FETCh TRANsient FVTime Query Only Returns the results of the frequency vs time measurement in the Time time analysis mode Syntax FETCh TRANsient FVTime Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Data n gt is the frequency data in Hz for the point n 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames Measurement Modes TIMTRAN Examples FETCh TRANSient FVTime might return 41024xxxx 1024 byte data for the results of the frequency vs time measurement Related Commands INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 289 FETCh Commands FETCh TRANsient lIQVTime Query Only Returns the results of the IQ level vs time measurement in the Time time analysis mode Syntax FETCh TRANsient IQVTime Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Idata 1 gt lt Qdata 1 gt lt Idata 2 gt lt
239. cifies full scale value of the horizontal axis in the subview For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 DEMRFID DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew X SCALe RANGe 10MHz sets full scale value of the horizontal axis to 10 MHz when the subview displays the carrier spectrum DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 173 DISPlay Commands DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe FIT No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Runs the auto scale on the subview in the RFID analysis The auto scale automatically sets the start value and scale of the vertical axis to fit the waveform to the screen This command is valid when DISPlay RFID DDEMod S VIew FORMat is set to SPECtrum PVTime FVTime ZSPectrum or RFENvelope DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe FIT None DEMRFID DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe FIT runs the auto scale on the subview DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew FORMat DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe FULL No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 174 Sets the vertical axis in the subview to the default full scale value This command is valid when DISPlay RFID DDEMod S VIlew FORMat is set to SPECtrum PVTime FVTime ZSPectrum or RFENvelope DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe FULL None DEMRFID DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe FULL s
240. ckus Naur Form BNF A standard notation system for command syntax diagrams The syntax diagrams in this manual use BNF notation Controller A computer or other device that sends commands to and accepts responses from the analyzer EVM Error Vector Magnitude The magnitude of an error of an actual signal relative to an ideal signal in a constellation display FM Frequency Modulation The process or result of a process in which the frequency of an electrical signal the carrier is varied in accordance with some characteristic of a second electrical signal the modulating signal or modulation GPIB Acronym for General Purpose Interface Bus the common name for the communications interface system defined in IEEE Std 488 IEEE Acronym for the Institute for Electrical and Electronic Engineers PM Pulse Modulation The process or result of a process in which the amplitude phase or duration of a pulse train the carrier is varied in accordance with some characteristic of a second electrical signal the modulating signal or modulation WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Glossary 1 Glossary Glossary 2 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Index A Abbreviations commands queries and parameters 2 6 ABORt command group 2 15 ABORt commands 2 51 Arguments parameters 2 4 Backus Naur Form 2 1 BNF Backus Naur form 2 1 C CAL 2 42 CALCulate command group 2 16 CALCulate commands
241. command is valid when DISPlay SSOurce S Vlew FORMat is set to NGRam or CNVFrequency Syntax DISPlay SSOurce SVIew X SCALe STARt lt value gt DISPlay SSOurce SVIew X SCALe STARt Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum horizontal value in the main view For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 Measurement Modes TIMSSOURCE Examples DISPlay SSOurce SVIew X SCALe STARt 1kHz sets the minimum horizontal value to 1 kHz in the subview displaying noiso gram Related Commands DISPlay SSOurce SVlew FORMat 2 210 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce SVlew X SCALe STOP Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the maximum horizontal value right edge in the subview during the signal source analysis This command is valid when DISPlay SSOurce S View FORMat is set to NGRam or CNVFrequency DISPlay SSOurce SVIew X SCALe STOP lt value gt DISPlay SSOurce SVIew X SCALe STOP lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the maximum horizontal value in the subview For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce SVIlew X SCALe STOP 1MHz sets the maximum horizontal value to 1 MHz in the subview displaying noisogram DISPlay SSOurce SVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 211 DISPlay Commands
242. commands to start the ACPR measurement To start the measurement with the default settings CONFigure SPECtrum ACPower m To start the measurement without modifying the current settings SENSe SPECtrum MEASurement ACPower 2 370 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe ACPower BANDwidth BWIDth ACHannel Sets or queries the bandwidth of the adjacent channels for the ACPR measure ment see Figure 2 16 Syntax SENSe ACPower BANDwidth BWIDth ACHannel lt value gt SENSe ACPower BANDwidth BWIDth ACHannel Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the bandwidth of the adjacent channels for the ACPR measurement Range Bin bandwidth x 8 to full span Hz Refer to the WCA230A and WCA280A User Manual for the bin bandwidth Measurement Modes SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SADL3G SAUL3G Examples SENSe ACPower BANDwidth ACHannel 3 5MHz sets the bandwidth of the adjacent channels to 3 5 MHz SENSe ACPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration Sets or queries the bandwidth of the main channel for the ACPR measurement see Figure 2 16 Syntax SENSe ACPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration lt value gt SENSe ACPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the bandwidth of the main channel for the ACPR measurement Range Bin bandwidth x 8 to full span Hz Refer to the WCA230A and WCA280A User Manual for the bin band
243. control average process for measured values in the modulation analysis Demod mode and the time analysis Time mode NOTE Data is always acquired without averaging in the Demod and the Time modes Command Tree Header Parameter SENSe AVERage CLEar COUNt lt numeric_value gt STATE lt boolean gt TCONtrol EXPonential REPeat 2 380 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe AVERage CLEar No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Clears average data and counter and restarts the average process SENSe AVERage CLEar None All Demod modes all Time modes SENSe AVERage CLEar clears average data and counter and restarts the average process SENSe AVERage COUNt Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the number of traces to combine using the RMS average After COUNt traces have been averaged the average process is controlled by the TCONtrol setting refer to page 2 382 SENSe AVERage COUNt lt value gt SENSe AVERage COUNt lt value gt lt NR1 gt is the number of traces to combine for averaging Range 1 to 100000 default 20 All Demod modes TIMTRAN SENSe AVERage COUNt 64 sets the average count to 64 SENSe AVERage TCONtrol WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 381 SENSe Commands SENSe AVERage STATe Syntax Arguments Measu
244. controller Using GPIB Ports Describes how to use the GPIB port Setting the GPIB Parameters from the Front Panel Describes how to set the GPIB parameters from the front panel Using TekVISA Describes how to use the Tek VISA communication protocol WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 1 1 Getting Started Overview of the Manual Syntax and Commands CALCulate Commands ABORt Commands IEEE Common Commands CAL CLS ESE ESR IDN OPC Commands grouped in functional areas The information contained in each major section of this manual is described below Section 2 Syntax and Commands describes the structure and content of the messages your program sends to the analyzer Figure 1 1 shows command parts as described in the Command Syntax subsection Command parts Header Comma SS MMEMory COPY FILEL FILE2 Mnemonics Space Arguments Figure 1 1 Command parts Section 2 also describes the effect of each command and provides examples of how you might use it The Command Groups section provides lists by functional areas The JEEE Common Commands and the subsequent sections arrange commands alphabetically Figure 1 2 CALCulate MARKer X CALCulate MARKer AOFF CALCulate DLINe Syntax Arguments Examples Commands listed alphabetically Figure 1 2 Functional groupings and an alphabetical list of commands 1 2 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Getting Started
245. cteristics analysis These commands are valid when you select one of the following items using the DISplay PULSe S View FORMat command WIDTh pulse width PPOWer peak power OORatio pulse on off ratio RIPPle pulse ripple PERiod pulse period DCYCle duty cycle PHASe pulse pulse phase FREQuency frequency deviation NOTE To use a command from this group you must have selected TIMPULSE pulse characteristics analysis in the INSTrument SELect command Command Tree Header Parameter DISPlay PULSe WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet lt numeric_value gt PDIVision lt numeric_value gt iN SCALe FIT sFULL OFFSet lt numeric_value gt 2 156 PDIVision lt numeric_value gt WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay PULSe WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum value of the horizontal axis left edge in the time domain display DISPlay PULSe WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet lt time gt DISPlay PULSe WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet lt time gt lt NRf gt sets the minimum horizontal value Range 32000 to 0 s For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 TIMPULSE DISPlay PULSe WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet 100us sets the minimum horizontal value to 100 us DISPlay PULSe WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples S
246. cy lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the frequency offset value Range 100 GHz to 100 GHz All S A modes except SARTIME SENSe CORRection OFFSet FREQuency 10MHz sets the frequency offset value to 10 MHz SENSe CORRection OFFSet STATe WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe CORRection STATe Determines whether to turn the amplitude correction on or off Syntax SENSe CORRection STATe OFF ON 0 1 SENSe CORRection STATe Arguments OFF or 0 turns off the amplitude correction ON or 1 turns on the amplitude correction Measurement Modes All S A modes except SARTIME Examples SENSe CORRection STATe ON turns on the amplitude correction WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 399 SENSe Commands SENSe CORRection X SPACing Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Determines whether the horizontal or frequency scaling is linear or logarithmic for interpolation of amplitude correction data SENSe CORRection X SPACing LINear LOGarithmic SENSe CORRection X SPACing LINear selects the linear scale for the interpolation LOGarithmic selects the logarithmic scale for the interpolation All S A modes except SARTIME SENSe CORRection X SPACing LINear selects the linear scale for the interpolation SENSe CORRection Y SPACing Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 400 Determines wh
247. cy width of a zoomed area Reference oscillator related Selects the reference oscillator Spectrum related SENSe SPEctrum AVERage CLEar Restarts the average process SENSe SPEctrum AVERage COUNt Sets the number of averages SENSe SPEctrum AVERage STATe Turns on or off averaging SENSe SPEctrum AVERage TYPE Selects the average type WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 35 Command Groups Table 2 24 SENSe commands Cont Header SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution AUTO SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth STATe SENSe SPECtrum DE Tector FUNCtion SENSe SPECtrum FlLTer COEFficient SENSe SPECtrum FiLTer TYPE Description Sets the resolution bandwidth Determines whether to automatically set the resolution bandwidth Turns on or off the resolution bandwidth calculation process Determines how the trace is compressed Sets the filter roll off rate Selects the filter SENSe SPECtrum FFT ERESolution Determines whether to enable the extended resolution SENSe SPECtrum FFT LENGth Sets the number of FFT sample points SENSe SPECtrum FFT STARt Sets the time interval between 1024 point overlapped FFT frames SENSe SPECtrum FFT WINDow TYPE SENSe SPECtrum FRAMe SENSe SPECtrum MEASurement SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM BLOCk
248. d Command Tree Header DISPlay DDEMod CCDF LINE GAUSsian STATe MVIew DSTart FORMat HSSHift RADix 2X SCALe OFFSet RANGe af SCALe 2 FIT FULL MAXimum MINimum OFFSet RANGe NLINearity LINE BFIT STATe REFerence STATe MASK STATe 2 100 Parameter lt boolean gt AUTO FIX ADD OFF IQVTime FVTime CONSte VECTor EVM MERRor PERRor IEYE QEYE TEYE STABle PVTime AMAM AMPM DAMam DAMPm CCDF PDF LEFT NONE RIGHt BINary OCTal HEXadecimal lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt boolean gt lt boolean gt lt boolean gt WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands SVIew DSTart FORMat HSSHi ft RADix 2X Y WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SCALe OFFSet RANGe SCALe FIT FULL MAXimum MINimum OFFSet AUTO FIX ADD SPECtrum IQVTime FVTime CONSte VECTor EVM MERRor PERRor IEYE QEYE TEYE STABle PVTime AMAM AMPM DAMam DAMPm CCDF PDF LEFT NONE RIGHt BINary OCTal HEXadecimal lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt RANGe lt numeric_value gt 2 101 DISPlay Commands SVlew FO
249. d Command Tree Header Parameter DISPlay RFID SPECtrum 2X SCALe OFFSet lt frequency gt PDIVision lt frequency gt Y SCALe SELT FULL OFFSet lt amp1itude gt PDIVision lt amplitude gt WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 177 DISPlay Commands DISPlay RFID SPECtrum X SCALe OFFSet Sets or queries the minimum horizontal or frequency value left edge in the spectrum view Syntax DISPlay RFID SPECtrum X SCALe OFFSet lt freq gt DISPlay RFID SPECtrum X SCALe OFFSet Arguments lt freq gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum horizontal value in the spectrum view Refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 for setting the scale Measurement Modes DEMRFID Examples DISPlay RFID SPECtrum X SCALe OFFSet 100MHz sets the minimum horizontal value to 100 MHz DISPlay RFID SPECtrum X SCALe PDIVision Sets or queries the horizontal or frequency scale per division in the spectrum view Syntax DISPlay RFID SPECtrum X SCALe PDIVision lt freq gt DISPlay RFID SPECtrum X SCALe PDIVision Arguments lt freq gt lt NRf gt specifies the horizontal scale per division Refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 for setting the scale Measurement Modes DEMRFID Examples DISPlay RFID SPECtrum X SCALe PDIVision 100 0E 3 sets the horizontal scale to 100 kHz div 2 178 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay
250. d BOARD NAME if ibsta amp ERR GpibError ibfind Error Unable to find board GpibExit 0 Clear the device and check on error ibclr GpibDevice if ibsta amp ERR GpibError ibclr Error Unable to clear device GpibExit 0 ibsre GpibBoard 0 if ibsta amp ERR GpibError ibclr Error Unable to clear board GpibExit 0 Set the timeout to 10 seconds NORMAL_TIME GpibTimeOut NORMAL TIME Close the GPIB device void GpibClose void Turn off the device and interface board ibon GpibDevice 0 ibon GpibBoard 0 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Programming Examples End the program void GpibExit int code GpibClose exit code Send string to the device and wait for the completion void GpibWrite char string int count strlen string Send the string ibwrt GpibDevice string count Determine the I O completion of ibwrt if ibsta amp ERR GpibError ibwrt I 0 Error GpibExit 0 else GpibCount ibcnt GpibStatus ibsta if GpibSerialPoll amp EAV ibwrt GpibDevice SYSTem ERRor ALL strlen SYSTem ERRor ALL ibrd GpibDevice readBuf MAX BUF fprintf stderr s n readBuf WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 4 9 Programming Examples Read response from the device void GpibRead char resp int count ibrd GpibDevice resp count if ibsta am
251. d in IEEE 488 2 lt MaxData n gt is the maximum data in dBm for each 1024 data point segment 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 16000 standard 64000 Option 02 All Demod modes all Time modes READ OVIew might return 510240xxx 10240 byte data representing the minimum and the maximum values of waveform displayed on the overview CONFigure 0VIew INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual READ Commands READ PULSe Query Only Returns the result of the pulse characteristics analysis Syntax READ PULSe ALL WIDTh PPOWer OORatio RIPPle PERiod DCYCle PHASe CHPower OBWidth EBWidth FREQuency Arguments Information queried is listed below for each of the arguments Argument Information queried ALL All WIDTh Pulse width PPOWer Maximum peak power in the pulse on time OORatio Difference between the pulse on time power and off time power RIPPle Difference between the maximum and the minimum power in the pulse on PERiod Time between the pulse rising edge and the next rising edge DCYCle Ratio of the pulse width to the pulse repetition interval PRI PHASe Phase at a certain point of each pulse CHPower Channel power of the pulse on time spectrum OBWidth OBW Occupied Bandwidth of the pulse on time spectrum EBWidth EBW Emission Bandwidth of the pulse on time spectrum FREQuency Carrier frequency in the pulse on time
252. d related actions such as data acquisition and measurement Table 2 10 ABORt commands Header ABORt Description Resets and restarts sweep trigger and measurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Command Groups CALCulate Commands Control the marker and the display line Table 2 11 CALCulate commands Header CALCulate lt x gt DLINe lt y gt Description Sets the vertical position of the horizontal line CALCulate lt x gt DLINe lt y gt STATe Determines whether to show the horizontal line CALCulate lt x gt MARKer AOFF Turns off all the markers CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt MAXimum CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt MODE CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt PEAK HIGHer CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt PEAK LEFT CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt PEAK LOWer CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt PEAK RIGHt CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt PTHReshold CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt RCURsor CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt ROFF CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt SET CEN Ter CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt SET MEASurement CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt STATe CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt T CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt TOGGle CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt TRACe CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt X CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt Y CALCulate lt x gt VLINe lt y gt CALCulate lt x gt VLINe lt y
253. depends on the display format Refer to Table D 2 in Appendix D DEMRFID DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe PDIVision 5m sets the vertical scale to 5 mV div when the subview displays the RF envelope DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 175 DISPlay Commands DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe RANGe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 176 Sets or queries full scale value of the vertical axis in the subview This command is valid when DISPlay RFID DDEMod S Vlew FORMat is set to SPECtrum PVTime FVTime ZSPectrum or RFENvelope DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe RANGe lt value gt DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlIew Y SCALe RANGe lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies full scale value of the vertical axis in the subview The valid range depends on the display format Refer to Table D 2 in Appen dix D DEMRFID DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe RANGe 100 sets full scale value of the vertical axis to 100 dB when the subview displays the carrier spectrum DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay RFID SPECtrum Subgroup The DISPlay RFID SPECtrum commands control the spectrum display in the RFID Radio Frequency Identification measurement NOTE To use a command from this group you must have selected DEMRFID RFID analysis in the INSTrument SELect comman
254. ds Header INITiate CONTinuous Table C 7 Factory initialization settiings INPut commands Default value OFF Header Default value INPut ATTenuation 20 dB INPut ATTenuation AUTO ON WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual C 7 Appendix C Factory Initialization Settings Table C 7 Factory initialization settiings INPut commands Cont Header Default value INPut COUPling AC INPut MAXLevel 0 dB INPut MIXer 25 dBm Table C 8 Factory initialization settiings SENSe commands Header Default value SENSe ACPower subgroup SENSe ACPower BANDwidth BWIDth ACHannel 1 5 MHz SENSe ACPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration 1 5 MHz SENSe ACPower CSPacing 2 1MHz SENSe ACPower FlLTer TYPE NYQuist SENSe ACPower FlLTer COEFficient 0 5 SENSe ADEMod subgroup SENSe ADEMod BLOCk 0 SENSe ADEMod CARRier OFFSet 0 SENSe ADEMod CARRier SEARch ON SENSe ADEMod FM THReshold 100 dB SENSe ADEMod LENGth 8192 SENSe ADEMod MODulation OFF SENSe ADEMod OFFSet 0 SENSe ADEMod PM THReshold 100 dB SENSe AVERage subgroup SENSe AVERage COUNt 20 SENSe AVERage STATe OFF SENSe AVERage TCONtrol EXPonential SENSe BSIZe subgroup SENSe BSIZe 2 SENSe CCDF subgroup SENSe CCDF BLOCk 0 SENSe CCDF THReshold 150 dBm C 8 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Appendix C Factory Initialization Settings Table C 8 F
255. e ESE 1 Enable the ESER OPC bit SRE 32 Enable the SRER ESB bit ABORt INITiate IMMediate OPC Wait for SRQ to provide synchronization Using the Query OPC The query OPC writes ASCII code 1 into the Output Queue when all operations for which it is waiting are completed You can provide synchronization using the command string as the following example ABORt INITiate IMMediate OPC The command waits until 1 is written into the Output Queue When the command goes to the Output Queue to read the data a time out may occur before the data is written into the queue Using the WAI Command After the process of the preceding command is completed the WAI command begins to execute the process of the next command as the following example ABORt INITiate IMMediate WAI Wait for the WAI process to provide synchronization WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 3 15 Status and Events 3 16 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Saal Error Messages and Codes Tables 3 4 through 3 7 show the SCPI standard error codes and messages used in the status and event reporting system in the analyzer Event codes and messages can be obtained by using the queries SYSTem ERRor These are returned in the following format lt event code gt lt event message gt WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 3 17 Error Messages and Codes Command Errors Command errors are returned when there i
256. e All INPut ALEVel adjusts amplitude automatically When you have selected OFF or 0 in the NPut ATTenuation AUTO command described below use this command to set the input attenuation The query version of this command returns the input attenuation setting INPut ATTenuation lt rel_amp1 gt INPut ATTenuation lt rel_amp gt lt NR1 gt specifies the input attenuation The valid settings depend on the measurement frequency band as shown in Table 2 40 Table 2 40 Input attenuation settings Measurement frequency band Setting RF WCA230A RF1 WCA280A 0 to 50 dB in 2 dB steps RF2 RF3 WCA280A 0 to 50 dB in 10 dB steps All INPut ATTenuation 20 sets the input attenuation to 20 dB INPut ATTenuation AUTO WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual INPut Commands INPut ATTenuation AUTO 2 Determines whether to automatically set the input attenuation according to the reference level Syntax INPut ATTenuation AUTO OFF ON 0 1 INPut ATTenuation AUTO Arguments OFF or 0 specifies that the input attenuation is not set automatically To set it use the INPut ATTenuation command described above ON or 1 specifies that the input attenuation is set automatically Measurement Modes All Examples INPut ATTenuation AUTO ON specifies that the input attenuation is set automatically Related Commands INPut ATTenuation WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 305 I
257. e 1 to 512 000 500 frames X 1024 To set the block size use the SENSe BSIZe command TIMSSOURCE SENSe SSOurce LENGth 1000 sets the measurement range to 1000 points SENSe BSIZe SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe SSOurce MEASurement Selects and runs the measurement item in the signal source analysis The query version of this command returns the current measurement item Syntax SENSe SSOurce MEASurement OFF PNOise SPURious RTPNoise RTSPurious FVTime SENSe SSOurce MEASurement Arguments Table 2 60 shows the arguments and their meanings Table 2 60 SSOurce measurement items Argument Measurement item OFF Turns off the measurement PNOise Phase noise SPURious Spurious RTPNoise Real time phase noise RTSPurious Real time spurious FVTime Frequency versus Time Measurement Modes _TIMSSOURCE Examples SENSe SSOurce MEASurement PNOise selects and runs the phase noise measurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 505 SENSe Commands SENSe SSOurce OFFSet Sets or queries the measurement start position in the signal source analysis This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to RTPNoise RTSPurious or FVTime NOTE The SENSe SSOurce OFF Set query may return a value greater than the default 0 since the value is limited by the trigger position in the bloc
258. e 1 January to 12 December lt day gt lt NRf gt specifies the day Range 1 to 31 These values are rounded to the nearest integer RST has no effect on the settings NOTE This command does not support the arguments of MAXimum and MINimum Measurement Modes All Examples SYSTem DATE 2002 3 19 sets the internal calendar to March 19 2002 Related Commands SYSTem TIME 2 530 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SYSTem Commands SYSTem ERRor ALL Query Only Returns all the unread information from the error event queue and removes all the information from the queue For details of the error messages refer to page 3 17 Syntax SYSTem ERRor ALL Arguments None Returns lt ecode gt lt edesc gt lt einfo gt lt ecode gt lt edesc gt lt einfo gt Where lt ecode gt lt NR1 gt is the error event code 32768 to 32767 lt edesc gt lt string gt is the description on the error event lt einfo gt lt string gt is the detail of the error event Measurement Modes All Examples SYSTem ERRor ALL might return 130 Suffix error Unrecognized suffix INPut MLEVel 10dB indicating that the unit of the reference level is improper WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 531 SYSTem Commands SYSTem ERRor CODE ALL Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Returns all the unread error event codes from the error e
259. e CHPower is omitted here Figure 2 18 Setting up the channel power measurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 389 SENSe Commands SENSe CHPower FILTer COEFficient Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the roll off rate of the filter for the channel power measurement when you have selected either NY Quist Nyquist filter or RNY Quist Root Nyquist filter in the SENSe CHPower FILTer TYPE command SENSe CHPower FILTer COEFficient lt ratio gt SENSe CHPower FILTer COEFficient lt ratio gt lt NRf gt specifies the roll off rate of the filter for the channel power measurement Range 0 0001 to 1 default 0 5 SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SADL3G SAUL3G SENSe CHPower FILTer COEFficient 0 3 sets the filter roll off rate to 0 3 SENSe CHPower FILTer TYPE SENSe CHPower FiLTer TYPE Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 390 Selects or queries the filter for the channel power measurement SENSe CHPower FILTer TYPE RECTangle GAUSsian NYQuist RNYQuist SENSe CHPower FILTer TYPE RECTangle selects the rectangular filter GAUSsian selects the Gaussian filter NYQuist selects the Nyquist filter default RNYQuist selects the Root Nyquist filter SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SADL3G SAUL3G SENSe CHPower FILTer TYPE RNYQuist selects the Root Nyquist filter WCA230A amp WCA2
260. e PDIVision Sets the horizontal or frequency scale per division DISPlay RFID SPECtrum Y SCALe FIT Runs the auto scale on the spectrum view DISPlay RFID SPECtrum Y SCALe FULL Sets the vertical axis to the default full scale value 2 22 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2 14 DISPlay commands Cont Header DISPlay RFID SPECtrum Y SCALe OFFSet DISPlay RFID SPECtrum Y SCALe PDIVision DISPlay RFID WAVeform subgroup DISPlay RFID WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet DISPlay RFID WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision DISPlay RFID WAVeform Y SCALe FIT Description Sets the minimum vertical or amplitude value bottom Sets the vertical or amplitude scale per division Time domain display related in the RFID analysis Sets the minimum value of the horizontal axis left edge Sets the horizontal or time scale per division Runs the auto scale on the time domain display DISPlay RFID WAVeform Y SCALe FULL Sets the vertical axis to the default full scale value DISPlay RFID WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet Sets the minimum value bottom of the vertical axis DISPlay RFID WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision Sets the vertical axis scale per division DISPlay SPECtrum subgroup DISPlay SPECtrum BMARKer STATe DISPlay SPECtrum GRATicule GRID DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe AMPLitude IN Terval DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe AMPLitude OFFSet
261. e PULSe THReshold Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 442 Sets or queries the threshold level to detect pulses in acquired data SENSe PULSe THReshold lt value gt SENSe PULSe THReshold lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the threshold level Range 100 to 0 dBc the default is 3 dBc TIMPULSE SENSe PULSe THReshold 20 sets the threshold level to 20 dBc WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe RFID Subgroup The SENSe RFID commands set up the conditions related to the RFID analysis NOTE To use a command from this group you must have selected DEMRFID RFID analysis in the INSTrument SELect command Header SENSe RFID ACPower Command Tree Parameter BANDwidth BWIDth ACHannel lt numeric_value gt INTegration lt numeric_value gt CSPacing FILTer lt numeric_value gt COEFficient lt numeric_value gt TYPE RECTangle GAUSsian NYQuist RNYQuist BLOCk lt numeric_value gt Carrier BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration lt numeric_value gt COUNter RESolution lt numeric_value gt OFFSet lt numeric_value gt PRATio SET lt numeric_value gt UNIT PERCent PCT DB IMMediate LENGth lt numeric_value gt MEASurement CARRier SPURious ACPower PODown RFENvelope CONSte EYE STABle MODulation BRATe AUTO lt bool ean gt SET lt numeric_value gt
262. e if the third adjacent channel goes out of the span the response is lt chpower gt lt acpmI1 gt lt acpp1 gt lt acpm2 gt lt acpp2 gt lt acpm3 gt and lt acpp3 gt are not returned Measurement Modes SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SADL3G SAUL3G Examples FETCh SPECtrum ACPower might return 11 38 59 41 59 51 59 18 59 31 59 17 59 74 for the ACPR measurement results Related Commands INSTrument SELect SENSe ACPower subgroup 2 276 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual FETCh Commands FETCh SPECtrum CFRequency Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Returns the results of the carrier frequency measurement in the S A spectrum analysis mode FETCh SPECtrum CFRequency None lt cfreq gt lt NRf gt is the measured value of carrier frequency in Hz SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SADL3G SAUL3G FETCh SPECtrum CFRequency might return 846187328 5 for the carrier frequency INSTrument SELect FETCh SPECtrum CHPower Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Returns the results of the channel power measurement in the S A spectrum analysis mode FETCh SPECtrum CHPower None lt chpower gt lt NRf gt is the channel power measured value in dBm SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SADL3G SAUL3G FETCh SPECtrum CHPowe
263. e or PHASe FETCh PULSe TAMP1i tude None lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Data n gt is the absolute power for each data in watts 4 byte little endian floating point format specified IEEE 488 2 n Max 262 144 TIMPULSE FETCh PULSe TAMP1itude might return 43200xxxx 3200 byte data for the time domain amplitude DISPlay PULSe SVIew FORMat INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual FETCh Commands FETCh PULSe TFRequency Query Only Returns the frequency deviation measurement results in the pulse characteristics analysis This query command is valid when DISPlay PULSe S Vlew FORMat is set to FREQuency Syntax FETCh PULSe TFRequency Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byre gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Data n gt is the frequency deviation value in Hz on the time axis 4 byte little endian floating point format specified IEEE 488 2 n Max 262 144 Measurement Modes TIMPULSE Examples FETCh PULSe TFRequency might return 43200xxxx 3200 byte data for the time domain frequency Related Commands DISPlay PULS
264. e 4 1 03e 4 Related Commands INSTrument SELect 2 250 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual FETCh Commands FETCh ADEMod PM Query Only Returns the results of the PM signal analysis in time series Syntax FETCh ADEMod PM Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Data n gt is the phase shift data in degrees for the point n 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames Measurement Modes DEMADEM Examples FETCh ADEMod PM might return 41024xxxx 1024 byte data for the results of the PM signal analysis Related Commands INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 251 FETCh Commands FETCh ADEMod PSPectrum Query Only Returns spectrum data of the pulse spectrum measurement in the analog modulation analysis Syntax FETCh ADEMod PSPectrum Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Data n gt is the spectrum amplitude in dBm 4 byte little endian floating point format specified IEEE 488 2 n Max 24
265. e FMO decoding format Related Commands SENSe RFID MEASurement 2 456 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe RFID MODulation FORMat Selects or queries the modulation format for the power on down and modulation measurements in the RFID analysis This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to RFENvelope CONSte EYE STABle or PODown Syntax SENSe RFID MODulation FORMat ASK DSB ASK SSB ASK PR ASK OOK SENSe RFID MODulation FORMat Arguments Table 2 55 shows the arguments and their meanings Table 2 55 Modulation format Argument Modulation format ASK ASK DSB ASK DSB ASK SSB ASK SSB ASK PR ASK PR ASK OOK OOK Measurement Modes DEMRFID Examples SENSe RFID MODulation FORMat ASK selects the ASK modulation Related Commands SENSe RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 457 SENSe Commands SENSe RFID MODulation INTerpolate Sets or queries the number of waveform interpolation points for the power on down and modulation measurements in the RFID analysis This is equivalent to setting Interpolation Points in the Meas Setup menu This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to RFENvelope CONSte EYE STABle or PODown Syntax SENSe RFID MODulation INTerpolate lt valule gt SENSe RFID MODulation INTerpolate Argument
266. e OCR have the binary value 0000000000010000 which means the analyzer is in measurement STATus OPERation ENABle Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples 2 522 Sets or queries the enable mask of the Operation Enable Register OENR which allows true conditions in the Operation Event Register to be reported in the summary bit For detail on the register refer to Chapter 3 Status and Events STATus OPERation ENABle lt bit_value gt STATus OPERation ENAB1e lt bit_value gt lt NR1 gt is the enable mask of the OENR Range 0 to 65535 lt NR1 gt is a decimal number showing the contents of the OENR Range 0 to 32767 The most significant bit cannot be set true All STATus OPERation ENABle 1 enables the CALibrating bit STATus OPERation ENABle might return 1 showing that the bits in the OENR have the binary value 00000000 00000001 which means that the CAL bit is valid WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual STATus Commands STATus OPERation EVENt Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Returns the contents of the Operation Event Register OEVR Reading the OEVR clears it For detail on the register refer to Chapter 3 Status and Events STATus OPERation EVENt None lt NR1 gt is a decimal number showing the contents of the OEVR All STATus OPERation EVENt might return 1 showing that the bits in the OEVR have the
267. e SVIew FORMat INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 267 FETCh Commands FETCh RFID Query Only Returns the results of a selected measurement in the RFID analysis Syntax FETCh RFID CARRier PODown RFENvelope CONSTe EYE STABle Arguments The arguments indicate the measurements as shown in Table 2 38 Table 2 38 RFID analysis Argument Measurement CARRier Carrier PODown Power on down RFENvelope RF envelope CONSte Constellation EYE Eye diagram STABle Symbol table Returns Returns are listed below for each of the arguments CARRier lt Cfreq gt lt Obw gt lt Ebw gt lt Max_EIRP gt Where lt Cfreq gt lt NRf gt is the carrier frequency in Hz lt Obw gt lt NRf gt is the occupied bandwidth in Hz lt Ebw gt lt NRf gt is the emission bandwidth in Hz lt Max_EIRP gt lt NRf gt is the maximum EIRP in dBm 2 268 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual FETCh Commands PODown lt Srate gt lt Esrate gt lt Count gt lt Index gt lt Rise Fall gt lt Time gt lt Settling gt lt Over gt lt Under gt lt 0ffset gt Where lt Srate gt lt NRf gt is the actual sample rate in Hz lt Esrate gt lt NRf gt is the effective sample rate in Hz lt Count gt lt NR1 gt is the count of data sets that follow 0 to 32 lt Index gt lt NR1 gt is the index number lt Rise Fal1 gt lt NRI1 gt indicates rise 0 or
268. e SVlew FORMat SPECtrum DISPlay SSOurce SVlew X SCALe OFFSet 0 DISPlay SSOurce SVlew X SCALe PDIVision 0 DISPlay SSOurce SVlew X SCALe RANGe 0 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual C 5 Appendix C Factory Initialization Settings Table C 4 Factory initialization settiings DISPlay commands Cont Header DISPlay SSOurce SVlew X SCALe STARt Default value 0 DISPlay SSOurce SVlew X SCALe STOP 0 DISPlay SSOurce SVlew Y SCALe OFFSet 0 DISPlay SSOurce SVlew Y SCALe PDIVision 0 DISPlay SSOurce SVlew Y SCALe PLINe 1 DISPlay SSOurce SVlew Y SCALe RANGe 0 DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum subgroup DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum X SCALe OFFSet DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum X SCALe PDIVision DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum Y SCALe OFFSet DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum Y SCALe PDIVision DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency subgroup DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam COLor SCALe OFFSet 130 dBc Hz DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam COLor SCALe RANGe 100 dB DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam X SCALe STARt 10 Hz DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam X SCALe S TOP 18 MHz DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam Y SCALe OFFSet 0 DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam Y SCALe PLINe 1 DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform subgroup DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet 0 DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision 0 DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet 0 DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform Y SCALe PDIV
269. e cece 2 27 Table 2 19 INPut commands 0 cece cece eee rec eeee 2 27 Table 2 20 INSTrument commands eee cece eeeee 2 28 Table 2 21 MMEMory commands eeeeeeeeeecee 2 28 Table 2 22 PROGram commands ccececcecseceees 2 29 Table 2 23 READ commands cece cece eee rec eeee 2 29 Table 2 24 SENSe commands cece cece cece ce ceeee 2 30 Table 2 25 STATus commands cece cece eee eeeee 2 36 Table 2 26 SYSTem commands cece eee ce ce cecee 2 37 Table 2 27 TRACe commands cece cee eee eee eeee 2 37 Table 2 28 TRIGger commands cece eee rec eeee 2 38 Table 2 29 UNIT commands cece cece ewer e cece 2 38 Table 2 30 DISPlay command subgroups eeeeeees 2 91 Table 2 31 Main view display formats e cece eens 2 105 Table 2 32 Subview display formats cccceceeceees 2 119 Table 2 33 Subview display format cceceececeeees 2 148 Table 2 34 Subview display formats cccceceeeeees 2 170 Table 2 35 Subview display formats in the signal source analysis 2 206 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Table of Contents Table 2 36 Queried information on the digital modulation analysis results cesperri Seach batacd ore acer hi doe a ececb EE bere ES 2 254 Table 2 37 Queried information ccccececcecscceces 2 261 Table 2 38 RFID analysis
270. e commands Cont Default value OFF Header SENSe DDEMod PRESet SENSe DDEMod SRATe 270 833 ksps SENSe EBWidth subgroup SENSe EBWidth XDB 30 dB SENSe FEED subgroup SENSe FEED RF SENSe FREQuency subgroup SENSe FREQuency CENTer 1 5 GHz SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP AUTO ON SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP INCRement 150 kHz SENSe FREQuency CTABle SELect None SENSe FREQuency SPAN 15 MHz SENSe FREQuency STARt 1 4925 GHz SENSe FREQuency STOP 1 5075 GHz SENSe OBWidth subgroup SENSe OBWidth PERCent 99 SENSe PULSe subgroup SENSe PULSe BLOCk 0 SENSe PULSe CHPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration 1 MHz SENSe PULSe CRESolution 1 kHz SENSe PULSe EBWidth XDB 30 dB SENSe PULSe FiLTer COEFficient 0 35 SENSe PULSe FlLTer BANDwidth BWIDth 3 6 MHz SENSe PULSe FlLTer MEASuerment OFF SENSe PULSe FlLTer OBWidth PERcent 90 SENSe PULSe PTOFfset 0 SENSe PULSe THReshold 3 dBc SENSe RFID subgroup SENSe RFID ACPower BANDwidth BWIDth ACHannel SENSe RFID ACPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration SENSe RFID ACPower CSPacing SENSe RFID ACPower FiLTer COEFficient SENSe RFID ACPower FiLTer TYPE 1 MHz 1 MHz 1 4 MHz 0 5 NY Quist WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Appendix C Factory Initialization Settings Table C 8 Factory initialization settiings SENSe commands Cont
271. e gt 2 141 DISPlay Commands DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult CHPower Determines whether to show channel power measurement results in the pulse result table Syntax DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult CHPower O 1 OFF ON DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult CHPower Arguments OFF or 0 hides channel power measurement results in the pulse result table ON or 1 shows channel power measurement results in the pulse result table Measurement Modes TIMPULSE Examples DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESu1t CHPower ON shows channel power measurement results in the pulse result table DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult DCYCle Determines whether to show duty cycle measurement results in the pulse result table Syntax DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult DCYCle 0 1 OFF ON DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult DCYCle Arguments OFF or 0 hides duty cycle measurement results in the pulse result table ON or 1 shows duty cycle measurement results in the pulse result table Measurement Modes TIMPULSE Examples DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult DCYCle ON shows duty cycle measurement results in the pulse result table 2 142 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult EBWidth Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Determines whether to show EBW Emission Bandwidth measurement results in the pulse result table DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult EBWidth O 1 OFF ON DISPlay PULSe MVIew
272. e mask of QENR Range 0 to 65535 lt NR1 gt is a decimal number showing the contents of the QENR Range 0 to 32767 The most significant bit cannot be set true All WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 525 STATus Commands STATus QUEStionable EVENt Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Returns the contents of the Questionable Event Register QEVR Reading the QEVR clears it For detail on the register refer to Chapter 3 Status and Events NOTE The QEVR is not used in the WCA230A WCA280A analyzer STATus QUEStionable EVENt None lt NR1 gt is a decimal number showing the contents of the QEVR All STATus QUEStionable NTRansition Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes 2 526 Sets or queries the negative transition filter value of the Operation Transition Register QTR For detail on the register refer to Chapter 3 Status and Events NOTE The OTR is not used in the WCA230A WCA280A analyzer STATus QUEStionable NTRansition lt bit_value gt STATus QUEStionable NTRansition lt bit_value gt lt NR1 gt is the negative transition filter value Range 0 to 65535 lt NR1 gt is a decimal number showing the contents of the QTR Range 0 to 32767 The most significant bit cannot be set true All WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual STATus Commands STATus QUEStionable PTRansition Sets or queries the posi
273. e measured peak power in dBm lt NRf gt is the reference average power in dBm lt NRf gt is the reference peak power in dBm FETCh DDEMod IQVTime might return 41024xxxx 1024 byte data for the IQ level versus time measurement results INSTrument SELect SENSe DDEMod FORMat UNIT ANGLe WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual FETCh Commands FETCh DISTribution CCDF Query Only Returns the CCDF trace data in the CCDF measurement Syntax FETCh DISTribution CCDF Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Data n gt is the phase shift data in degrees for the point n 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 10001 Invalid data is returned as 1000 Measurement Modes TIMCCDF Examples FETCh DISTribution CCDF might return 41024xxxx 1024 byte data for the CCDF trace data in the CCDF measurement Related Commands FETCh CCDF INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 259 FETCh Commands FETCh OVlew Query Only Syntax Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 260 Returns the minimum and maximum values for each 1024 point segment of waveform data displayed on the overview in the Demod modul
274. e measurement items ee eeeee 2 484 Table 2 59 Analysis length setting range ee eee eeee 2 504 Table 2 60 SSOurce measurement items 0 eee ewes 2 505 Table 2 61 Bin number setting range c ccs eeeceeees 2 546 Table 3 1 SBR bit functions 0 ccc cece eee ee ee eens 3 6 Table 3 2 SESR bit functions cece cece ew eee eee eee 3 7 Table 3 3 OCR bit functions cece cee cece ee ee eens 3 8 Table 3 4 Command errors cece cece cece eee ree eeee 3 18 Table 3 5 Execution errors 0 cece cece cee ee ee renee 3 20 Table 3 6 Device specific errors 0 cece cece rece eee eeee 3 22 Table 3 7 Query errors ccc cece cece cece eee eee ee ees 3 22 Table A 1 ASCII amp GPIB code chart 0 cee ee ee eee A 2 Table B 1 GPIB interface function implementation B 1 vii WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Table of Contents viii Table B 2 Standard interface messages ccceeeeceees B 3 Table C 1 Factory initialization settiings IEEE common COMMANAS 4 0 6 o5 0 ses eid dees de see sles ee pede bese giewa ed C 1 Table C 2 Factory initialization settiings CALCulate COMMMANIGS ois cscs cieig diocengs are ai en na a E T eee lew aed C 1 Table C 3 Factory initialization settiings CALibration COMMMANIGS ge osc ig5 4 eieioeng urena a es oie Ge ereele a r C 1 Table C 4 Factory initializa
275. e to connect devices to a bus m Turn on at least two thirds of the devices on the network while using the network m Connect the devices on the network in a star or linear configuration as shown in Figure 1 7 Do not use loop or parallel configurations GPIB Device GPIB Device GPIB Device GPIB Device GPIB Device GPIB Device GPIB Device Figure 1 7 Typical GPIB network configurations WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 1 5 Getting Started Setting the GPIB Parameters from the Front Panel Use the SYSTEM Remote Setup menu to set the GPIB parameters as required for the bus configuration Once you have set the parameters you can control the analyzer through the GPIB interface Display Brightness Reset All to Factory Defaults Remote Setup Remote Interface Off On Version and Installed Options GPIB Setup Instrument Setup Ethernet Setup L GPIB Address Connection Mode GPIB Port TekVISA UTILITY HELP PRESET Ne A A A a 2 y INPUT LOAD CAL SAVE i e N SYSTEM es nr Figure 1 8 Remote Setup menu Remote Setup Menu The Remote Setup menu contains the following controls 1 6 Remote Interface Turns on or off the connection between the analyzer and the interface bus GPIB Setup Sets the GPIB address and connection mode GPIB Address Sets the GPIB address of the analyzer when GPIB Port is selected as the Connection Mode Range 0 to
276. e waveform data is therefore thinned out according to the number of pixels for being compressed For the details refer to the WCA230A and WCA280A User Manual TRACe lt x gt DATA lt x gt DDETector MAXimum MINimum PTPeak TRACe lt x gt DATA lt x gt DDETector MAXimum displays the maximum data value for each pixel MINimum displays the minimum data value for each pixel PTPeak displays the maximum and minimum data value by connecting them with a line for each pixel SANORMAL SASGRAM TRACe1 DDETector MAXimum displays the maximum data value for each pixel on Trace 1 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 541 TRACe Commands TRACe lt x gt DATA lt x gt MODE Selects or queries how to display Trace 1 and or Trace 2 Syntax TRACe lt x gt DATA lt x gt MODE NORMal AVERage MAXHold MINHold FREeze OFF TRACe lt x gt DATA lt x gt MODE Arguments NORMal selects an ordinary spectrum display AVERage displays averaged waveform of the specified trace The number of averages is set with the TRACe lt x gt DATA lt x gt AVERage COUNt command MAXHo1d holds the maximum level at each frequency MINHo1d holds the minimum level at each frequency FREeze stops updating the display But the data acquisition and measurement continues OFF displays no trace Measurement Modes SANORMAL SASGRAM Examples TRACel MODE AVERage displays averaged waveform of Trace 1 Relat
277. easurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the spurious threshold in the spurious measurement of the signal source analysis This command has the same function as SENSe SPURious THReshold SPURious on page 2 491 This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to SPURious or RTSPurious SENSe SSOurce SPURious THReshold SPURious lt value gt SENSe SSOurce SPURious THReshold SPURious lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the spurious threshold Range 90 to 30 dB TIMSSOURCE SENSe SSOurce SPURious THReshold SPURious 50 sets the spurious threshold to 50 dB SENSe SSOurce MEASurement SENSe SPURious THReshold SPURious WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe TRANsient Subgroup The SENSe TRANsient commands set up the conditions related to the time characteristic analysis The time characteristic analysis includes IQ level vs time power vs time and frequency vs time measurements NOTE To use a command of this group you must have selected TIMTRAN time characteristic analysis in the INSTrument SELect command Command Tree Header Parameter SENSe TRANsient BLOCk lt numeric_value gt IMMediate ITEM IQVTime PVTime FVTime LENGth lt numeric_value gt OFFSet lt numeric_value gt For the commands defining the analysis range see the figure below The analysis range is shown by a green
278. ectrogram Real Time S A side key PRESET key Spurious side key CONFigure SPECtrum SPURious None SANORMAL SASGRAM SART IME CONFigure SPECtrum SPURious sets up the analyzer to the default settings for spurious signal measurement INSTrument SELect CONFigure SSOurce No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 86 Sets the analyzer to the default settings for the signal source analysis Running this command is equivalent to pressing the following front panel keys TIME key Signal Source Analysis side key PRESET key CONFigure SSOurce None TIMSSOURCE CONFigure SSOurce sets the analyzer to the default settings for the signal source analysis INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual gt CONFigure Commands CONFigure TFRequency RTIMe No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets up the analyzer to the default settings for the real time spectrum measure ment Running this command is equivalent to pressing the following front panel keys S A key gt Real Time S A side key PRESET key CONFigure TFRequency RTIMe None SARTIME CONFigure TFRequency RTIMe sets up the analyzer to the default settings for the real time spectrum measure ment INSTrument SELect CONFigure TFRequency SGRam No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples
279. ectrum view DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum Y SCALe FULL None TIMPULSE DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum Y SCALe FULL sets the vertical axis to the default full scale value in the spectrum view WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum Y SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum vertical or amplitude value bottom in the spectrum view DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum Y SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum Y SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt sets the minimum vertical value Range 200 to 0 dBm TIMPULSE DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum Y SCALe OFFSet 100 sets the minimum vertical value to 100 dBm DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum Y SCALe PDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the vertical or amplitude scale per division in the spectrum view DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum Y SCALe PDIVision lt amp1 gt DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum Y SCALe PDIVision lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt specifies the vertical scale in the spectrum view Range 0 to 10 dB div TIMPULSE DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum Y SCALe PDIVision 10 sets the vertical scale to 10 dB div WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 155 DISPlay Commands DISPlay PULSe WAVeform Subgroup The DISPlay PULSe WAVeform commands control the time domain display in the time domain measurements under the pulse chara
280. ed Commands TRACe lt x gt DATA lt x gt AVERage COUNt TRACe lt x gt DATA lt x gt AVERage TCONtrol 2 542 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual TRACe Commands TRACe2 DATA2 MODE Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Selects or queries how to display Trace 2 in the signal source analysis This command is valid when NSTrument SELect is set to TIMSSOURCE signal source analysis and SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to PNOise phase noise measurement TRACe2 DATA2 MODE MAXMinimum REFerence OFF TRACe2 DATA2 MODE MAXMinimum displays the Max Min waveform default For the Max Min waveform refer to Trace Compression in the WCA230A User Manual REFerence displays the reference waveform saved for Trace 2 using the MMEMory STORe TRACe1 must be trace one OFF displays no Trace 2 TIMSSOURCE TRACe2 MODE REFerence displays the reference waveform as Trace 2 INSTrument SELect MMEMory STORe TRACel SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 543 TRACe Commands 2 544 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual E rns TRIGger Commands The TRIGger commands control triggering For details on the trigger refer to the WCA230A and WCA280A User Manual Command Tree Header Parameter TRIGger SEQuence LEVel IF lt numeric_value gt IQFRequency lt bin_number gt lt amp1itude gt IQTime lt nu
281. ees or radians PPERror lt pper gt lt symb gt Where lt pper gt lt NRf gt is the phase error peak value in degrees or radians lt symb gt lt NRf gt is the symbol number for the phase error peak value RHO lt rho gt lt NRf gt is the measured value of waveform quality Q SLENgth lt s1en gt lt NR1 gt is the number of analyzed symbols WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual FETCh Commands FERRor lt ferr gt lt NRf gt is the frequency error in Hz OOFFset lt oof f gt lt NRf gt is the origin offset in dB STABle lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Sym 1 gt lt Sym 2 gt lt Sym n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Sym n gt lt NR1 gt is the symbol data n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames PVTIme lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digit in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Data n gt is the time domain power data in dBm 4 byte little endian floating point format specified IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames AMAM lt Comp gt lt Coeff_num gt lt Coeff gt Where lt Comp gt lt NRf gt is the 1 dB compression point in dBm lt Coeff Num gt lt NR1 gt is the number of coefficient
282. ement Modes Examples Related Commands Performs analysis calculation for the acquired data in the signal source analysis To select the measurement use the SENSe SSOurce MEASurement com mand SENSe SSOurce 1MMediate None TIMSSOURCE gt SENSe SSOurce IMMediate performs calculation for the acquired data in the signal source analysis SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 503 SENSe Commands SENSe SSOurce LENGth 2 504 Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the range for the signal source analysis This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to RTPNoise RTSPurious or FVTime NOTE The SENSe SSOurce LENGth query may return a value smaller than the default 7680 since the value is limited by the number of data points in the block SENSe SSOurce LENGth lt value gt SENSe SSOurce LENGth lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the analysis length by the number of data points The setting range depends on option and measurement item as shown in Table 2 59 Table 2 59 Analysis length setting range Option Setting range Other than Option 02 1 to 1024 x block size or 8192 512 7680 whichever smaller Option 02 Real time phase noise and real time spurious measurements 256 MB memory 1 to 65 534 976 1024 x maximum block size 64000 1024 Frequency versus Tim
283. endix E SCPI Conformance Information Table E 1 SCPI 1999 0 defined commands Cont Command group Command PROGram PROGram CATalog SELected DELete SELected EXECute NAME NUMBer STRing SENSe SENSe FREQuency CENTer gt STEP AUTO INCrement SPAN gt STARt STOP ROSCillator SOURCe STATus STATus OPERation CONDition ENABle EVENt NTRansition PTRansition PRESet QUEStionable CONDition ENABle EVENt NTRansition PTRansition SYSTem SYSTem DATE ERRor ALL CODE ALL NEXT COUNt NEXT KLOCk PRESet TIME VERSion E 2 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Appendix E SCPI Conformance Information Table E 1 SCPI 1999 0 defined commands Cont Command group Command TRIGger TRIGger SEQuence UNIT UNIT ANGLe MODE POSition SLOPe SOURce WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual E 3 Appendix E SCPI Conformance Information E 4 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Glossary and Index __ SE ns Glossary AM Amplitude Modulation The process or result of a process in which the amplitude of a sine wave the carrier is varied in accordance with the instantaneous voltage of a second electrical signal the modulating signal ASCII Acronym for the American Standard Code for Information Interchange Controllers transmit commands to the analyzer using ASCII character encoding Ba
284. ent SELect command WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands Command Tree Header DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew BURSt NUMBer EDGE NUMBer ENVelope NUMBer GUIDeline STATe X SCALe OFFSet PDIVision RANGe SCALe FIT FULL OFFSet PDIVision RANGe SVIew BURSt NUMBer EDGE NUMBer ENVelope NUMBer FORMat GUIDeline STATe X WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SCALe OFFSet PDIVision RANGe SCALe FIT FULL OFFSet PDIVision RANGe Parameter lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt boolean gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt SPECtrum PVTime FVTime ZSPectrum RFENvelope CONSte VECTor EYE STABle lt boolean gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt 2 161 DISPlay Commands DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew BURSt NUMBer Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the burst number to display the measurement result in the main view This command is valid when SENse RFID MEASurement is set to RFENvelope CONSte EYE or STABle DISPlay RFID DDEMod
285. enter frequency Measurement Modes All Examples SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP INCRement 10kHz sets the step size of the center frequency to 10 kHz Related Commands SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP AUTO WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 427 SENSe Commands SENSe FREQuency CHANnel Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries a channel number in the channel table specified with the SENSe FREQuency CTABle SELect command SENSe FREQuency CHANnel lt value gt SENSe FREQuency CHANnel lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies a channel number in the channel table All SENSe FREQuency CHANnel 10558 sets the channel number to 10558 for the W CDMA downlink analysis SENSe FREQuency CTABle SELect SENSe FREQuency CTABle CATalog Query Only Syntax Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 428 Queries the available channel tables SENSe FREQuency CTABle CATalog lt string gt is the available channel table name s If more than one table is available the table names are separated with comma Refer to the SENSe FREQuency CTABle Select command below for the table names All SENSe FREQuency CTABle CATalog a partial return string may look like this CDMA2000 EU PAMR400 FL CDMA2000 EU PAMR400 RL CDMA2000 EU PAMR800 FL CDMA2000 EU PAMR800 RL SENSe FREQuency CTABle SELect
286. ents Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the maximum horizontal or power value right end in the CCDF view DISPlay CCDF X SCALe MAXimum lt rel_amp1 gt DISPlay CCDF X SCALe MAXimum lt rel_amp gt lt NRf gt specifies the maximum horizontal value Range 0 to 15 01 dBm TIMCCDF DISPlay CCDF X SCALe MAXimum 15 sets the maximum horizontal value to 15 dBm DISPlay CCDF X SCALe AUTO DISPlay CCDF X SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the start value of the horizontal axis in the CCDF view DISPlay CCDF X SCALe OFFSet lt rel_ampl gt DISPlay CCDF X SCALe OFFSet lt rel_amp gt lt NRf gt specifies the start value of the horizontal axis Range 0 to 15 01 dBm TIMCCDF DISPlay CCDF X SCALe OFFSet 5 sets the start value of the horizontal axis to 5 dBm DISPlay CCDF X SCALe AUTO WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 97 DISPlay Commands DISPlay CCDF Y SCALe FIT No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Runs auto scale on the CCDF view The auto scale automatically sets the start value and scale of the vertical axis to display the whole waveform DISPlay CCDF Y SCALe FIT None TIMCCDF DISPlay CCDF Y SCALe FIT runs auto scale on the CCDF view DISPlay CCDF Y SCALe FULL No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Mode
287. equency offset Range 30 to 30 MHz DEMADEM SENSe ADEMod CARRier OFFSet 10MHz sets the carrier frequency offset to 10 MHz SENSe ADEMod CARRier SEARch WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 375 SENSe Commands SENSe ADEMod CARRier SEARch Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Determines whether to detect the carrier automatically in the FM signal analysis SENSe ADEMod CARRier SEARch 0 1 OFF ON SENSe ADEMod CARRier SEARCh OFF or O specifies that the carrier is not detected automatically To set it use the SENSe ADEMod CARRier OFFSet command ON or 1 specifies that the carrier is detected automatically DEMADEM SENSe ADEMod CARRier SEARch ON specifies that the carrier is detected automatically SENSe ADEMod CARRier 0FFSet SENSe ADEMod FM THReshold Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 376 Sets or queries the threshold level above which the input signal is determined to be a burst in the FM signal analysis The burst detected first is used for the measurement SENSe ADEMod FM THReshold lt value gt SENSe ADEMod FM THReshold lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the threshold level Range 100 0 to 0 0 dB DEMADEM SENSe ADEMod FM THReshold 10 sets the threshold level to 10 dB WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe ADEMod IMMed
288. er decoding MILLer selects the Miller decoding DEMDDEM SENSe DDEMod DECode NRZ selects the NRZ decoding SENSe DDEMod FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 405 SENSe Commands SENSe DDEMod FDEViation Sets or queries the frequency deviation to separate two states of an FSK or GFSK signal This command is valid when SENSe DDEMod FORMat is set to FSK or GFSK and SENSe DDEMod FDEViation AUTO is set to OFF Syntax SENSe DDEMod FDEViation lt value gt SENSe DDEMod FDEViation Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt sets the frequency deviation Range 0 to Span 2 Hz Measurement Modes DEMDDEM Examples SENSe DDEMod FDEViation 1MHz sets the frequency deviation to 1 MHz Related Commands SENSe DDEMod FDEViation AUTO SENSe DDEMod FORMat 2 406 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe DDEMod FDEViation AUTO Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Determines whether to detect automatically or set manually the frequency deviation used to distinguish between the two states of an FSK or GFSK signal This command is valid when SENSe DDEMod FORMat is set to FSK or GFSK SENSe DDEMod FDEViation AUTO OFF ON 0 1 SENSe DDEMod FDEViation AUTO ON or 1 automatically calculates the frequency deviation for the analysis range and displays the value in the Frequency Deviation side key defa
289. er frame Sets the frequency displaying the C N versus Time in the subview Selects the sideband for measuring phase noise Sets the threshold for obtaining the phase noise settling time SENSe SSOurce FVTime SMOothing Sets the smoothing factor in the frequency vs time measurement SENSe SSOurce FVTime THReshold Sets the threshold to determine the frequency settling time SENSe SSOurce IMMediate Perform calculation for the acquired data 2 36 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2 24 SENSe commands Cont Header SENSe SSOurce LENGth SENSe SSOurce MEASurement SENSe SSOurce OFFSet SENSe SSOurce PNOise MPVitter THReshold SENSe SSOurce PNOise RJITter OFFSet STARt SENSe SSOurce PNOise RJITter OFFSet STOP Description Sets the analysis range Selects and runs the measurement in the signal source analysis Sets the measurement start position Sets the threshold level to determine periodic jitter Sets the random jitter measurement start offset frequency Sets the random jitter measurement stop offset frequency SENSe SSOurce PNOise RuJlTter THReshold Sets the threshold for obtaining the random jitter settling time SENSe SSOurce PNOise OFFSet MAXimum Sets the maximum frequency in the phase noise measurement SENSe SSOurce PNOise OFFSet MINimum Sets the minimum frequency in the
290. er lt y gt SET RCURsor CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt SET CENTer No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 60 Sets the center frequency to the value at the marker position in the specified view CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt SET CENTer None All S A modes CALCulatel MARKer1 SET CENTer sets the center frequency to the value at the marker position in View 1 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual CALCulate Commands CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt SET MEASurement No Query Form Defines the measurement position using the marker s in the specified view NOTE This command is available in a view that represents time along the horizontal axis The function varies between the marker modes as follows m For the position marker mode Sets the current position of the specified marker to the measurement start position m For the delta marker mode Sets the current positions of the specified marker and the reference cursor to the measurement start and stop positions The marker mode is selected with the CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt MODE command refer to page 2 57 Syntax CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt SET MEASurement Arguments None Measurement Modes All Demod modes all Time modes Examples CALCulate1 MARKer1 SET MEASurement defines the measurement position using the marker in View 1 Related Commands CALCulate lt x gt MARKer l
291. er to the WCA230A and WCA280A User Manual 1 Connect a USB mouse and keyboard to the USB ports on the side panel of the analyzer 2 Display the Windows XP desktop on the screen 3 Find the setup exe file in the C Tektronix TekVISA installer directory using Windows Explorer or other file access methods 4 Run setup exe and follow the instructions The TekVISA Programmer Manual is found in the C Tektronix Tek VISA manual directory WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 1 9 Getting Started 1 10 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Syntax and Commands LSS 4S Command Syntax This section contains information on the Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments SCPI and IEEE 488 2 Common Commands you can use to program your WCA230A WCA280A analyzer The information is organized in the following subsections m Backus Naur Form Definition m SCPI Commands and Queries m IJEEE 488 2 Common Commands Constructed Mnemonics Backus Naur Form Definition This manual may describe commands and queries using the Backus Naur Form BNF notation Table 2 1 defines the standard BNF symbols Table 2 1 BNF symbols and meanings Symbol Meaning lt gt Defined element tre Is defined as Exclusive OR Group one element is required Optional can be omitted m m Previous element s may be repeated Comment WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 1 Command Syntax SCPI Commands and Queri
292. er to the channel power measurement default settings Sets up the analyzer to the C N measurement default settings Sets up the analyzer to the emission bandwidth measurement default settings WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2 13 CONFigure commands Cont Header CONFigure SPECtrum OBWidth CONFigure SPECtrum SPURious CONFigure SSOurce CONFigure TFRequency RTIMe CONFigure TFRequency SGRam CONFigure TRANsient FVTime Description Sets up the analyzer to the OBW measurement default settings Sets up the analyzer to the spurious signal measurement default settings Sets the analyzer to the signal source analysis default settings Sets up the analyzer to the real time spectrum measurement default settings Sets up the analyzer to the spectrogram measurement default settings Sets up the analyzer to the frequency vs time measurement default settings CONFigure TRANsient QVTime Sets up the analyzer to the IQ level vs time measurement default settings CONFigure TRANsient PVTime DISPlay Commands Sets up the analyzer to the power vs time measurement default settings Control how to show measurement data on the screen Table 2 14 DISPlay commands Header DISPlay CCDF subgroup DISPlay CCDF LINE GAUSsian STATe DISPlay CCDF LINE REFerence STATe DISPlay CCDF LINE REFerence STORe Description CCDF measurement related Determines whether to show the Gaussian
293. err EBUS lt Command error gt n if iberr ESTB fprintf stderr ESTB lt Status byte lost gt n if iberr ESRQ fprintf stderr ESRQ lt SRQ stuck on gt n WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 4 13 Programming Examples Macro Program Execution Sample This section shows a macro program execution sample The macro programs are installed under the following directories in the analyzer Macros specific to a user C Program Files Tektronix wca200a P ython wca200a measmacro nonregistered m Macros included in a option C Program Files Tektronix wca200a P ython wca200a measmacro registered In the example below the following macro folders are placed in these directories MacroTest1 MacroTest2 and MacroTest3 under the nonregistered directory MacroTest1 MacroTest4 and MacroTest5 under the registered directory The MacroTest1 macro folder contains macro commands test1 test2 and test3 C Program Files Tektronix wca200a Python wca200a measmacro nonregistered registered Macro folders MacroTest MacroTest2 MacroTest3 MacroTest MacroTest4 MacroTest5 Macro commands test1 test2 test3 Figure 4 1 Saving the macro programs Suppose that the following variables have been defined in the macro command test1 LOW_LIMIT HIGH_LIMIT numeric parameters ERROR_MESSAGE character string parameter RESULT measurement results numeric values 4 14 W
294. es SCPI is a standard created by a consortium that provides guidelines for remote programming of instruments These guidelines provide a consistent program ming environment for instrument control and data transfer This environment uses defined programming messages instrument responses and data format across all SCPI instruments regardless of manufacturer The analyzer uses a command language based on the SCPI standard The SCPI language is based on a hierarchical or tree structure see Figure 2 1 that represents a subsystem The top level of the tree is the root node it is followed by one or more lower level nodes TRIGger lt Root node SEQuence 7 Lower level nodes LEVel POLarity SOURce Figure 2 1 Example of SCPI subsystem hierarchy tree You can create commands and queries from these subsystem hierarchy trees Commands specify actions for the instrument to perform Queries return measurement data and information about parameter settings 2 2 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Command Syntax Creating Commands SCPI commands are created by stringing together the nodes of a subsystem hierarchy and separating each node by a colon In Figure 2 1 TRIGger is the root node and SEQuence LEVel POLarity and SOURce are lower level nodes To create a SCPI command start with the root node TRIGger and move down the tree structure adding nodes until you reach the end of a branch Most commands and some queries h
295. es TIMTRAN Examples SENSe TRANsient OFFSet 500 sets the measurement start position to point 500 Related Commands SENSe BSIZe 2 520 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual OO A OE STATus Commands The STATus commands control the SCPI defined status reporting structures In addition to those in IEEE 488 2 the analyzer has questionable and operation registers defined in SCPI These registers conform to the IEEE 488 2 specifica tion and each is comprised of a condition register an event register an enable register and negative and positive transition filters For details on these registers refer to Status and Events beginning on page 3 1 Command Tree Header Parameter STATus OPERation CONDition ENABle lt bit_value gt EVENt NTRansition lt bit_value gt PTRansition lt bit_value gt PRESet QUEStionable CONDi tion ENABle lt bit_value gt EVENt NTRansition lt bit_value gt PTRansition lt bit_value gt WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 521 STATus Commands STATus OPERation CONDition Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Returns the contents of the Operation Condition Register OCR For detail on the register refer to Chapter 3 Status and Events STATus OPERation CONDition None lt NR1 gt is a decimal number showing the contents of the OCR All STATus OPERation CONDition might return 16 showing that the bits in th
296. et Sets the minimum value of the horizontal axis left edge DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision Sets the horizontal or time scale per division DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform Y SCALe FIT Runs the auto scale on the time domain display DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform Y SCALe FULL Sets the vertical axis to the default full scale value DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet Sets the minimum value bottom of the vertical axis DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision Sets the vertical axis scale per division DISPlay TFRequency subgroup 3 dimensional view related DISPlay TFRequency SGRam COLor SCALe 0FFSet Sets the minimum color axis value bottom end of the spectrogram DISPlay TFRequency SGRam COLor SCALe RANGe Sets the scale of the spectrogram s color axis DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe ANNotation S TATe DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe FREQuency INTerval DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe FREQuency OFFSet DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe FREQuency STATe DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe TIME INTerval DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe TIME OFFSet DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe TIME STATe DISPlay TFRequency SGRam X SCALe OFFSet DISPlay TFRequency SGRam X SCALe SPAN DISPlay TFRequency SGRam Y SCALe OFFSet DISPlay TFRequency SGRam Y SCALe PLINe Determines whether to show the readout
297. ether the vertical or amplitude scaling is linear or logarithmic for interpolation of amplitude correction data SENSe CORRection Y SPACing LINear LOGarithmic SENSe CORRection Y SPACing LINear selects the linear scale for the interpolation LOGarithmic selects the logarithmic scale for the interpolation All S A modes except SARTIME SENSe CORRection Y SPACing LINear selects the linear scale for the interpolation WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe DDEMod Subgroup The SENSe DDEMod commands set up the conditions related to the digital modulation analysis NOTE To use a command from this group you must have selected DEMDDEM digital modulation analysis in the INSTrument SELect command Command Tree Header SENSe DDEMod BLOCk CARRier OFFSet SEARch DECode FDEViation AUTO FILTer ALPHa MEASurement REFerence FORMat IMMediate LENGth MDEPth AUTO NLINearity COEFficient HDIVision LSRegion SET UNIT OFFSet PRESet SRATe WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Parameter lt numeric_value gt lt frequency gt lt bool ean gt NRZ MANChester MILLer lt numeric_value gt lt bool ean gt lt numeric_value gt OFF RRCosine OFF RCOSine GAUSsian BPSK QPSK PS8P Q16P Q32P Q64P Q128P Q256P GMSK GFSK DQPSk OQPSk ASK FSK lt numeric_value gt lt numeri
298. ets or queries the horizontal or time scale per division in the time domain display DISPlay PULSe WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision lt time gt DISPlay PULSe WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision lt time gt lt NRf gt specifies the horizontal scale Range 0 to 3200 s div For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 TIMPULSE DISPlay PULSe WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision 10us sets the horizontal scale to 10 us div WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 157 DISPlay Commands DISPlay PULSe WAVeform Y SCALe FIT No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Runs the auto scale on the time domain display The auto scale automatically sets the start value and scale of the vertical axis to fit the waveform to the screen DISPlay PULSe WAVeform Y SCALe FIT None TIMPULSE DISPlay PULSe WAVeform Y SCALe FIT runs the auto scale DISPlay PULSe WAVeform Y SCALe FULL No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 158 Sets the vertical axis in the time domain display to the default full scale value DISPlay PULSe WAVeform Y SCALe FULL None TIMPULSE DISPlay PULSe WAVeform Y SCALe FULL sets the vertical axis in the time domain display to the default full scale value WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay PULSe WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examp
299. ets the vertical axis in the subview to the default full scale value DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the minimum vertical value bottom in the subview This command is valid when DISPlay RFID DDEMod S VIlew FORMat is set to SPECtrum PVTime FVTime ZSPectrum or RFENvelope DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe OFFSet lt value gt DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe OFFSet lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum vertical value in the subview The valid range depends on the display format Refer to Table D 2 in Appendix D DEMRFID DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew Y SCALe 0FFSet 100 sets the minimum vertical value to 100 dBm when the subview displays the spectrum DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew FORMat DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe PDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the vertical scale per division in the subview This command is valid when DISPlay RFID DDEMod S VIlew FORMat is set to SPECtrum PVTime FVTime ZSPectrum or RFENvelope DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlIew Y SCALe PDIVision lt value gt DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlIew Y SCALe PDIVision lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the vertical scale per division The valid range
300. etween display points Sets the linear signal region Selects the unit to set the liner signal region Sets the measurement start position Sets the default settings by the communication standard Sets the symbol rate EBW measurement related SENSe EBWidth XDB Sets the relative power from the peak for the measurement SENSe FEED subgroup Input port related SENSe FEED Selects the input port RF IQ or calibration signal WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 33 Command Groups Table 2 24 SENSe commands Cont Header SENSe FREQuency subgroup SENSe FREQuency BAND SENSe FREQuency CENTer SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP AUTO SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP INCRement SENSe FREQuency CHANnel Description Frequency related Queries the measurement frequency band Sets the center frequency Determines whether to set the step size automatically by span Sets the step size of the center frequency Selects a channel SENSe FREQuency CTABle CATalog Queries the available channel tables SENSe FREQuency CTABle SELect Selects a channel table SENSe FREQuency SPAN Sets the span SENSe FREQuency STARt Sets the start frequency SENSe FREQuency STOP Sets the stop frequency SENSe OBWidth subgroup OBW measurement related SENSe OBWidth PERCent SENSe PULSe subgroup SENSe PULSe BLOCk SENSe PULSe CHPo
301. everal commands and queries The single chained message should end in a command or query not a semicolon Responses to any queries in your message are separated by semicolons CALC MARK X 100 SENS AVER STAT ON DISP WAV Y PDIV READ SPEC CFR Ky A AN AX First command Second command First query Second query The response from this chained message 100 1 2E 9 might be Response from first query Response from second query Figure 2 3 Example of chaining commands and queries If a command or query has the same root and lower level nodes as the previous command or query you can omit these nodes In Figure 2 4 the second command has the same root node TRIG SEQuence as the first command so these nodes can be omitted TRIG SEQ MODE NORM TRIG SEQ SLOP NEG TRIG SEQ POS 50 N JIK JIN J ii if J Identical root and lower level nodes TRIG SEQ MODE NORM SLOP NEG POS 50 X Y AS y J First command Additional commands omitted the root nodes Figure 2 4 Example of omitting root and lower level nodes in a chained message WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 7 Command Syntax Unit and SI Prefix If the decimal numeric argument refers to amplitude frequency or time you can express it using SI units instead of using the scaled explicit point input value format lt NR3 gt SI units are units that conform to the Systeme International d Unites standard For example you can use the
302. file MMEMory STORe STATe Stores the analyzer settings in a file MMEMory STORe TRACe Stores trace data in a file WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 29 Command Groups PROGram Commands Control macro programs Table 2 22 PROGram commands Header Description PROGram CATalog Queries the list of macro programs PROGram SELected DELete SELected Deletes a macro program PROGram SELected EXECute Runs a macro program PROGram SELected NAME PROGram NUMBer PROGram STRing READ Commands Table 2 23 READ commands Header READ ADEMod AM READ ADEMod AM RESult READ ADEMod FM READ ADEMod FM RESult READ ADEMod PM READ ADEMod PSPectrum READ CCDF READ DDEMod READ DISTribution CCDF READ OVlew READ PULSe READ PULSe SPECtrum READ PULSe TAMPlitude READ PULSe TFRequency 2 30 Specifies a macro program Sets numeric variables for a program Sets character variables for a program The READ commands acquire an input signal once in the single mode and obtain the measurement results from that data If you want to fetch the measurement results from the data currently residing in the memory without acquiring the input signal use the FETCh commands Description Returns the AM signal analysis results in time series Returns the AM signal analysis results Returns the FM signal analysis results in time series Returns the FM signal analysi
303. for each pixel WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe SPECtrum FiLTer COEFficient Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the roll off rate of the RBW filter when you have selected either NY Quist Nyquist filter or RNY Quist Root Nyquist filter in the SENSe SPECtrum FILTer TYPE command SENSe SPECtrum FILTer COEFficient lt ratio gt SENSe SPECtrum FILTer COEFficient lt ratio gt lt NRf gt specifies the roll off rate Range 0 to 1 All S A modes except SARTIME and SAZRTIME SENSe SPECtrum FILTer COEFficient 0 5 sets the RBW filter roll off rate to 0 5 SENSe SPECtrum FILTer TYPE SENSe SPECtrum FILTer TYPE Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Selects or queries the RBW filter SENSe SPECtrum FILTer TYPE RECTangle GAUSsian NYQuist RNYQuist SENSe SPECtrum FILTer TYPE RECTangle selects the rectangular filter GAUSsian selects the Gaussian filter NYQuist selects the Nyquist filter default RNYQuist selects the Root Nyquist filter All S A modes except SARTIME and SAZRTIME SENSe SPECtrum FILTer TYPE NYQuist selects the Nyquist filter for RBW WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 479 SENSe Commands SENSe SPECtrum FFT ERESolution Determines whether to enable the extended resolution that eliminates the limit on the number of FFT poi
304. front panel Syntax INPut MLEVel lt amp1 gt INPut MLEVel Arguments lt amp1 gt lt NR1 gt specifies the reference level The valid settings depend on the measurement frequency band as shown in Table 2 42 Table 2 42 Reference level range Measurement frequency band Setting Baseband 30 to 20 dBm in 2 dB steps RF WCA230A RF1 WCA280A 51 to 30 dBm in 1 dB steps RF2 RF3 WCA280A 50 to 30 dBm in 1 dB steps IQ Option 03 only 10 to 20 dBm in 10 dB steps Measurement Modes All Examples INPut MLEVel 10 sets the reference level to 10 dBm 2 308 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual OO A OES INSTrument Commands The INSTrument commands set the measurement mode Before you can start a measurement you must set the mode appropriate for the measurement using these commands Command Tree Header Parameter INSTrument CATalog SELect lt mode_name gt WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 309 INSTrument Commands INSTrument CATalog Query Only 2 310 Syntax Arguments Returns Queries all the measurement modes incorporated in the analyzer INSTrument CATalog None lt string gt contains the measurement mode names available in the analyzer returned as comma separated character strings The following table lists the mode names and their meanings Table 2 43 Measurement mode Mnemonic Meaning S A mode SANORMAL No
305. gnal source analysis This command group is valid in the following 2 216 Command Tree measurements m Spurious m Real time spurious NOTE To use a command from this group you must have selected TIMSSOUR CE signal source analysis in the INSTrument SELect command The DISPLay SSOurce SPECtrum commands are valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to SPURious spurious or RTSPurious real time spurious Header DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum 2X SCALe OFFSet PDIVision a SCALe FIT FULL OFFSet PDIVision Parameter lt frequency gt lt frequency gt lt amp1itude gt lt amp1itude gt WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum X SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum horizontal or frequency value left edge in the spectrum view DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum X SCALe OFFSet lt freq gt DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum X SCALe OFFSet lt freq gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum horizontal value in the spectrum view For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum X SCALe OFFSet 100MHz sets the minimum horizontal value to 100 MHz DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum X SCALe PDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the horizontal or frequency scale per division
306. gt STATe Places the marker at the maximum point on the trace Selects the marker mode position or delta Moves the marker to the next higher peak Moves the marker to the peak on the left Moves the marker to the next lower peak Moves the marker to the peak on the right Sets the minimum jump of the marker on the horizontal axis Displays the reference cursor at the marker position Turn off the reference cursor Sets the center frequency to the value at the marker position Sets the measurement position with the marker Determines whether to show the marker Positions the marker on the time axis Replaces the delta marker with the main marker Selects the trace to place the marker Positions the marker on the horizontal axis Positions the marker on the vertical axis Sets the horizontal position of the vertical line Determines whether to show the vertical line WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 17 Command Groups CALibration Commands Calibrate the analyzer Table 2 12 CALibration commands Header Description CALibration ALL Runs all the calibration routines CALibration AUTO Determines whether to run the RF gain calibration automatically CALibration DATA DEFault Restores the calibrated data to the factory defaults CALibration OFFSet BASebanddc CALibration OFFSet CENTer CALibration OF FSet QINput Option 03 only CALibration RF CONFigure Co
307. gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Ripple n gt is the ripple value for each pulse number 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 1000 PERiod lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Period 1 gt lt Period 2 gt lt Period n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Period n gt is the pulse repetition interval value for each pulse number 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 1000 DCYCle lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Dcycle 1 gt lt Dcycle 2 gt lt Dcycle n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Dcycle n gt is the duty value for each pulse number 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 1000 PHASe lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Phase 1 gt lt Phase 2 gt lt Phase n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Phase n gt is the pulse pulse phase value for each pulse number 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 1000 CHPower lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Chp 1 gt lt Chp 2 gt lt Chp n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of dig
308. gt is the random jitter in seconds lt Max_Pj gt lt NRf gt is the maximum periodic jitter in seconds lt Jstime gt lt NRf gt is the jitter settling time in seconds lt Jsstart gt lt NRf gt is the jitter settling time start in seconds lt Jsstop gt lt NRf gt is the jitter settling time stop in seconds lt PNstime gt lt NRf gt is the phase noise settling time in seconds lt PNsstart gt lt NRf gt is the phase noise settling time start in seconds lt PNsstop gt lt NRf gt is the phase noise settling time stop in seconds RTSPurious lt Cfreq gt lt Cpower gt lt Snum gt lt Dfreq gt lt Rdbc gt Where lt Cfreq gt lt NRf gt is the carrier frequency in Hz lt Cpower gt lt NRf gt is the channel power in dBm lt Snum gt lt NR1 gt is the number of detected spurious signals max 20 lt Dfreq gt lt NRf gt is the detuned frequency of spurious relative to carrier in Hz lt Rdbc gt lt NRf gt is the spurious signal level relative to carrier in dBc FVTime lt Fstime gt lt Fsstart gt lt Fsstop gt lt IFstime gt lt Ifsstart gt lt Tfsstop gt Where lt Fstime gt lt NRf gt is the frequency settling time lt Fsstart gt lt NRf gt is the frequency settling time start lt Fsstop gt lt NRf gt is the frequency settling time stop lt TFstime gt lt NRf gt is the frequency settling time from trigger lt TFsstart gt lt NRf gt is the
309. gt specifies the minimum horizontal value of the spectrogram For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 All Demod modes All Time modes DISPlay 0VIew SGRam X SCALe OFFSet 100MHz sets the minimum horizontal value to 100 MHz DISPlay OVlew SGRam X SCALe SPAN Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the span of the horizontal or frequency axis when the overview displays a spectrogram DISPlay 0VIlew SGRam X SCALe SPAN lt freq gt DISPlay 0VIew SGRam X SCALe SPAN lt freq gt lt NRf gt specifies the horizontal span For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 All Demod modes All Time modes DISPlay 0VIew SGRam X SCALe SPAN 100kHz sets the span to 100 kHz WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 133 DISPlay Commands DISPlay OVlew SGRam Y SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum vertical or frame number value bottom end when the overview displays a spectrogram DISPlay O0VIew SGRam Y SCALe OFFSet lt value gt DISPlay 0VIew SGRam Y SCALe OFFSet lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the minimum vertical value of the spectrogram Range Frame 63999 to 0 All Demod modes All Time modes DISPlay O0VIew SGRam Y SCALe OFFSet 100 sets the minimum vertical value to frame 100 DISPlay OVlew SGRam Y SCALe PLINe Syn
310. h ADEMod FM Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Data n gt is the frequency shift data in Hz for the point n 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames Measurement Modes DEMADEM Examples FETCh ADEMod FM might return 41024xxxx 1024 byte data for the results of the FM signal analysis Related Commands INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 249 FETCh Commands FETCh ADEMod FM RESult Query Only Returns the measurement results of the FM signal analysis Syntax FETCh ADEMod FM RESul t Arguments None Returns lt Pk_Freq_Dev gt lt Pk_Freq_Dev gt lt P2P_Freq Dev gt lt P2P_ Freq Dev 2 gt lt RMS_Freq_ Dev gt Where lt Pk Freq Dev gt lt NRf gt is the positive peak frequency deviation in Hz lt Pk_ Freq Dev gt lt NRf gt is the negative peak frequency deviation in Hz lt P2P_ Freq Dev gt lt NRf gt is the peak to peak frequency deviation in Hz lt P2P_Freq_Dev 2 gt lt NRf gt is peak to peak frequency deviation 2 in Hz lt RMS_Freq Dev gt lt NRf gt is the RMS frequency deviation in Hz Examples FETCh ADEMod FM RESu1t might return 1 13e 4 1 55e 4 2 48e 4 1 24
311. hat the trigger was output before the block data acquisition If you send TRIGger SEQuence OPOSition MINimum MAXimum when the measurement is not performed Execution error 200 is returned Measurement Modes SARTIME SAZRTIME all Demod modes all Time modes Examples TRIGger SEQuence 0POSition 15 might return 134 indicating that the trigger output occurs at the 134th data point in the block 15 Related Commands SENSe BSIZe WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 551 TRIGger Commands TRIGger SEQuence POSition Sets or queries a trigger position Syntax TRIGger SEQuence POSition lt value gt TRIGger SEQuence POSition Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the trigger position Range 0 to 100 The trigger position is represented in percentage within a block For example 50 specifies that the trigger will occur at the middle frame in a block Measurement Modes SARTIME SAZRTIME all Demod modes all Time modes Examples TRIGger SEQuence POSition 10pct sets the trigger position to 10 2 552 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual TRIGger Commands TRIGger SEQuence SAVE COUNt STATe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Selects whether or not to set a limit on the number of times that data is saved TRIGger SEQuence SAVE COUNt STATe OFF ON 0 1 TRIGger SEQuence SAVE COUNt STATe OFF or 0
312. he QEVR is not used in the WCA230A WCA280A analyzer WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Status and Events Enable Registers Event Status Enable Register ESER There are four enable register types m Event Status Enable Register ESER m Service Request Enable Register SRER m Operation Enable Register OENR m Questionable Enable Register QENR Each bit in these enable registers corresponds to a bit in the controlling status register By setting and resetting the bits in the enable register the user can determine whether or not events that occur will be registered to the status register and queue The ESER is made up of bits defined exactly the same as bits 0 through 7 in the SESR see Figure 3 5 This register is used by the user to designate whether the SBR ESB bit should be set when an event has occurred and whether the corresponding SESR bit has been set To set the SBR ESB bit when the SESR bit has been set set the ESER bit corresponding to that event To prevent the ESB bit from being set reset the ESER bit corresponding to that event Use the ESE command to set the bits of the ESER Use the ESE query to read the contents of the ESER 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PON CME EXE DDE QYE OPC Figure 3 5 The Event Status Enable Register ESER WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 3 9 Status and Events Service Request Enable Register SRER Operatio
313. he constellation in the subview Related Commands SENSe RFID MEASurement 2 170 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew GUIDeline STATe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Determines whether to display the guideline in the subview during the RFID analysis This command is valid when SENse RFID MEASurement is set to RFENvelope CONSte EYE or STABle DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew GUIDeline STATe ON OFF 1 0 DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew GUIDeline STATe ON or 1 shows the guideline in the subview OFF or 0 hides the guideline in the subview DEMRFID DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew GUIDeline STATe ON shows the guideline in the subview SENse RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 171 DISPlay Commands DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew X SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the minimum horizontal value left edge in the subview This command is valid when DISPlay RFID DDEMod S VIlew FORMat is set to SPECtrum PVTime FVTime ZSPectrum or RFENvelope DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew X SCALe OFFSet lt value gt DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew X SCALe OFFSet lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum horizontal value in the subview For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 DEMRFID DISP
314. he noisogram Range Frame 40960 to 0 TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam Y SCALe OFFSet 100 sets the minimum vertical value to frame 100 DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam Y SCALe PLINe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the vertical scale the number of frames per line in the noiso gram Frames are thinned out from all the acquired framed data at intervals of the number of frames specified in this command before the noisogram is displayed For example if you set the argument to 5 the data will be displayed every 5 frames DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam Y SCALe PLINe lt value gt DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam Y SCALe PLINe lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the vertical scale in the noisogram Range 1 to 1024 frames per line TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency NGRam Y SCALe PLINe 5 displays the data in the noisogram every 5 frames WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 223 DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform Subgroup The DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform commands control the time domain display in the signal source analysis This command group is valid in the frequency versus time measurement only NOTE To use a command from this group you must have selected TIMSSOUR CE signal source analysis in the INSTrument SELect command The DISPLay SSOurce WAVeform commands are valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASureme
315. he setting command is valid in the spectrogram view displayed in the Real Time S A real time spectrum analysis mode and in the overview of the Demod modulation analysis and the Time time analysis modes If the command is executed in other views the error message Execution Error 200 is returned The query is available in all views For the constellation view the returned value means a phase CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt Y lt param gt CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt Y lt param gt lt NRf gt specifies the vertical marker position The parameter value is different between the marker modes as follows m For the position marker mode Sets the absolute position of the specified marker m For the delta marker mode Sets the relative position of the specified marker from the reference cursor The marker mode is selected with the CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt MODE command refer to page 2 57 For the setting range refer to Table D 1 in Appendix D SARTIME all Demod modes and all Time modes for setting All modes for query CALCulatel MARKer1 Y 20 places the first marker at frame 20 in View 1 spectrogram CALCulate2 MARKer1 Y might return 34 28 indicating the first marker readout is 34 28 dBm in View 2 spectrum CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt MODE WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual CALCulate Commands CALCulate lt x gt VLINe lt y gt Syntax
316. he vertical scale of the spectrogram Sets the minimum horizontal value left edge in the time domain display DISPlay OVlew WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision Sets the horizontal scale in the time domain display DISPlay OVlew WAVeform Y SCALe FIT Runs auto scale on the time domain display DISPlay OVlew WAVeform Y SCALe FULL Sets the time domain display s vertical axis to the default full scale 2 20 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2 14 DISPlay commands Cont Header DISPlay OVlew WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet DISPlay OVlew WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision DISPlay OVlew ZOOM COLor SCALe 0FFSet DISPlay OVlew ZOOM COLor SCALe RANGe DISPlay OVlew ZOOM X SCALe OFFSet DISPlay OVlew ZOOM X SCALe SPAN Description Sets the minimum vertical value in the time domain display Sets the vertical scale in the time domain display Sets the minimum color axis value of the spectrogram with zoom Sets the color axis full scale of the spectrogram with zoom Sets the minimum horizontal value of the spectrogram with zoom Sets the horizontal full scale of the spectrogram with zoom DISPlay OVlew ZOOM Y SCALe OFFSet Sets the minimum vertical value of the spectrogram with zoom DISPlay OVlew ZOOM Y SCALe PLINe Sets the vertical scale of the spectrogram with zoom DISPlay PULSe MVlew SVlew subgroup The main view and subview rel
317. iate No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Runs the analog demodulation calculation for the acquired data To select the analog demodulation method use the SENSe ADEMod MODulation command To acquire data use the INITiate command SENSe ADEMod IMMediate None DEMADEM SENSe ADEMod IMMediate runs the analog demodulation calculation INITiate SENSe ADEMod MODulation SENSe ADEMod LENGth Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the range for the analog modulation analysis see Figure 2 17 SENSe ADEMod LENGth lt value gt SENSe ADEMod LENGth lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the analysis range by the number of data points Range 1 to 1024 x Block size Block size lt 500 To set the block size use the SENSe BSIZe command DEMADEM SENSe ADEMod LENGth 1000 sets the analysis range to 1000 points SENSe BSIZe WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 377 SENSe Commands SENSe ADEMod MODulation Selects or queries the measurement item of the analog modulation analysis Syntax SENSe ADEMod MODulation AM FM PM IQVT OFF SENSe ADEMod MODul ation Arguments The arguments and measurement items are listed below Table 2 47 Measurement item selections Argument Measurement item AM AM signal analysis FM FM signal analysis PM PM
318. ibTimeOut NORMAL_TIME GpibWrite CHPower BANDwidth INTegration 300kHz GpibWrite SPECtrum AVERage ON GpibWrite SPECtrum AVERage COUNt 100 Perform the measurement GpibTimeOut LONG TIME GpibWrite INITiate CONTinuous OFF OPC WaitOPC Wait for the OPC bit set GpibWrite INITiate OPC WaitOPC GpibTimeOut NORMAL_TIME Get measurement results and save them to the file chpower GpibWrite FETCh SPECtrum CHPower GpibReadFile chpower WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Programming Examples FM signal measurement void measFM void Set up the analyzer GpibTimeOut LONG TIME GpibWrite INSTrument DEMADEM GpibWrite RST Reset the analyzer GpibTimeOut NORMAL TIME GpibWrite CONFigure ADEMod FM GpibWrite FREQuency CENTer 1GHz GpibWrite FREQuency SPAN 1MHz GpibWrite BSIZe 100 GpibTimeOut LONG TIME GpibWrite CAL GpibRead readBuf MAX BUF printf CAL result s n readBuf GpibTimeOut NORMAL TIME GpibWrite ADEMod LENGth 102400 GpibWrite ADEMod FM THReshold 100 GpibWrite CLS Clear the status register GpibWrite SRE 16 Set the MAV bit of SRER Perform the measurement GpibTimeOut LONG TIME GpibWrite READ ADEMod FM WaitMAV Wait for the MAV bit set GpibTimeOut NORMAL_TIME Get measurement results and save them to the file fm GpibReadFile fm WCA230A
319. ical or amplitude scale FETCh Commands Table 2 15 FETCh commands The FETCh commands retrieve the measurements from the data taken by the latest INITiate command If you want to perform a FETCh operation on fresh data use the READ commands which acquire a new input signal and fetch the measurement results from that data Header Description FETCh ADEMod AM Returns the AM signal analysis results in time series FETCh ADEMod AM RESult Returns the AM signal analysis results FETCh ADEMod FM Returns the FM signal analysis results in time series FETCh ADEMod FM RESult Returns the FM signal analysis results FETCh ADEMod PM Returns the PM signal analysis results in time series FETCh ADEMod PSPectrum Returns the spectrum data of the pulse spectrum measurement FETCh CCDF Returns the CCDF measurement results FETCh DDEMod Returns the digital modulation analysis measurement results FETCh D STribution CCDF Returns the CCDF trace data FETCh OVlew Returns the maximum and minimum of waveform on the overview FETCh PULSe Returns the result of the pulse characteristics analysis FETCh PULSe SPECtrum Returns the spectrum data of the frequency domain measurement FETCh PULSe TAMPIitude FETCh PULSe TFRequency FETCh RFID FETCh RFID ACPower FETCh RFID SPURious FETCh RFID SPECtrum ACPower FETCh RFID SPECtrum SPURious 2 26 Returns the time domain amplitude data Re
320. ifies that half a symbol of Q data is shifted to the left side DISPLay DDEMod MVIew HSSHift SENSe DDEMod FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod SVlew RADix Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the base of symbols in the subview during the digital modulation analysis This command is valid when DISPlay DDEMod S VIlew FORMat is set to STABle symbol table DISPlay DDEMod SVIew RADix BINary OCTal HEXadecimal DISP1lay DDEMod SVIew RADix BINary selects binary notation OCTal selects octal notation HEXadecimal selects hexadecimal notation DEMDDEM DISPlay DDEMod MVIew RADix BINary selects binary notation for the symbol table DISPlay DDEMod SVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 121 DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod SVlew X SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 122 Sets or queries the minimum horizontal value left edge in the subview during the digital modulation analysis This command is not available when DISPlay DDEMod S Vlew FORMat is set to CONSTe VECTor IEYE QEYE TEYE or STABle DISPlay DDEMod SVIew X SCALe OFFSet lt value gt DISPlay DDEMod SVIew X SCALe OFFSet lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum horizontal value in the subview The valid range depends on the displ
321. ime FETCh TRANsient FVTime FETCh TRANsient I QVTime FETCh TRANsient PVTime FORMat Commands Returns the spectrum data Returns the frequency versus time measurement results Returns the frequency vs time measurement results Returns the I Q level vs time measurement results Returns the power vs time measurement results Define the data output format Table 2 16 FORMat commands Header FORMat BORDer Description Selects the byte order of output data FORMat DATA WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Selects the data format for output 2 27 Command Groups HCOPy Commands Control hardcopy of the screen Table 2 17 HCOPy commands Header Description HCOPy BACKground Selects the hardcopy background color HCOPy DESTination Selects the hardcopy output destination HCOPy IMMediate Outputs the hardcopy to the specified printer INITiate Commands Control data acquisition Table 2 18 INITiate commands Header Description INITiate CONTinuous Determines whether to acquire data continuously INITiate IMMediate Starts data acquisition INITiate RES Tart Restarts data acquisition INPut Commands Control the characteristics of the signal input Table 2 19 INPut commands Header Description INPut ALEVel Adjusts amplitude automatically for the best system performance INPut AT Tenuation Sets the input attenuation INPut
322. imum frequency in the phase noise measurement range as the offset from carrier frequency 10 Hz default 100 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz or 10 MHz TIMSSOURCE SENSe SSOurce PNOise OFFSet MINimum 10kHz sets the minimum frequency offset to 10 kHz SENSe SSOurce MEASurement SENSe SSOurce PNOise OFFSet MAXimum WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe SSOurce SPURious GNore Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the ignore region for the spurious measurement in the signal source analysis This command has the same function as SENSe SPURious THReshold IGNore on page 2 490 This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to SPURious or RTSPurious SENSe SSOurce SPURious IGNore lt value gt SENSe SSOurce SPURious I1GNore lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the ignore region Range 0 to Span 2 Hz TIMSSOURCE SENSe SSOurce SPURious IGNore 1MHz sets the ignore region to 1 MHz SENSe SSOurce MEASurement SENSe SPURious THReshold 1GNore WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 513 SENSe Commands SENSe SSOurce SPURious SFiLter STATe Determines whether to enable the symmetrical filter in the spurious measurement of the signal source analysis This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to SPURious or RTSPurious Syntax SENSe SSOurce SPURio
323. in display to the default full scale value WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum value of the vertical axis bottom end in the time domain display DISPlay WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt DISPlay WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum value of the vertical axis The valid range depends on the display format Refer to Table D 1 in Appendix D DEMADEM TIMTRAN DISPlay WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet 100 sets the minimum vertical value to 100 dBm DISPlay WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets the vertical axis scale per division in the time domain display DISPlay WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision lt amp1 gt DISPlay WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt specifies the vertical scale The valid range depends on the display format Refer to Table D 1 in Appendix D DEMADEM TIMTRAN DISPlay WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision 10 sets the vertical scale to 10 dB div WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 243 DISPlay Commands 2 244 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual ee Ae FETCh Commands The FETCh commands retrieve the measurements from the data taken by the latest INITiate command If you want to perform a FETCh operation on fresh data use
324. in the spectrogram DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe FREQuency OFFSet lt value gt DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe FREQuency 0FFSet lt value gt lt NRf gt sets the offset of the frequency multi display lines Range Center frequency Span 2 Hz The default value is the center frequency the frequency multi display lines are placed from the center frequency at regular intervals SARTIME DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe FREQuency OFFSet 2GHz sets the offset to 2 GHz DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe FREQuency STATe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 232 Determines whether to show the frequency multi display lines in thr spectro gram DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe FREQuency STATe OFF ON oy 23 DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe FREQuency STATe OFF or 0 hides the frequency multi display lines ON or 1 shows the frequency multi display lines SARTIME DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe FREQuency STATe ON shows the frequency multi display lines WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe TIME INTerval Sets or queries the interval of the time multi display lines in the spectrogram Syntax DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe TIME INTerval lt value gt DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe TIME INTerval Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt sets the interval of the time multi display lines Range 0 second minimum
325. ine if the signal is the carrier Range 100 to 30 dBm DEMRFID SENSe RFID SPURious THReshold SIGNal 30 sets the carrier threshold level to 30 dBm SENSe RFID MEASurement SENSe RFID SPURious THReshold SPURious Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the threshold level to determine if the signal is spurious for the spurious measurement in the RFID analysis This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to SPURious SENSe RFID SPURious THReshold SPURious lt value gt SENSe RFID SPURious THReshold SPURious lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the threshold level to determine if the signal is the spurious relative to the carrier peak Range 90 to 30 dBc DEMRFID SENSe RFID SPURious THReshold SPURious 70 sets the threshold level to 70 dBc SENSe RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 467 SENSe Commands SENSe RFID ZOOM FREQuency CENTer Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the center frequency of a zoomed area This command is valid when DISPlay RFID OVlIew FORMat is set to ZOOM SENSe RFID ZOOM FREQuency CENTer lt value gt SENSe RFID ZOOM FREQuency CENTer lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the center frequency of a zoomed area The setting value must be within the measurement frequency range DEM
326. ine if the signal is the carrier in the spurious signal measurement see Figure 2 24 SENSe SPURious THReshold SIGNal lt level gt SENSe SPURious THReshold SIGNal lt level gt lt NR1 gt specifies the signal criterion level If the signal exceeds the level it is decided to be the carrier Range 100 to 30 dBm SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SENSe SPURious THReshold SIGNal 30 sets the carrier criterion level to 30 dBm WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe SPURious THReshold SPURious Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the threshold level to determine if the signal is spurious in the spurious signal measurement see Figure 2 24 SENSe SPURious THReshold SPURious lt level gt SENSe SPURious THReshold SPURious lt level gt lt NR1 gt specifies the spurious criterion level relative to the carrier peak If the signal exceeds the level and meets the other threshold requirements that you set it is decided to be spurious Range 90 to 30 dB SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SENSe SPURious THReshold SPURious 50 sets the spurious criterion level to 50 dB relative to the carrier peak WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 491 SENSe Commands SENSe SSOurce Subgroup The SENSe SSOurce commands set up the conditions related to the signal source analysis NOTE To use a command from th
327. ing program syntax error program runtime error WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Error Messages and Codes Device Specific Errors These error codes are returned when an internal instrument error is detected This type of error may indicate a hardware problem Table 3 6 Device specific errors Error code Error message 300 device specific error 310 system error 311 memory error 312 PUD memory lost 313 calibration memory lost 314 save recall memory lost 315 configuration memory lost 330 self test failed 350 queue overflow Query Errors These error codes are returned in response to an unanswered query Table 3 7 Query errors Error code Error message 400 query error 410 query interrupted 420 query unterminated 430 query deadlocked 440 query unterminated after indefinite period 3 22 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Programming Examples m Programming Examples This section shows an application program sample that controls the analyzer through the GPIB and a macro program execution sample that uses PROGram commands m Application program sample m Macro program execution sample WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 4 1 Programming Examples Application Program Sample 4 2 This section shows an application program sample that performs two measure ments Channel power measurement measCHPOWER subroutine In the S A spectr
328. int in each pulse CHPower OBWidth EBWidth Channel power of the pulse on time spectrum OBW of the pulse on time spectrum EBW of the pulse on time spectrum FREQuency Measurement Modes TIMPULSE Frequency deviation of the pulse on time Examples DISPlay PULSe SVIew FORMat WIDTh displays the pulse width measurement result and waveform in the subview 2 148 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay PULSe SVlew GUIDelines Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Determines whether to show the guidelines in the subview DISPlay PULSe SVIew GUIDelines 0 1 OFF ON DISPlay PULSe SVIew GUIDel ines OFF or 0 hides the guidelines in the subview ON or 1 shows the guidelines in the subview default TIMPULSE DISPlay PULSe SVIew GUIDelines ON shows the guidelines in the subview DISPlay PULSe SVlew RANGe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Selects or queries how to set the horizontal scale in the subview DISPlay PULSe SVIew RANGe ADAPtive MAXimum DISPlay PULSe SVI ew RANGe ADAPtive adjusts the horizontal scale for each pulse to fit the pulse width to the subview default MAXimum adjusts the horizontal scale to fit the maximum pulse width in the analysis range to the subview TIMPULSE DISPlay PULSe SVIew RANGe ADAPtive adjusts the horizontal scale for each pulse to fit the pulse width to the subview WCA2
329. ion at the bottom of Figure 3 1 This block contains two registers Standard Event Status Register SESR Consists of eight bits When an error or another event occurs in the analyzer the corresponding bit of this register is set The user cannot write any data in this register Event Status Enable Register ESER Consists of eight bits and masks the SESR The mask is user definable By obtaining the logical product with SESR this register can determine whether to set the Event Status Bit ESB of the Status Byte Register SBR Processing Flow When an event occurs the SESR bit corresponding to the event is set resulting in the event being stacked in the Error Event Queue The SBR OAV bit is also set If the bit corresponding to the event has also been set in the ESER the SBR ESB bit is also set When a message is sent to the Output Queue the SBR MAV bit is set WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 3 3 Status and Events Operation Status Block Questionable Status Block 3 4 Reports the active state of the function See the Operation Status Block section at the middle of Figure 3 1 This block contains four registers Operation Condition Register OCR When the analyzer enters a certain state the corresponding bit is set The user cannot write any data in this register Operation Transition Register OTR There are two OTR types Operation Positive Transition Register OPTR Filters when the
330. is group you must have selected TIMS SOURCE signal source analysis in the INSTrument SELect command 2 492 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands Command Tree Header Parameter SENSe SSOurce BLOCk lt numeric_value gt CARRier BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration lt numeric_value gt THReshold lt numeric_value gt TRACking STATe lt boolean gt CNRatio 2 FFT LENGth lt numeric_value gt OFFSet lt numeric_value gt SBANd UPPer LOWer THReshold lt numeric_value gt FVTime SMOothing lt numeric_value gt THReshold lt numeric_value gt IMMediate LENGth lt numeric_value gt MEASurement OFF PNOise SPURious RTPNoise RTSPurious FVTime OFFSet lt numeric_value gt PNOIse MPJitter THReshold lt numeric_value gt RJITter OFFSet gt STARt lt numeric_value gt STOP lt numeric_value gt THReshold lt numeric_value gt sOFFSet lt numeric_value gt MAXimum lt numeric_value gt MINimum lt numeric_value gt SPURious IGNore lt numeric_value gt SFILter STATe lt boolean gt THReshold EXCursion lt numeric_value gt SPURi ous lt numeric_value gt WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 493 SENSe Commands SENSe SSOurce BLOCk Sets or queries the number of the block to measure in the signal source analysis This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to RTPNoise RTSPurious or FVTime
331. ision 0 DISPlay TFRequency subgroup DISPlay TFRequency SGRam COLor SCALe OFFSet 100 dBm DISPlay TFRequency SGRam COLor SCALe RANGe 100 dB DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe ANNotation S TATe ON DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe FREQuency INTerval 0 Hz DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe FREQuency OFFSet Center frequency DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe FREQuency STATe OFF DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe TIME INTerval Os DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe TIME OFFSet 10 ms DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe TIME STATe OFF WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Appendix C Factory Initialization Settings Table C 4 Factory initialization settiings DISPlay commands Cont Header Default value DISPlay TFRequency SGRam X SCALe OFFSet 1 4925 GHz DISPlay TFRequency SGRam X SCALe SPAN 15 MHz DISPlay TFRequency SGRam Y SCALe OFFSet 0 DISPlay TFRequency SGRam Y SCALe PLINe 1 DISPlay VIEW subgroup DISPlay VIEW BRIGhiness 100 DISPlay VIEW FORMat VIS SANORMAL MULTitude Other than above DISPlay WAVeform subgroup DISPlay WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet 160 ms DISPlay WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision 16 ms div DISPlay WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet DISPlay WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision Table C 5 Factory initialization settiings FORMat commands 0 Header Default value FORMat BORDer NORMal FORMat DATA REAL 32 Table C 6 Factory initialization settiings INITiate comman
332. isplayed For example if you set the argument to 5 the data will be displayed every 5 frames DISPlay 0VIew Z00M Y SCALe PLINe lt value gt DISPlay 0VIew ZOOM Y SCALe PLINe lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the vertical scale for the spectrogram with zoom function Range 1 to 1024 frames per line SAZRTIME DEMRFID DISPlay OVIew ZOOM Y SCALe PLINe 5 displays the data in the spectrogram every 5 frames WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay PULSe MVlew SVlew Subgroup The DISPlay PULSe MVlew SVIew commands control display of the main view pulse result table and subview in the pulse charactristics analysis NOTE To use a command from this group you must have selected TIMPULSE pulse characteristics analysis in the INSTrument SELect command Command Tree Header DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult CHPower DCYCle EBWidth FREQuency OBWidth 00Ratio PERiod PHASe PPOWer RIPPle WIDTh SVIew FORMat GUIDelines RANGe RESult SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Parameter lt boolean gt lt boolean gt lt boolean gt lt boolean gt lt boolean gt lt boolean gt lt boolean gt lt boolean gt lt boolean gt lt boolean gt lt boolean gt WIDTh PPOWer OORatio RIPPle PERIiod DCYCle PHASe CHPower OBWidth EBWidth FREQuency lt boolean gt ADAPtive MAXimum SINGle ALL lt numeric_valu
333. istics analysis This command is valid when SENSe PULSe FREQuency RECovery is set to USER This query command is valid when SENSe PULSe FREQuency RE Covery is set to FIRSt or USER SENSe PULSe FREQuency OFFSet lt value gt SENSe PULSe FREQuency OFFSet lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the frequency offset Range 10 to 10 MHz TIMPULSE SENSe PULSe FREQuency OFFSet 5MHz sets the frequency offset to 5 MHz SENSe PULSe FREQuency RECovery WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 439 SENSe Commands SENSe PULSe FREQuency RECovery Selects or queries the frequency recovery for the pulse pulse phase and the frequency deviation measurements in the pulse characteristics analysis Syntax SENSe PULSe FREQuency RECovery FIRSt USER OFF SENSe PULSe FREQuency RECovery Arguments FIRSt specifies that frequency correction is performed for all pulses based on the frequency error value calculated from the first pulse included in the analysis range The calculated frequency error is shown in the Frequency Offset side key USER specifies that all pulses are corrected by the value set up by the SENSe PULSe FREQuency OFFSet command OFF disables frequency correction Measurement Modes TIMPULSE Examples SENSe PULSe FREQuency RECovery FIRSt specifies that frequency correction is performed using the first pulse Related Commands SENSe PULSe FREQuency OFFSet 2 44
334. its in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Chp n gt is the Channel Power value for each pulse number 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 1000 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 263 FETCh Commands Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 264 OBWidth lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Obw 1 gt lt Obw 2 gt lt Obw n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Obw n gt is the OBW value for each pulse number 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 1000 EBWidth lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Ebw 1 gt lt Ebw 2 gt lt Ebw n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Ebw n gt is the EBW value for each pulse number 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 1000 FREQuency lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Freq 1 gt lt Freq 2 gt lt Freq n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Freq n gt is the frequency deviation value for each pulse number 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 1000 TIMPULSE
335. k Syntax SENSe SSOurce OFFSet lt value gt SENSe SSOurce 0FFSet Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt defines the measurement start position by the number of points Range 0 to 1024 x Block size 1 To set the block size use the SENSe BSIZe command Measurement Modes TIMSSOURCE Examples SENSe SSOurce 0FFSet 500 sets the measurement start position to point 500 Related Commands SENSe BSIZe SENSe SSOurce MEASurement 2 506 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe SSOurce PNOise MPVJitter THReshold Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the threshold level to determine periodic jitter in the signal source analysis This is equivalent to setting Max Pj Threshold in the Meas Setup menu This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to PNOise or RTPNoise SENSe SSOurce PNOise MPJitter THReshold lt value gt SENSe SSOurce PNOise MPJitter THReshold lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the threshold level to determine periodic jitter Range to 50 dB default 10 dB TIMSSOURCE gt SENSe SSOurce PNOise MPJitter THReshold 20dB sets the threshold level to 20 dB SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 507 SENSe Commands SENSe SSOurce PNOise RJlTter OFFSet STARt 2 508 Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples
336. l rate in the digital modulation analysis Syntax SENSe DDEMod SRATe lt value gt SENSe DDEMod SRATe Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the symbol rate Range 1 to 32 Msps symbols per second NOTE Do not include the unit in the argument of this command For example if you want to specify 21 ksps for the symbol rate use 21 0E3 21000 or another equivalent representation Measurement Modes DEMDDEM Examples SENSe DDEMod SRATe 21 0E3 sets the symbol rate to 21 ksps WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 419 SENSe Commands SENSe EBWidth Subgroup The SENSe EB Width commands set up the conditions related to the emission bandwidth EBW measurement Command Tree Header Parameter SENSe EBWidth XDB lt numeric_value gt Prerequisites for Use To use a command of this group you must have run at least the following two commands 1 Run the following command to set the measurement mode to S A INSTrument SELect SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SADL3G SAUL3G 2 Run one of the following commands to start an EBW measurement To start the measurement with the default settings CONFigure SPECtrum EBWidth To start the measurement without modifying the current settings SENSe SPECtrum MEASurement EBWidth 2 420 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe EBWidth XDB Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Ex
337. l span TIMPULSE SENSe PULSe FILTer BANDwidth 1MHz sets the bandwidth of the time measurement filter to 1 MHz SENSe PULSe FILTer COEFficient Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 438 Sets or queries the BT value for the measurement filter when SENSe PULSe FILTer MEASurement is set to GAUSsian SENSe PULSe FILTer COEFficient lt value gt SENSe PULSe FILTer COEFficient lt value gt lt NRf gt sets the o BT value for the Gaussian measurement filter Range 0 0001 to 1 default 0 35 TIMPULSE SENSe PULSe FILTer COEFficient 0 5 sets the amp BT value to 0 5 SENSe PULSe FILTer MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe PULSe FILTer MEASurement Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Selects or queries the measurement filter for the time measurement in the pulse characteristics analysis SENSe PULSe FILTer MEASurement OFF GAUSsian SENSe PULSe FILTer MEASuerment OFF specifies that no measurement filter is used GAUSsian selects the Gaussian filter TIMPULSE SENSe PULSe FILTer MEASurement GAUSsian selects the Gaussian filter SENSe PULSe FREQuency OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the frequency offset for the pulse pulse phase and the frequency deviation measurements in the pulse character
338. lay RFID DDEMod SVIew X SCALe 0FFSet 100ms sets the minimum horizontal value to 100 ms when the subview displays the RF envelope DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew FORMat DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew X SCALe PDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 172 Sets or queries the horizontal scale per division in the subview This command is valid when DISPlay RFID DDEMod S Vlew FORMat is set to SPECtrum PVTime FVTime ZSPectrum or RFENvelope DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlIew X SCALe PDIVision lt value gt DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew X SCALe PDIVision lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the horizontal scale in the subview For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 DEMRFID DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew X SCALe PDIVision 5ms sets the horizontal scale to 5 ms div when the subview displays the RF envelope DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew X SCALe RANGe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries full scale value of the horizontal axis in the subview This command is valid when DISPlay RFID DDEMod S VIlew FORMat is set to SPECtrum PVTime FVTime ZSPectrum or RFENvelope DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew X SCALe RANGe lt value gt DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew X SCALe RANGe lt value gt lt NRf gt spe
339. le is displayed NOTE This command is available in the S A spectrum analysis mode except Real Time S A DISPlay SPECtrum GRATicule GRID OFF FIX FLEX DISPlay SPECtrum GRATicule GRID OFF hides the graticule FIX always shows the 10 divisions X 10 divisions graticule FLEX shows the graticule so that one division is set in 1 2 5 sequence SANORMAL SASGRAM DISPlay SPECtrum GRATicule GRID FIX always shows the 10 x 10 graticule WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 187 DISPlay Commands DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe AMPLitude INTerval Sets or queries the interval of the amplitude multi display lines in the spectrum view Syntax DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe AMPLitude INTerval lt value gt DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe AMPLitude INTerval Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt sets the interval of the amplitude multi display lines Range 0 to 100 dB Measurement Modes SARTIME Examples DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe AMPLitude INTerval 5 sets the interval to 5 dB DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe AMPLitude OFFSet Sets or queries the offset of the amplitude multi display lines in the spectrum view Syntax DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe AMPLitude OFFSet lt value gt DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe AMPLitude OFFSet Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt sets the offset of the amplitude multi display lines Range 100 to 0 dBm Measurement Modes SARTIME Examples DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe AMPLitude OFFSet 10 sets the offse
340. le when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to PNOise SPURious RTPNoise or RTSPurious Syntax SENSe SSOurce CARRier THReshold lt value gt SENSe SSOurce CARRier THReshold Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies threshold level for carrier detection Range 100 to 30 dBm default 20 dBm Measurement Modes TIMSSOURCE Examples SENSe SSOurce CARRier THReshold 10 sets the threshold level to 10 dBm Related Commands SENSe SSOurce MEASurement 2 496 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe SSOurce CARRier TRACking STATe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Selects whether carrier tracking is executed or not in the signal source analysis Carrier tracking ensures that the carrier frequency is always positioned centrally even when the signal drifts it does not affect the waveform display This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to SPURious or RTSPurious SENSe SSOurce CARRier TRACking STATe OFF ON 0 1 SENSe SSOurce CARRier TRACking STATe OFF or 0 disables the carrier tracking ON or 1 enables the carrier tracking TIMSSOURCE SENSe SSOurce CARRier TRACking STATe ON enables the carrier tracking SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 497 SENSe Commands SENSe SSOurce CNRatio FFT LENGth Syntax Argu
341. les DISPlay CCDF LINE REFerence STATe ON shows the reference line in the CCDF view Related Commands DISPlay CCDF LINE REFerence STORe WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 95 DISPlay Commands DISPlay CCDF LINE REFerence STORe No Query Form Stores the current CCDF trace as a new reference line and automatically enables the reference line display Syntax DISPlay CCDF LINE REFerence STORe Arguments None Measurement Modes TIMCCDF Examples DISPlay CCDF LINE REFerence STORe stores the current CCDF trace as a new reference line Related Commands DISPlay CCDF LINE REFerence STATe DISPlay CCDF X SCALe AUTO Determines whether to automatically set the horizontal or power scale in the CCDF view Syntax DISPlay CCDF X SCALe AUTO OFF ON 0 1 DISPlay CCDF X SCALe AUTO Arguments OFF or 0 specifies that the horizontal scale is set manually default Use the DISPlay CCDF X SCALe MAXimum and the DISPlay CCDF X SCALe OFFSet commands detailed below to set the horizontal axis ON or 1 specifies that the horizontal scale is set automatically Measurement Modes TIMCCDF Examples DISPlay CCDF X SCALe AUTO ON specifies that the horizontal scale is set automatically Related Commands DISPlay CCDF X SCALe MAXimum DISPlay CCDF X SCALe OFFSet 2 96 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay CCDF X SCALe MAXimum Syntax Argum
342. les Sets or queries the minimum value bottom of the vertical axis in the time domain display DISPlay PULSe WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt DISPlay PULSe WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum value of the vertical axis The valid range depends on the display format Refer to Table D 1 in Appendix D TIMPULSE DISPlay PULSe WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet 100 sets the minimum vertical value to 100 dBm DISPlay PULSe WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets the vertical axis scale per division in the time domain display DISPlay PULSe WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision lt amp1 gt DISPlay PULSe WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt specifies the vertical scale The valid range depends on the display format Refer to Table D 1 in Appendix D TIMPULSE DISPlay PULSe WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision 10 sets the vertical scale to 10 dB div WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 159 DISPlay Commands DISPlay RFID DDEMod Subgroup The DISPlay RFID DDEMod commands control display of the main view and subview for the RFID modulation analysis This command group is valid in the 2 160 following measurements Carrier Power on down RF envelope Constellation Eye diagram Symbol table NOTE To use a command from this group you must have selected DEMRFID RFID modulation analysis in the INSTrum
343. line Determines whether to show the reference line Stores the current CCDF trace as the reference line DISPlay CCDF X SCALe AUTO Determines whether to set the horizontal scale automatically DISPlay CCDF X SCALe MAXimum Sets the maximum horizontal value right end DISPlay CCDF X SCALe OFFSet Sets the minimum horizontal value left end DISPlay CCDF Y SCALe FIT Runs auto scale DISPlay CCDF Y SCALe FULL Sets the vertical axis to the default full scale DISPlay CCDF Y SCALe MAXimum Sets the maximum vertical value top end DISPlay CCDF Y SCALe MINimum Sets the minimum vertical value bottom end DISPlay DDEMod subgroup Digital modulation analysis related DISPlay DDEMod CCDF LINE GAUSsian STATe Determines whether to display the Gaussian line DISPlay DDEMod MVlew DSTart Selects the decoding start position for ASK FSK and GFSK signals DISPlay DDEMod MVlew FORMat DISPlay DDEMod MVlew HSSHitt DISPlay DDEMod MVlew RADix DISPlay DDEMod MVlew X SCALe 0FFSet DISPlay DDEMod MVlew X SCALe RANGe WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Selects the main view display format Selects the Q data half symbol shift for an OQPSK signal Selects the base of symbols in the main view Sets the minimum horizontal value left edge in the main view Sets the horizontal full scale in the main view 2 19
344. line in the overview OFFSet BLOCk y m LENGth Overview Timing Start 51 2 ms Scale 5 12 ms div All data points in block NOTE Command header SENSe TRANsient is omitted here Figure 2 25 Defining the analysis range WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 517 SENSe Commands SENSe TRANsient BLOCk Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the number of the block to measure in the time characteristic analysis SENSe TRANsient BLOCk lt value gt SENSe TRANsient BLOCk lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the block number Zero represents the latest block Range M to 0 M Number of acquired blocks TIMTRAN SENSe TRANSient BLOCk 5 sets the block number to 5 SENSe TRANsient MMediate No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 518 Runs the time characteristic analysis calculation for the acquired data To select the measurement item use the SENSe TRANsient TEM command To acquire data use the INITiate command SENSe TRANsient IMMediate None TIMTRAN SENSe TRANsient IMMediate runs the time characteristic analysis calculation INITiate SENSe TRANsient ITEM WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe TRANsient ITEM Syntax Arguments Measurement Mode
345. lt Slope_2 gt lt NRf gt is the Slope 2 rise fall time in seconds lt Slope 3 Rise Fal1l gt lt NR1 gt indicates rise 0 or fall 1 for Slope 3 lt Slope_3 gt lt NRf gt is the Slope 3 rise fall time in seconds WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 269 FETCh Commands Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 270 CONSte and EYE When the decoding format is other than PIE lt Mdepth gt lt Mindex gt lt Ferror gt lt Abrate gt lt Ebrate gt lt Esbrate gt Where lt Mdepth gt lt NRf gt is the modulation depth in percent lt Mindex gt lt NRf gt is the modulation index in percent lt Ferror gt lt NRf gt is the frequency error in Hz lt Abrate gt lt NR1 gt is the auto bit rate setting 0 Off 1 On lt Ebrate gt lt NRf gt is the estimated bit rate in bps lt Esbrate gt lt NRf gt is the estimated symbol rate in symbols s When the decoding format is PIE lt Mdepth gt lt Mindex gt lt Ferror gt lt Atari gt lt Etdata0 S gt lt Etdata0 T gt lt Etdatal_ S gt lt Etdatal_ T gt Where lt Mdepth gt lt NRf gt is the modulation depth in percent lt Mindex gt lt NRf gt is the modulation index in percent lt Ferror gt lt NRf gt is the frequency error in Hz lt Atari gt lt NR1 gt is the auto tari setting 0 Off 1 On lt Etdata0_S gt lt NRf gt is the estimated tari data 0 in seconds lt Etdata0_T gt
346. lt file_name gt NAME lt file_name gt STORe ACPower lt file_name gt CORRection lt file_name gt 1QT lt file_name gt PULSe lt file_name gt STABle lt file_name gt STATe lt file_name gt TRACe lt file_name gt NOTE Use the absolute path to specify the file name For example suppose that data file Samplel iqt is located in the My Documents folder of Windows You can specify it as C My Documents Sample1 iqt WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 313 MMEMory Commands MMEMory COPY No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Copies the contents of a file to another MMEMory COPY lt file_namel gt lt file name2 gt lt file_namel gt lt string gt specifies the source file lt file_name2 gt lt string gt specifies the destination file All MMEMory COPY C My Documents Filel C My Documents File2 copies the contents of Filel located in the My Documents folder to File2 MMEMory DELete No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 314 Deletes the specified file MMEMory DELete lt file_name gt lt file_ name gt lt string gt specifies the file to be deleted All MMEMory DELete C My Documents Filel deletes File1 located in the My Documents folder WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual MMEMory Commands MMEMory LOAD CORRection No Query Form Loads the amplitude correction file
347. lts Determines whether to show pulse width measurement results Selects the display format of the subview Determines whether to show the guidelines in the subview Selects how to set the horizontal scale in the subview Selects how to show the result graph in the subview Selects a pulse to measure The spectrum view related in the pulse measurements Sets the minimum horizontal value left edge Sets the horizontal scale per division Runs the auto scale Sets the vertical axis to the default full scale value Sets the minimum vertical value bottom DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum Y SCALe PDIVision Sets the vertical scale per division DISPlay PULSe WAVeform subgroup Time domain display related in the pulse measurements DISPlay PULSe WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet Sets the minimum value of the horizontal axis left edge DISPlay PULSe WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision Sets or queries the horizontal scale per division WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 21 Command Groups Table 2 14 DISPlay commands Cont Header DISPlay PULSe WAVeform Y SCALe FIT DISPlay PULSe WAVeform Y SCALe FULL DISPlay PULSe WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet DISPlay PULSe WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision DISPlay RFID DDEMod subgroup DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew BURSt NUMBer Description Runs the auto scale Sets the vertical axis to the default full scale value Sets the minimum value bott
348. lue gt lt NRf gt specifies the excursion level to determine if the signal is spurious Range 0 to 30 dB DEMRFID SENSe RFID SPURious THReshold EXCursion 5 sets the excursion level to 5 dB SENSe RFID MEASurement SENSe RFID SPURious THReshold IGNore Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 466 Sets or queries the region not to detect spurious signals around the carrier peak signal to avoid mistaking spurious for the spurious measurement in the RFID analysis This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to SPURious SENSe RFID SPURious THReshold IGNore lt value gt SENSe RFID SPURious THReshold I1GNore lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the ignore range Range 0 to Span 2 Hz DEMRFID SENSe RFID SPURious THReshold IGNore 5MHz sets the ignore range to 5 MHz SENSe RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe RFID SPURious THReshold SIGNal Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the threshold level to determine if the signal is the carrier for the spurious measurement in the RFID analysis This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to SPURious SENSe RFID SPURious THReshold SIGNal lt value gt SENSe RFID SPURious THReshold SIGNal lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the threshold level to determ
349. lue in percent WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 255 FETCh Commands 2 256 PEVM lt pevm gt lt symb gt Where lt pevm gt lt NRf gt is the EVM peak value in percent lt symb gt lt NR1 gt is the symbol number for the EVM peak value MERRor lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Merr 1 gt lt Merr 2 gt lt Merr n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Merr n gt is the value of amplitude error of symbol in percent 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames AMERror lt amer gt lt NRf gt is the amplitude error RMS value in percent PMERror lt pmer gt lt symb gt Where lt pmer gt lt NRf gt is the amplitude error peak value in percent lt symb gt lt NR1 gt is the symbol number for the amplitude error peak value PERRor lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Perr 1 gt lt Perr 2 gt lt Perr n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Perr n gt is the value of phase error of symbol in degrees or radians 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames APERror lt aper gt lt NRf gt is the phase error RMS in degr
350. lue in the spectrogram Range Frame 63999 to 0 SARTIME DISPlay TFRequency SGRam Y SCALe OFFSet 100 sets the minimum vertical value to frame 100 DISPlay TFRequency SGRam Y SCALe PLINe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 236 Sets or queries the vertical scale the number of frames per line when the overview displays a spectrogram Frames are thinned out from all the acquired framed data at intervals of the number of frames specified in this command before the spectrogram is displayed For example if you set the argument to 5 the data will be displayed every 5 frames DISPlay TFRequency SGRam Y SCALe PLINe lt value gt DISPlay TFRequency SGRam Y SCALe PLINe lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the vertical scale in the spectrogram Range 1 to 1024 frames per line SARTIME DISPlay TFRequency SGRam Y SCALe PLINe 5 displays the data in the spectrogram every 5 frames WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay VIEW Subgroup The DISPlay VIEW commands control the display brightness and format Command Tree Header Parameter DISPlay VIEW BRIGhtness lt numeric_value gt FORMat VIS V3S V4S VSPL HSPL MULTitude WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 237 DISPlay Commands DISPlay VIEW BRIGhtness Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the display brightness
351. ment PNOise Phase noise SPURious Spurious RTPNoise Real time phase noise RTSPurious Real time spurious FVTime Frequency versus Time Returns Returns are listed below for each of the arguments PNOise lt Cfreq gt lt Cpower gt lt IP_Noise gt lt Rj gt lt Max_Pj gt Where lt Cfreq gt lt NRf gt is the carrier frequency in Hz lt Cpower gt lt NRf gt is the channel power in dBm lt IP_Noise gt lt NRf gt is the integrated phase noise in radians or degrees lt Rj gt lt NRf gt is the random jitter in seconds lt Max_Pj gt lt NRf gt is the maximum periodic jitter in seconds SPURious lt snum gt lt dfreq gt lt rdb gt Where lt snum gt lt NR1 gt is the number of detected spurious signals max 20 lt dfreq gt lt NRf gt is the detuned frequency of spurious relative to carrier in Hz lt rdb gt lt NRf gt is the spurious signal level relative to carrier in dBc WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 281 FETCh Commands 2 282 Measurement Modes Examples RTPNoise lt Cfreq gt lt Cpower gt lt IP_ Noise gt lt Rj gt lt Max_Pj gt lt Jstime gt lt Jsstart gt lt Jsstop gt lt PNstime gt lt PNstart gt lt PNSstop gt Where lt Cfreq gt lt NRf gt is the carrier frequency in Hz lt Cpower gt lt NRf gt is the channel power in dBm lt IP_Noise gt lt NRf gt is the integrated phase noise in radians or degrees lt Rj gt lt NRf
352. ments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 498 Sets or queries the number of FFT samples per frame in the real time phase noise measurement of the signal source analysis This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to RTPNoise SENSe SSOurce CNRatio FFT LENGth lt value gt SENSe SSOurce CNRatio FFT LENGth lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the number of FFT samples Range 64 to 65536 in powers of two default 1024 TIMSSOURCE SENSe SSOurce CNRatio FFT LENGth 2048 sets the FFT length to 2048 points SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe SSOurce CNRatio OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the frequency displaying the C N versus Time in the subview This is equivalent to setting C N Offset Frequency in the Meas Setup menu This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to RTPNoise SENSe SSOurce CNRatio OFFSet lt value gt SENSe SSOurce CNRatio 0FFSet lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the value of the frequency displaying the C N versus Time in the subview as the offset from carrier frequency The setting value must be within the frequency range of the real time phase noise measurement TIMSSOURCE gt SENSe SSOurce CNRatio OFFSet 50kHz sets the offset to 50 kHz SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A
353. meric_value gt MODE AUTO NORMal MPOSition lt numeric_value gt OPOSition lt numeric_value gt POSition lt numeric_value gt SAVE gt COUNt MAXimum lt numeric_value gt STATe lt boolean gt STATe lt boolean gt SLOPe POSitive NEGative PNEGative NPOSitive SOURce IF EXTernal IQFRequency IQTime WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 545 TRIGger Commands TRIGger SEQuence LEVel IF 2 Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the trigger level when you select IF with the TRIGger SEQuence SOURce command TRIGger SEQuence LEVel IF lt value gt TRIGger SEQuence LEVel IF lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the IF trigger level Range 1 to 100 SARTIME SAZRTIME all Demod modes all Time modes TRIGger SEQuence LEVel IF 50pct sets the IF trigger level to 50 TRIGger SEQuence SOURce TRIGger SEQuence LEVel QFRequency Option 02 Only Syntax Arguments 2 546 Sets or queries the trigger level when you select IQFRequency with the TRIGger SEQuence SOURce command The IQ frequency trigger is a triggering function that uses a trigger mask For details of this function refer to the WCA230A and WCA280A User Manual TRIGger SEQuence LEVel IQFRequency lt bnum gt lt amp1 gt TRIGger SEQuence LEVel IQFRequency lt bnum gt lt bnum gt lt NR1 gt specifies the bin number
354. might return SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME DEMADEM TIMCCDF TIMTRAN for all the measurement modes that the analyzer has WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 311 INSTrument Commands INSTrument SELect Selects or queries the measurement mode This command is not affected by RST NOTE If you want to change the measurement mode stop the data acquisition with the INITiate CONTinuous OFF command Syntax INSTrument SELect SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SAZRTIME SAUL3G SADLR5 3G DEMADEM DEMDDEM DEMRFID DEMUL3G DEMDLR5 3G DEMULR5 3G DEMGSMEDGE DEMFLCDMA2K DEMRLCDMA2K DEMFL1XEVDO DEMRL1XEVDO DEMTD SCDMA DEMWLAN TIMCCDF TIMTRAN TIMPULSE TIMSSOURCE INSTrument SELect Arguments lt string gt For details of the modes refer to Table 2 43 on the previous page Examples INSTrument SELect DEMADEM places the analyzer in the analog modulation analysis mode Related Commands CONFigure INITiate CONTinuous 2 312 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual i ee MMEMory Commands The MMEMory commands allow you to manipulate files on the hard disk or floppy disk For details on file manipulation refer to the WCA230A and WCA2S0A User Manual Command Tree Header Parameter MMEMory COPY lt file_namel gt lt file_name2 gt DELete lt file_name gt LOAD CORRection lt file_name gt 1QT lt file_name gt STATe lt file_name gt TRACe
355. mmands Runs the baseband DC offset calibration Runs the center offset calibration Runs the IQ input offset calibration Runs the RF gain calibration Set up the analyzer in order to perform the specified measurement Table 2 13 CONFigure commands Header Description CONFigure ADEMod AM Sets up the analyzer to the AM signal analysis default settings CONFigure ADEMod FM Sets up the analyzer to the FM signal analysis default settings CONFigure ADEMod PM Sets up the analyzer to the PM signal analysis default settings CONFigure ADEMod PSPectrum Sets the analyzer to the pulse spectrum measurement default settings CONFigure CCDF Sets the up analyzer to the CCDF measurement default settings CONFigure DDEMod Sets up the analyzer to the digital modulation analysis default settings CONFigure OVlew Turns off measurement to obtain display data in the overview CONFigure PULSe Sets the analyzer to the pulse characteristics measurement default settings CONFigure RFID Sets the analyzer to the RFID analysis default settings CONFigure SPECtrum Sets up the analyzer to the spectrum measurement default settings CONFigure SPECtrum ACPower CONFigure SPECtrum CFRequency CONFigure SPECtrum CHPower CONFigure SPECtrum CNRatio CONFigure SPECtrum EBWidth Sets up the analyzer to the ACPR measurement default settings Sets up the analyzer to the carrier frequency measurement default settings Sets up the analyz
356. mmands to set the display related conditions Example DISPlay SPECtrum X SCALe OFFSet 800MHz Sets 800 MHz for the minimum left edge of the horizontal axis in the spectrum view Also refer to Chapter 4 Programming Examples Appendix C lists the default settings of the commands 2 40 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SSS La IEEE Common Commands This section details the IEEE common commands Command Tree Header Parameter CAL CLS ESE lt value gt ESR IDN OPC OPT RST SRE lt value gt STB TRG TST WAI WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 41 IEEE Common Commands CAL Query Only Runs the following three calibrations and returns the results indicating whether they have ended normally RF gain calibration Center offset calibration DC offset calibration if the measurement frequency band is the baseband This command is equivalent to the CALibration ALL query command NOTE The entire calibration process takes several minutes to several dozen minutes Wait for a response from a CAL query Every command you attempt to send during this period is rejected Syntax CAL Arguments None Returns lt NR1 gt 0 indicates a normal end For details of the error codes refer to page 3 17 Measurement Modes All Examples CAL runs a calibration and might return 0 indicating that the calibration has ended normally Related Commands CALibration
357. mples Sets or queries the minimum vertical or amplitude value bottom end when the overview displays an amplitude vs time waveform DISPlay 0VIlew WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt DISPlay 0VIew WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum vertical value Range 200 to 0 dBm All Demod modes All Time modes DISPlay OVIew WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet 100 sets the minimum vertical value to 100 dBm DISPlay OVIew WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the vertical or amplitude scale per division when the overview displays an amplitude vs time waveform DISPlay 0VIlew WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision lt amp1 gt DISPlay 0VIew WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt specifies the vertical scale Range 0 to 30 dB div All Demod modes All Time modes DISPlay OVIew WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision 10 sets the vertical scale to 10 dB div WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 137 DISPlay Commands DISPlay OVlew ZOOM COLor SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum value bottom of the color or amplitude axis of the spectrogram with zoom function DISPlay 0VIew Z00M COLor SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt DISPlay 0VIew ZOOM COLor SCALe OFFSet lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum color axis value of the spectrogram
358. n Enable Register OENR The SRER is made up of bits defined exactly the same as bits 0 through 7 in the SBR see Figure 3 6 This register is used by the user to determine what events will generate service requests The SRER bit 6 cannot be set Also the RQS is not maskable The generation of a service request with the GPIB interface involves changing the SRQ line to LOW and making a service request to the controller The result is that a status byte for which an RQS has been set is returned in response to serial polling by the controller Use the SRE command to set the bits of the SRER Use the SRE query to read the contents of the SRER Bit 6 must normally be set to 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 OSB ESB MAV QSB Figure 3 6 The Service Request Enable Register SRER Consists of the bits that are defined as the same contents as bits 0 to 15 of the OEVR This register is used to specify whether to set the SBR OSB bit when occurrence of an event sets the corresponding OEVR bit 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PROG MEAS CAL Questionable Enable Register QENR Figure 3 7 Operation Enable Register OENR To set the contents of the OENR use a STATus OPERation ENABle command To query its contents use query command STATus OPERation ENABle The QENR is not used in the WCA230A WCA280A analyzer WCA230A amp WCA
359. n Register OTR 3 11 Figure 3 9 Status and event processing sequence 6 3 13 Figure 4 1 Saving the macro programs eeeeeeeee 4 14 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual v Table of Contents List of Tables vi Table 2 1 BNF symbols and meanings cceceeeeees 2 1 Table 2 2 Query response examples ccceccececceces 2 3 Table 2 3 Parameter types used in syntax descriptions 2 4 Table 2 4 Available units 0 ccc cece cece cece ee eees 2 8 Table 2 5 Available SI prefixes cece cece ee ee eee eee 2 8 Table 2 6 Constructed mnemonics cececceceececes 2 11 Table 2 7 Measurement mode ccc cece ce eee cw cececeee 2 13 Table 2 8 List of command groups cececcecscceces 2 14 Table 2 9 IEEE common commands eee cece eeeee 2 15 Table 2 10 ABORt commands cece eee weer e eens 2 15 Table 2 11 CALCulate commands eee ee eee eeee 2 16 Table 2 12 CALibration commands cecceceeceees 2 17 Table 2 13 CONFigure commands cececcecscceees 2 17 Table 2 14 DISPlay commands 0 cece cece cere eeeee 2 18 Table 2 15 FETCh commands cece cece eee eeee 2 25 Table 2 16 FORMat commands cece cece eee eeee 2 26 Table 2 17 HCOPy commands ccc ccececcecscceces 2 27 Table 2 18 INITiate commands cece cece eer
360. n analysis related SENSe DDEMod BLOCK Sets the number of the block to be measured SENSe DDEMod CARRier OFFSet SENSe DDEMod CARRier SEARch SENSe DDEMod DECode SENSe DDEMod FDEViation SENSe DDEMod FDEViation AUTO SENSe DDEMod FlLTer ALPHa SENSe DDEMod FlLTer MEASurement SENSe DDEMod FlLTer REFerence SENSe DDEMod FORMat SENSe DDEMod IMMediate SENSe DDEMod LENGth SENSe DDEMod MDEPth SENSe DDEMod MDEPth AUTO SENSe DDEMod NLINearity COEFficient SENSe DDEMod NLINearity HDIVision SENSe DDEMod NLINearity _LSRegion SET SENSe DDEMod NLINearity LSRegion UNIT SENSe DDEMod OFFSet SENSe DDEMod PRESet SENSe DDEMod SRATe SENSe EBWidth subgroup Sets the carrier frequency offset Determines whether to detect the carrier automatically Selects the method that is used to decode the data bits Sets the frequency deviation to determine two states for FSK Selects whether to detect the frequency deviation automatically Sets the filter factor a BT Selects the measurement filter Selects the reference filter Selects the modulation Starts the digital modulation calculation Sets the measurement range Sets the modulation depth to separate two states in ASK Determines whether to detect the modulation depth automatically Sets the maximum order of the best fit curve polynomial Sets the horizontal interval b
361. n the main view The valid range depends on the display format Refer to Table D 2 in Appendix D DEMRFID DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe 0FFSet 100 sets the minimum vertical value to 100 dBm when the main view displays the carrier spectrum SENse RFID MEASurement DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe PDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the vertical scale per division of the main view in the RFID analysis DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe PDIVision lt value gt DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe PDIVision lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the vertical scale per division The valid range depends on the display format Refer to Table D 2 in Appendix D DEMRFID DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIlew Y SCALe PDIVision 5m sets the vertical scale to 5 mV div when the main view displays the RF envelope SENse RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 167 DISPlay Commands DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe RANGe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries full scale value of the vertical axis of the main view in the RFID analysis DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe RANGe lt value gt DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe RANGe lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies full scale value of the vertical axis in the main view The valid range depends on the display f
362. nalysis This command is valid when DISPlay DDEMod S View FORMat is set to STABle symbol table and SENSe DDEMod FORM lt at is set to ASK FSK or GFSK DISPlay DDEMod SVIew DSTart AUTO FIX ADD DISPlay DDEMod SVIew DSTart AUTO searches for a possible pattern that maches the format FIX fixes the decode criterion inside ADD adds a half symbol delay before decoding DEMDDEM DISPlay DDEMod SVIew DSTart AUTO searches for a possible pattern that maches the format DISPlay DDEMod SVIew FORMat SENSe DDEMod FORMat DISPlay DDEMod SVlew FORMat Syntax Arguments 2 118 Selects or queries the display format of the subview in the digital modulation analysis DISPlay DDEMod SVIew FORMat SPECtrum IQVTime FVTime CONSte VECTor EVM MERRor PERRor IEYE QEYE TEYE STABle PVTime AMAM AMPM DAMam DAMPm CCDF PDF DISPlay DDEMod SVIew FORMat The arguments and display formats are listed below WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands Table 2 32 Subview display formats Argument Display format SPECtrum Spectrum lQVTime IQ level versus Time FVTime Frequency shift versus Time CONSte Constellation VECTor Vector EVM Error vector magnitude EVM MERRor Amplitude error PERRor Phase error IEYE Eye diagram vertical axis data QEYE Eye diagram vertical axis Q data TEYE Eye diagram vertical axis Phase
363. nalysis and the Time time analysis modes Header Parameter SENSe BSIZe lt numeric_value gt Sets or queries the block size SENSe BSIZe lt value gt SENSe BSIZe lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the block size The range depends on the trigger mode set with the TRIGger SEQuence MODE command as shown in Table 2 48 Table 2 48 Block size setting range Trigger mode Block size AUTO 1 to 16000 standard 64000 Option 02 NORMal 5 to 16000 standard 64000 Option 02 SARTIME all Demod modes all Time modes SENSe BSIZe 8 sets the block size to 8 TRIGger SEQuence MODE WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 383 SENSe Commands SENSe CCDF Subgroup The SENSe CCDF commands set up the conditions related to the CCDF measurement NOTE To use a command of this group you must have selected TMMCCDF CCDF measurement in the INSTrument SELect command Command Tree Header Parameter SENSe CCDF BLOCk lt numeric_value gt CLEar RMEasurement THReshold lt numeric_value gt 2 384 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe CCDF BLOCk Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the number of the block to measure in the CCDF analysis SENSe CCDF BLOCk lt value gt SENSe CCDF BLOCk lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the block number Zero represents the latest block Range
364. nd You can use the MAV bit of the Status Byte Register SBR to check whether the Output Queue contains a response message For details refer to Status Byte Register SBR on page 3 6 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 559 Retrieving Response Message 2 560 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Status and Events ee A Status and Events The SCPI interface in the analyzer includes a status and event reporting system that enables the user to monitor crucial events that occur in the instrument The analyzer is equipped with four registers and one queue that conform to IEEE Std 488 2 1987 This section will discuss these registers and queues along with status and event processing Status and Event Reporting System Figure 3 1 outlines the status and event reporting mechanism offered in the WCA200A Series analyzers The status and event reporting mechanism contains three major blocks m Standard Event Status m Operation Status m Questionable Status The processes performed in these blocks are summarized in the status bytes They provide the error and event information WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 3 1 Status and Events Questionable status block The use of Bit 15 is not allowed in SCPI The value of this bit is always 0 k CO Oo Ni oa 4 eA Go PO S Soja AJN
365. nd level At RST the trigger mode is set to Auto SARTIME SAZRTIME all Demod modes all Time modes TRIGger SEQuence MODE AUTO selects the auto trigger INITiate CONTinuous INITiate I1MMediate TRIGger SEQuence LEVel TRIGger SEQuence POSition TRIGger SEQuence SLOPe TRIGger SEQuence SOURce WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 549 TRIGger Commands TRIGger SEQuence MPOSition Query Only 2 550 Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Queries the trigger occurence point in one block data acquired on the memory when measurement results are obtained with the FETCh or READ commands TRIGger SEQuence MPOSition lt value gt lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the block number Zero indicates the latest block Range 2285 to 0 standard or 9142 to 0 option 02 lt NR1 gt represents the trigger occurence point The returned value depends on whether a trigger occurred or not as shown in the table below Trigger occurrence Returned value 1 Trigger occurred 1024 to block size x 1024 1 No trigger occurred block size x 1024 1 The block size is set with SENSe BSIZe A minus value indicates that the trigger occurred before the block data acquisi tion If you send TRIGger SEQuence MPOSition MINimum MAXimum when the measurement is not performed Execution error 200 is returned NOTE When
366. nel lt value gt SENSe RFID ACPower BANDwidth BWIDth ACHannel lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the adjacent channel bandwidth Range 50 kHz to 36 MHz DEMRFID SENSe RFID ACPower BANDwidth ACHannel 1MHz sets the adjacent channel bandwidth to 1 MHz in the RF ACPR measurement SENSe RFID MEASurement SENSe RFID ACPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the main channel bandwidth in the ACPR measurement This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to ACPower SENSe RFID ACPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration lt value gt SENSe RFID ACPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the main channel bandwidth Range 50 kHz to 36 MHz DEMRFID SENSe RFID ACPower BANDwidth INTegration 1MHz sets the main channel bandwidth to 1 MHz SENSe RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 445 SENSe Commands SENSe RFID ACPower CSPacing Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the channel to channel spacing in the ACPR measurement This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to CARRier SENSe RFID ACPower CSPacing lt value gt SENSe RFID ACPower CSPacing lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the channel to channel spacing Range 6 25 kHz to 36 MHz DEMR
367. ng edge of the trigger signal The data of the next block is acquired by generating the trigger on the rising edge of the trigger signal The rising and falling edges are changed alternately each time acquisition of one block data is completed SARTIME SAZRTIME all Demod modes all Time modes TRIGger SEQuence SLOPe POSitive generates a trigger on the rising edge of the trigger signal WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 555 TRIGger Commands TRIGger SEQuence SOURCe 2 556 Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the trigger source TRIGger SEQuence SOURce IF EXTernal IQFRequency IQTime TRIGger SEQuence SOURce IF defines the internal IF Intermediate Frequency signal as the trigger source default EXTernal defines as the trigger source the external signal that is input through the TRIG IN connector on the rear panel The trigger level is fixed internally Refer to the WCA230A and WCA280A User Manual for the external trigger level specification IQFRequency generates a trigger in the frequency domain using the trigger mask as the trigger source Option 02 only IQTime generates a trigger in the time domain using the input signal as the trigger source Option 02 only SARTIME SAZRTIME all Demod modes all Time modes TRIGger SEQuence SOURce IF selects the IF trigger TRIGger SEQuence MODE WCA230A amp WCA280
368. ng point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames TIMTRAN READ TRANsient FVTime might return 41024xxxx 1024 byte data for the results of the frequency vs time measurement INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 365 READ Commands READ TRANsient IQVTime Query Only Obtains the results of the IQ level vs time measurement in the Time time analysis mode Syntax READ TRANsient IQVTime Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Idata 1 gt lt Qdata 1 gt lt Idata 2 gt lt Qdata2 gt lt Idata n gt lt Qdata n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Idata n gt lt Qdata n gt is the I and Q signal level data in volts 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames Measurement Modes TIMTRAN Examples READ TRANsient IQVTime might return 41024xxxx 1024 byte data for the results of the IQ level vs time measurement Related Commands INSTrument SELect 2 366 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual READ Commands READ TRANsient PVTime Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Obtains the results of the power measurement vs time in the Time time analysis mode READ
369. nsition 0 sets the positive transition filter value to 0 STATus OPERation PTRansition might return 0 STATus PRESet No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 524 Presets SCPI enable registers OENR Operation Enable Register and QENR Questionable Enable Register For details on the registers refer to Chapter 3 Status and Events STATus PRESet None All STATus PRESet presets the registers OENR and QENR WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual STATus Commands STATus QUEStionable CONDition Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Returns the contents of the Questionable Condition Register QCR For detail on the register refer to Chapter 3 Status and Events NOTE The QCR is not used in the WCA230A WCA280A analyzer STATus QUEStionable CONDition None lt NR1 gt is a decimal number showing the contents of the QCR All STATus QUEStionable ENABle Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Sets or queries the enable mask of the Questionable Enable Register QENR which allows true conditions in the Questionable Event Register to be reported in the summary bit For detail on the register refer to Chapter 3 Status and Events NOTE The QENR is not used in the WCA230A WCA280A analyzer STATus QUEStionable ENABle lt bit_value gt STATus QUEStionable ENABle lt bit_value gt lt NR1 gt is the enabl
370. nt 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames AMERror lt amer gt lt NRf gt is the amplitude error RMS value in percent PMERror lt pmer gt lt symb gt Where lt pmer gt lt NRf gt is the amplitude error peak value in percent lt symb gt lt NR1 gt is the symbol number for the amplitude error peak value PERRor lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Perr 1 gt lt Perr 2 gt lt Perr n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Perr n gt is the value of phase error of symbol in degrees or radians 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames APERror lt aper gt lt NRf gt is the phase error RMS in degrees or radians PPERror lt pper gt lt symb gt Where lt pper gt lt NRf gt is the phase error peak value in degrees or radians lt symb gt lt NRf gt is the symbol number for the phase error peak value RHO lt rho gt lt NRf gt is the measured value of waveform quality Q SLENgth lt s1en gt lt NR1 gt is the number of analyzed symbols WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual READ Commands FERRor lt ferr gt lt NRf gt is the frequency error in Hz OOFFset lt oof f gt lt NRf gt is the origin offset in dB
371. nt in the RFID analysis READ RFID SPECtrum ACPower None lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Data n gt is the amplitude of the spectrum in dBm 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 240001 DEMRFID READ RFID SPECtrum ACPower might return 43200xxxx 3200 byte data for the spectrum data INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual READ Commands READ RFID SPECtrum SPURious Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Returns spectrum waveform data of the spurious measurement in the RFID analysis READ RFID SPECtrum SPURious None lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Data n gt is the amplitude of the spectrum in dBm 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 240001 DEMRFID READ RFID SPECtrum SPURious might return 43200xxxx 3200 byte data for the spectrum data INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 355 READ Commands READ SPECtrum Query Only
372. nt is set to FVTime Frequency versus Time Command Tree Header Parameter DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform 2X SCALe OFFSet lt time gt PDIVsion lt time gt Y SCALe FIT FULL OFFSet lt numeric_value gt PDIVsion lt numeric_value gt 2 224 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet Sets or queries the minimum value of the horizontal axis left edge in the time domain display Syntax DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet lt time gt DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet Arguments lt time gt lt NRf gt sets the minimum horizontal value For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 Measurement Modes TIMSSOURCE Examples DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet 100ms sets the minimum horizontal value to 100 ms DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision Sets or queries the horizontal or time scale per division in the time domain display Syntax DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision lt time gt DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision Arguments lt time gt lt NRf gt specifies the horizontal scale For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 Measurement Modes _TIMSSOURCE Examples DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision 10ms sets the horizontal scale to 10 ms div WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 225 DI
373. nter resolution for the carrier measurement in the RFID analysis This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to CARRiert SENSe RFID CARRier COUNter RESolution lt value gt SENSe RFID CARRier COUNter RESolution lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the counter resolution for the carrier measurement Setting values 0 001 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 1k 10k 100k and 1M TIMRFID SENSe RFID CARRier COUNter RESolution 1Hz sets the counter resolution to 1 Hz SENSe RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe RFID CARRier OF FSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the amplitude offset for the maximum EIRP Effective Isotropi cally Radiated Power in the RFID analysis This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to CARRier SENSe RFID CARRier OFFSet lt value gt SENSe RFID CARRier OFFSet lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the amplitude offset for the maximum EIRP Range 100 to 100 dB DEMRFID SENSe RFID CARRier OFFSet 10 sets the amplitude offset for the maximum EIRP to 10 dB SENSe RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 449 SENSe Commands SENSe RFID CARRier PRATio SET Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the power ratio for the OBW Occupied Bandwidth meas
374. nts it is normally limited internally Syntax SENSe SPECtrum FFT ERESolution OFF ON 0 1 SENSe SPECtrum FFT ERESolution Arguments OFF or 0 disables the extended resolution The number of FFT points is limited internally ON or 1 allows you to set the number of FFT points up to 65536 Use the SENSe SPECtrum FFT LENGth command to set the number NOTE It is recommended to keep the extended resolution off as its default condition Measurement Modes All S A modes except SARTIME and SAZRTIME Examples SENSe SPECtrum FFT ERESolution ON enables the extended resolution Related Commands SENSe SPECtrum FFT LENGth 2 480 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe SPECtrum FFT LENGth Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the number of FFT points This command is valid when SENSe SPECtrum B ANDwidth B WIDth STATe is OFF SENSe SPECtrum FFT LENGth lt value gt SENSe SPECtrum FFT LENGth lt value gt lt NR1 gt sets the number of FFT points Range 64 to 65536 in powers of 2 All S A modes except SARTIME and SAZRTIME SENSe SPECtrum FFT LENGth 1024 sets the number of FFT points to 1024 SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth STATe SENSe SPECtrum FFT STARt Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the FFT start point between 1024 point overlapped FFTs
375. oating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames FVTime lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Data n gt is the frequency shift data in Hz for the point n 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames CONSte lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Ip 1 gt lt Qp 1 gt lt Ip n gt lt Qp n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Ip n gt is the sample position on the I axis in a normalized value lt Qp n gt is the sample position on the Q axis in a normalized value Both lt Ip n gt and lt Qp n gt are in the 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames EVM lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Evm 1 gt lt Evm 2 gt lt Evm n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Evm n gt is the value of symbol EVM in percent 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames AEVM lt aevm gt lt NRf gt is the EVM RMS va
376. od Controls display of the RFID modulation analysis page 2 160 DISPlay RFID SPECtrum Controls the spectrum view in the RFID analysis page 2 177 DISPlay RFID WAVeform Controls the time domain view in the RFID analysis page 2 181 DISPlay SPECtrum Control the spectrum view page 2 185 DISPlay SSOurce MVlew Controls the main view display of the signal source analysis page 2 195 DISPlay SSOurce SVlew Controls the subview display of the signal source analysis page 2 204 DISPlay SSOurce SPECtrum Controls the spectrum view in the signal source analysis page 2 216 DISPlay SSOurce TFRequency Controls the three dimensional view in the signal source analysis page 2 220 DISPlay SSOurce WAVeform page 2 224 DISPlay TFRequency page 2 228 DISPlay WAVeform page 2 240 NOTE The DISPlay commands change the measurement display only and do not affect the analyzer hardware settings WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 91 DISPlay Commands Note on Horizontal Scaling You can expand an acquired waveform vertically and horizontally on screen but not contract Use the DISPlay commands containing X SCALe or Y SCALe node to set the expansion range Refer to each command description for the setting range Additionally meet the following requirements for setting the horizontal scale The horizontal display range set by the DISPlay commands must be within the data acquisition range set by the SENSe commands see Figure 2 6
377. of the C N versus offset frequency measurement Related Commands DISPlay SSOurce SVIew FORMat SENSe SSOurce MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 283 FETCh Commands FETCh SSOurce CNVTime Query Only Returns waveform data of the C N versus time in the signal source analysis This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to RTPNoise and DISPlay SSOurce S View FORMat is CNVTime Syntax FETCh SSOurce CNVTime Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Data n gt is the C N value in dBc Hz 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 Measurement Modes TIMSSOURCE Examples FETCh SSOQurce CNVTime might return 43200xxxx 3200 byte data for waveform data of the C N versus time Related Commands DISPlay SSOurce SVIew FORMat SENSe SSOurce MEASurement 2 284 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual FETCh Commands FETCh SSOurce IPNVtime Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Returns waveform data of the integrated phase noise versus time in the signal source analysis This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to RTPNoise and DISPlay SSOurce S View FORMat is
378. of the point at which to set the trigger level a bin is the interval between spectral samples The valid range depends on the span as shown in Table 2 61 Table 2 61 Bin number setting range Span Bin number 2 MHz or lower 0 to 640 5 MHz 10 MHz 20 MHz 0 to 800 15 MHz 0 to 600 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual TRIGger Commands lt amp1 gt lt NRf gt specifies the trigger level relative to the reference level at bin n Range 70 to 0 dB Measurement Modes SARTIME SAZRTIME all Demod modes all Time modes Examples The following command sequence sets the trigger mask shown by the gray rectangles in Figure 2 26 TRIGger SEQuence TRIGger SEQuence TRIGger SEQuence TRIGger SEQuence TRIGger SEQuence TRIGger SEQuence TRIGger SEQuence TRIGger SEQuence TRIGger SEQuence O0dBm LEVel LEVel LEVel LEVel LEVel LEVel LEVel LEVel LEVel 1QFRequency 1QFRequency 1QFRequency 1QFRequency 1QFRequency 1QFRequency 1QFRequency 1QFRequency 1QFRequency 0 10dB 1 10dB 255 10dB 256 30dB 257 30dB 384 30dB 385 10dB 386 10dB 640 10dB Amplitude 50dBm 100dBm 0 64 128 192 256 320 Bin No Figure 2 26 Trigger mask setting example Related Commands TRIGger SEQuence SOURce WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 384 448 512 5
379. om of the vertical axis Sets the vertical scale per division Main view and subview related in the RFID analysis Sets the burst number to display the measurement result DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew EDGE NUMBer Sets the edge number to display the measurement result DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew ENVelope NUMBer Sets the envelope number to display the measurement result DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew GUIDeline STATe Determines whether to display the guideline in the main view DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew X SCALe 0FFSet DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew X SCALe PDIMision DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew X SCALe RANGe DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe FIT DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe FULL DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe 0FFSet DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe PDIMision DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe RANGe DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew BURSt NUMBer DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew EDGE NUMBer DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew ENVelope NUMBer DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew FORMat DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew GUIDeline STATe DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew X SCALe OFFSet DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew X SCALe PDIVision DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew X SCALe RANGe DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe FIT DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe FULL DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe OFFSet DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe PDIVision DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew Y SCALe
380. ommands SRE 2 48 Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the value of the Service Request Enable Register SRER used in the status event reporting structure Refer to Section 3 Status and Events for the register information SRE lt value gt SRE lt value gt lt NR1 gt is a value in the range from 0 to 255 The binary bits of the SRER are set according to this value Using an out of range value causes an execution error All SRE 48 sets binary 00110000 in the SRER s bits SRE might return 32 indicating that binary value 00100000 has been set in the SRER s bits ClS5 ESEs ESR STB WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual IEEE Common Commands STB Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands TRG No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Returns the contents of the Status Byte Register SBR in the status event reporting structure using the Master Summary Status MSS bit Refer to Section 3 Status and Events for the register information SIB None lt NR1 gt representing the contents of the SBR as a decimal number All STB might return 96 indicating that the SBR contains binary 0110 0000 Cl Sy ESE ESR SRE Generates a trigger signal This command is equivalent
381. on a particular data line PPD disables the device from responding to the parallel poll WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SSS A Appendix C Factory Initialization Settings The factory initialization settings provide you a known state for the analyzer The RST command returns the instrument settings to the factory defaults for the measurement mode specified with INSTrument SELect Factory initialization sets values as shown in Table C 1 through C 11 The column to the far right shows the measurement modes in which the command is available Table C 1 Factory initialization settiings IEEE common commands Header Default value ESE 0 OPC 0 SRE 0 Table C 2 Factory initialization settiings CALCulate commands Header Default value CALCulate lt x gt DLINe lt y gt 0 CALCulate lt x gt DLINe lt y gt STATe OFF CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt MODE POSition CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt T 0 CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt TRACe MAIN CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt X 0 CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt Y 0 CALCulate lt x gt VLINe lt y gt 0 CALCulate lt x gt VLINe lt y gt STATe OFF Table C 3 Factory initialization settiings CALibration commands Header Default value CALibration AUTO OFF WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual C 1 Appendix C Factory Initialization Settings Table C 4 Factory initialization settiings DISPlay commands
382. or axis C N in the subview displaying a noisogram This command is valid when DISPlay SSOurce S View FORMat is set to NGRam DISPlay SSOurce SVIew COLor SCALe RANGe lt value gt DISPlay SSOurce SVIew COLor SCALe RANGe lt rel_ampl gt 10 20 50 100 dB specifies the full scale value of the color axis TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce SVIew COLor SCALe RANGe 100 sets full scale value of the color axis to 100 dB WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 205 DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce SVilew FORMat Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 206 Selects or queries the display format of the subview in the signal source analysis DISPlay SSOurce SVIew FORMat SPECTrum NGRam RJVTime IPNVtime CNVTime CNVFrequency DISPlay SSOurce SVIew FORMat The arguments and display formats are listed in Table 2 35 The subview format depends on the main view format as shown in the table Table 2 35 Subview display formats in the signal source analysis Argument Subview display format Measurement SPECtrum Spectrum RTPNoise or RTSPurious NGRam Noisogram RTPNoise or RTSPurious RJVTime Random jitter versus Time RTPNOise IPNVtime Integrated phase noise versus Time RTPNOise CNVTime C N versus Time RTPNOise CNVFrequency C N versus Offset frequency RTSPurious 1 Use the SENSe SSOurce MEASurement command to select the measurement item
383. orm Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Starts input signal acquisition INITiate IMMediate None All INITiate IMMediate Starts input signal acquisition INITiate CONTinuous INITiate RES Tart No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Reruns input signal acquisition In the single mode this command is equivalent to the INITiate IMMediate command In the continuous mode this command is equivalent to the ABORt command INITiate RESTart None All INITiate RESTart reruns input signal acquisition ABORt INITiate IMMediate WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 301 INITiate Commands 2 302 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SSS AS OE INPut Commands The INPut commands control the characteristics of the signal input Command Tree Header Parameter INPut ALEVel ATTenuation lt numeric_value gt AUTO lt boolean gt COUPling AC DC Option 03 only MIXer lt numeric_value gt MLEVel lt numeric_value gt WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 303 INPut Commands INPut ALEVel No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples INPut ATTenuation Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 304 Adjusts amplitude automatically for the best system performance using the input signal as a guide INPut ALEVel Non
384. ormat Refer to Table D 2 in Appen dix D DEMRFID DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe RANGe 100 sets full scale value of the vertical axis to 100 dB when the main view displays the carrier spectrum SENse RFID MEASurement DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew BURSt NUMBer Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 168 Sets or queries the burst number to display the measurement result in the subview This command is valid when SENse RFID MEASurement is set to RFENvelope CONSte EYE or STABle DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew BURSt NUMBer lt number gt DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew BURSt NUMBer lt number gt lt NR1 gt specifies the burst number Range 0 to 31 DEMRFID DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew BURSt NUMBer 5 sets the burst number to 5 SENse RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlew EDGE NUMBer Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the edge number to display the measurement result in the subview This command is valid when SENse RFID MEASurement is set to PODown DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew EDGE NUMBer lt number gt DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVlIew EDGE NUMBer lt number gt lt NR1 gt specifies the edge number Range 0 to the number of acquired edges 1 DEMRFID DISPlay RFID DDEMod SVIew EDGE NUMBer 5 sets the edge number to
385. oscillator WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 469 SENSe Commands SENSe SPECtrum Subgroup The SENSe SPECtrum commands set up the conditions related to the spectrum measurement in the S A spectrum analysis mode Command Tree Header SENSe SPECtrum AVERage CLEar COUNT STATE TYPE BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution AUTO STATe VIDeo STATe SWEep TIMe DETector FUNction FILTer COEFficient TYPE gt FFT ERESolution LENGth STARt WINDow TYPE FRAMe MEASurement 2 470 Parameter lt numeric_value gt lt bool ean gt RMS MAXimum MINimum lt numeric_value gt lt boolean gt lt boolean gt lt numeric_value gt lt boolean gt lt numeric_value gt NEGative POSitive PNEgative lt numeric_value gt RECTangle GAUSsian NYQuist RNYQuist lt boolean gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt BH3A BH3B BH4A BH4B BLACkman HAMMing HANNing PARZen ROSEnfield WELCh SLOBe SCUBed STO4 FLATtop RECT lt numeric_value gt OFF CHPower ACPower OBWidth EBWidth CNRatio CFRequency WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands Z00M BLOCk FREQuency CENTer WIDTh LENGth OFFSet WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt 2 471 SENSe Commands
386. ound BLACk WHITe HCOPy BACKground Arguments BLACK outputs the screen image in the black background without reversing it WHITe reverses the screen image to output it in the white background Measurement Modes All Examples HCOPy BACKground WHITe reverses the screen image to output it in the white background HCOPy DESTination 2 Selects or queries the hardcopy output destination printer or file Syntax HCOPy DESTination PRINter MMEMory HCOPy DESTination Arguments PRINTer specifies that the hardcopy is output to the preset printer which is the one that has been set as the printer to be used usually under Windows For using the printer refer to the WCA230A and WCA280A User Manual MMEMory specifies that the hardcopy is output to the bitmap file specified with the MMEMory NAME command Measurement Modes All Examples HCOPy DESTination PRINter specifies that the hardcopy is output to the preset printer Related Commands HCOPy IMMediate MMEMory NAME 2 296 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual HCOPy Commands HCOPy IMMediate No Query Form Outputs the screen hardcopy to the destination selected with the HCOPy DESTination command Syntax HCOPy IMMediate Arguments None Measurement Modes All Examples HCOPy IMMediate outputs the screen hardcopy Related Commands HCOPy DESTination WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 297 HCOPy Commands 2 298 W
387. oup The SENSe CFRequency commands set up the conditions related to the carrier frequency measurement Command Tree Header Parameter SENSe CFRequency CRESolution lt numeric_value gt Prerequisites for Use To use a command of this group you must have run at least the following two commands 1 Run the following command to set the measurement mode to S A INSTrument SELect SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SADL3G SAUL3G SADLR5 3G 2 Run one of the following commands to start the carrier frequency measure ment m To start the measurement with the default settings CONFi gure SPECtrum CFRequency To start the measurement without modifying the current settings SENSe SPECtrum MEASurement CFRequency SENSe CFRequency CRESolution Sets or queries the counter resolution for the carrier frequency measurement Syntax SENSe CFRequnecy CRESolution lt value gt SENSe CFRequnecy CRESolution Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the counter resolution Setting value Hz 0 001 0 01 0 1 1 10 100 1k 10k 100k or 1M Measurement Modes All S A modes Examples SENSe CFRequnecy CRESolution 1kHz sets the counter resolution to 1 kHz WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 387 SENSe Commands SENSe CHPower Subgroup The SENSe CHPower commands set up the conditions related to the channel power measurement Command Tree Header Parameter SENSe CHPower
388. ow lt Data n gt is the amplitude spectrum in dBm 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 400000 800 points x 500 frames SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SADL3G SAUL3G FETCh SPECtrum might return 43200xxxx 3200 byte data for the spectrum waveform data INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 275 FETCh Commands FETCh SPECtrum ACPower Query Only Returns the results of adjacent channel leakage power ratio ACPR measure ment in the S A spectrum analysis mode Syntax FETCh SPECtrum ACPower Arguments None Returns lt chpower gt lt acpm1 gt lt acpp1 gt lt acpm2 gt lt acpp2 gt lt acpm3 gt lt acpp3 gt Where lt chpower gt lt NRf gt is the channel power measured value in dBm lt acpm1 gt lt NRf gt is the first lower adjacent channel ACPR in dB lt acpp1 gt lt NRf gt is the first upper adjacent channel ACPR in dB lt acpm2 gt lt NRf gt is the second lower adjacent channel ACPR in dB lt acpp2 gt lt NRf gt is the second upper adjacent channel ACPR in dB lt acpm3 gt lt NRf gt is the third lower adjacent channel ACPR in dB lt acpp3 gt lt NRf gt is the third upper adjacent channel ACPR in dB NOTE All the values may not be returned when the adjacent channel s goes out of the span due to the settings of the channel bandwidth and spacing refer to the SENSe ACPower subgroup For exampl
389. p ERR GpibError ibrd 1 0 Error GpibExit 0 else resp ibcnt 0 GpibCount ibcnt GpibStatus ibsta Read response from the device and write it to a file void GpibReadFile char filename ibrdf GpibDevice filename if ibsta amp ERR GpibError ibrdf 1 0 Error GpibExit 0 else GpibStatus ibsta WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Programming Examples Read the status byte int GpibSerial Pol void char poll 0 ibrsp GpibDevice amp poll if ibsta amp ERR GpibError ibrsp Error GpibExit 0 else GpibStatus ibsta return poll amp Oxff Set timeout void GpibTimeOut int timeout ibtmo GpibDevice timeout if ibsta amp ERR GpibError ibtmo Error GpibExit 0 else GpibStatus ibsta WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 4 11 Programming Examples Wait for the specified event void GpibWait int wait ibwait GpibDevice wait TIMO if ibsta amp ERR TIMO GpibStatus ibsta GpibError ibwait Error Display error message by ibsta void GpibError char errorMessage fprintf stderr s n errorMessage fprintf stderr ibsta X h lt ibsta if ibsta amp ERR fprintf stderr ERR if ibsta amp TIMO fprintf stderr TIMO if ibsta amp END fprintf stderr END if ibsta amp SRQI
390. ples DISPlay TFRequency SGRam COLor SCALe RANGe 100 sets full scale value of the color axis to 100 dB 2 230 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe ANNotation S TATe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Determines whether to show the multi display lines readout in the spectrogram DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe ANNotation STATe OFF ON 0 44 DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe ANNotation STATe OFF or 0 hides the multi display lines readout ON or 1 shows the multi display lines readout SARTIME DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe ANNotation STATe ON shows the readout DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe FREQuency INTerval Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the interval of the frequency multi display lines in the spectro gram DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe FREQuency INTerval lt value gt DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe FREQuency INTerval lt value gt lt NRf gt sets the interval of the frequency multi display lines Range 0 to full span Hz SARTIME DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe FREQuency INTerval 1MHz sets the interval to 1 MHz WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 231 DISPlay Commands DISPlay TFRequency SGRam MLINe FREQuency OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the offset of the frequency multi display lines
391. q gt SENSe DDEMod CARRier OFFSet lt frequency gt lt NR1 gt is the carrier frequency offset Range 30 MHz to 30 MHz DEMDDEM SENSe DDEMod CARRier OFFSet 10MHz sets the carrier frequency offset to 10 MHz SENSe DDEMod CARRier SEARch WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 403 SENSe Commands SENSe DDEMod CARRier SEARch Selects or queries whether to detect the carrier automatically in the digital modulation analysis Syntax _ SENSe DDEMod CARRier SEARch OFF ON 0 1 SENSe DDEMod CARRier SEARCh Arguments OFF or 0 specifies that the carrier is not detected automatically To set it use the SENSe DDEMod CARRier OFFSet command ON or 1 specifies that the carrier is detected automatically Measurement Modes DEMDDEM Examples SENSe DDEMod CARRier SEARch ON specifies that the carrier is detected automatically Related Commands SENSe DDEMod CARRier OFFSet 2 404 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe DDEMod DECode Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the method that is used to decode the data bits from each symbol choice NOTE This command is valid when SENSe DDEMod FORMat is ASK FSK or GFSK SENSe DDEMod DECode NRZ MANChester MILLer SENSe DDEMod DECode NRZ selects the NRZ Non Return to Zero decoding MANChecter selects the Manchest
392. quency width of a zoomed area in the Real Time S A with Zoom mode SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM FREQuency WIDTh lt value gt SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM FREQuency WIDTh lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the frequency width of a zoomed area The setting value must be within the measurement frequency range SAZRTIME SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM FREQuency WIDTh 500kHz sets the frequency width of the zoomed area to 500 kHz WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM LENGth Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the time length of a zoomed area in the Real Time S A with Zoom mode SENSe SPECtrum ZO0M LENGth lt value gt SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM LENGth lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the range of a zoomed area by the number of data points Range 1 to 1024 x block size or 81920 512 81408 whichever smaller To set the block size use the SENSe BSIZe command SAZRTIME SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM LENGth 1000 sets the measurement range to 1000 points SENSe BSIZe SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the starting point of a zoomed area in the Real Time S A with Zoom mode SENSe SPECtrum ZO0M OFFSet lt value gt SENSe SPECtrum ZOOM OFFSet lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the starting point of a zoomed area
393. r might return 1 081 for the measurement results of channel power INSTrument SELect 2 277 FETCh Commands FETCh SPECtrum CNRatio Query Only Returns the results of the carrier to noise ratio C N measurement in the S A spectrum analysis mode Syntax FETCh SPECtrum CNRatio Arguments None Returns lt ctn gt lt ctno gt Where lt ctn gt lt NRf gt is the measured value of C N in dB lt ctno gt lt NRf gt is the measured value of C No in dB Hz Measurement Modes SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SADL3G SAUL3G Examples FETCh SPECtrum CNRatio might return 75 594 125 594 for the C N measurement results Related Commands INSTrument SELect 2 278 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual FETCh Commands FETCh SPECtrum EBWidth Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Returns the results of the emission bandwidth EBW measurement in the S A spectrum analysis mode FETCh SPECtrum EBWidth None lt ebw gt lt NRf gt is the measured value of EBW in Hz SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SADL3G SAUL3G FETCh SPECtrum EBWidth might return 30956 26 for the EBW measurement results INSTrument SELect FETCh SPECtrum OBWidth Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Returns the results of the occupied bandwidth OBW measu
394. r Manual 2 329 READ Commands 2 330 DDEMod SPECtrum TAMP1itude TFRequency RFID ACPower SPURious SPECtrum ACPower SPURious SPECtrum ACPower CFRequency CHPower CNRatio EBWidth OBWidth SPURious SSOurce SPECtrum TRANsient FVTime TRANsient FVTime 1QVTime PVTime IQVTime FVTime CONSte EVM AEVM MERRor AMERror PMERror PERRor APERror PPERror RHO SLENgth FERRor OOFFset STABle PVTime AMAM AMPM CCDF PDF DISTribution CCDF 0VIew PULSe ALL WIDTh PPOWer OORatio RIPPle PERiod DCYCle PHASe CHPower OBWidth EBWidth FREQuency PNOise SPURious FVTime WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual READ Commands READ ADEMod AM Query Only Obtains the results of the AM signal analysis in time series Syntax READ ADEMod AM Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Data n gt is the chronological modulation factor data in percent 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames Measurement Modes DEMADEM Examples READ ADEMod AM might return 41024xxxx 1024 byte data for the results of
395. r the argument Measurement Modes All SENSe FREQuency CTABle SELect W CDMA DL selects the W CDMA downlink channel table Examples Related Commands SENSe FREQuency CTABle CATalog WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 429 SENSe Commands SENSe FREQuency SPAN Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 430 Sets or queries the span NOTE There are the following relationships among the center start and stop frequencies and the span they are set interlinked manner Stop frequency Start frequency 2 Center frequency Stop frequency Start frequency Span When you set one of these all the other settings are automatically changed correspondingly SENSe FREQuency SPAN lt freq gt SENSe FREQuency SPAN lt freq gt lt NRf gt specifies the span The valid range depends on the measure ment mode as listed in Table 2 52 Table 2 52 Span setting Measurement mode Frequency band Setting range All S A modes RF 50 Hz to 3 GHz continuous SxCapESARTIME Baseband 50 Hz to 20 MHz continuous Other than above RF 100 Hz to 10 MHz 1 2 5 sequence 15 MHz Baseband 100 Hz to 20 MHz 1 2 5 sequence All SENSe FREQuency SPAN 1MHz sets the span to 1 MHz SENSe FREQuency CENTer SENSe FREQuency STARt SENSe FREQuency STOP WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe FREQuency STA
396. range for determining the settling time in the power on down and modulation measurements of the RFID analysis This is equivalent to setting Settling Error Width in the Meas Setup menu This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to RFENvelope CONSte EYE STABle or PODown SENSe RFID MODulation SERRor WIDTh lt value gt SENSe RFID MODulation SERRor WIDTh lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the error range for determining the settling time Range 1 to 100 DEMRFID SENSe RFID MODulation SERRor WIDTh 5 sets the error range to 5 SENSe RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe RFID MODulation STANdard Selects or queries the demodulation standard for the power on down and modulation measurements in the RFID analysis This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to RFENVvelope CONSte EYE STABle or PODown Syntax _ SENSe RFID MODulation STANdard 18000 4 1 18000 6 A 18000 6 B 18000 6 C MANUAL SENSe RFID MODul ation STANdard Arguments Table 2 56 shows the arguments and their meanings Table 2 56 Demodulation standard Argument 18000 4 1 ISO IEC 18000_4 Mode 1 18000 6 A ISO IEC 18000_6 Type A 18000 6 B ISO IEC 18000_6 Type B 18000 6 C ISO IEC 18000_6 Type C MANUAL Sets parameters manually Measurement Modes DEMRFID Examples S
397. rce SVIew X SCALe PDIVision lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the horizontal scale in the subview For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce SVIew X SCALe PDIVision lus sets the horizontal scale to 1 us div when the subview displays the random jitter versus time DISPlay SSOurce SVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce SVlew X SCALe RANGe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the full scale value of the horizontal axis in the subview during the signal source analysis This command is valid when DISPlay SSOurce S View FORMat is set to SPECtrum RJVTime IPNVtime or CNVTime DISPlay SSOurce SVIew X SCALe RANGe lt value gt DISPlay SSOurce SVIew X SCALe RANGe lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the full scale value of the horizontal axis in the subview For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 TIMSSOURCE DISPlay SSOurce SVIew X SCALe RANGe 10MHz sets the full scale value of the horizontal axis to 10 MHz when the subview displays the spectrum DISPlay SSOurce SVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 209 DISPlay Commands DISPlay SSOurce SVlew X SCALe STARt Sets or queries the minimum horizontal value left edge in the subview during the signal source analysis This
398. re 2 20 NOTE The SENSe DDEMod OFFSet query may return a value greater than the default 0 since the value is limited by the trigger position in the block SENSe DDEMod OFFSet lt value gt SENSe DDEMod OFFSet lt value gt lt NR1 gt defines the measurement start position by the number of points Range 0 to 1024 x Block size 1 To set the block size use the SENSe BSIZe command DEMDDEM SENSe DDEMod OFFSet 500 sets the measurement start position to point 500 SENSe BSIZe WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 417 SENSe Commands SENSe DDEMod PRESet Selects or queries the communication standard in the digital modulation analysis The analyzer is configured in accordance with the selected standard Syntax SENSe DDEMod PRESet OFF NADC PDC PHS TETRa GSM CDPD BLUetooth SENSe DDEMod PRESet Arguments Table 2 50 lists the arguments and corresponding communication standards Table 2 50 Communication standard selections Argument OFF NADC PDC PHS TETRa GSM CDPD BLUetooth Communication standard No communication standard is selected NADC PDC PHS TETRA GSM CDPD Bluetooth Measurement Modes DEMDDEM Examples SENSe DDEMod PRESet PDC selects PDC to configure the analyzer for the standard 2 418 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe DDEMod SRATe Sets or queries the symbo
399. rement Modes Examples Determines whether to turn averaging on or off SENSe AVERage STATe OFF ON 0 1 SENSe AVERage STATe OFF or 0 turns off averaging ON or 1 turns on averaging All Demod modes TIMTRAN SENSe AVERage STATe ON turns on averaging SENSe AVERage TCONtrol Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 382 Selects or queries the action when more than AVERage COUNt measurement results are generated TCONtrol is TerminalCONtrol SENSe AVERage TCONtrol EXPonential REPeat SENSe AVERage TCONtrol EXPonential continues the RMS root mean square average with an exponential weighting applied to old values using the setting of SENSe AVERage COUNt as the weighting factor REPeat clears average data and counter and restarts the average process when AVERage COUNTt is reached All Demod modes TIMTRAN SENSe AVERage TCONtrol REPeat repeats the averaging process SENSe AVERage COUNt SENSe AVERage TYPE WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe BSIZe Subgroup Command Tree SENSe BSIZe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands The SENSe BSIZe command controls the block size the number of frames in each contiguous acquisition NOTE This subgroup is available in the Real Time S A real time spectrum analysis the Demod modulation a
400. rement in the S A spectrum analysis mode FETCh SPECtrum OBWidth None lt obw gt lt NRf gt is the measured value of OBW in Hz SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SADL3G SAUL3G FETCh SPECtrum OBWidth might return 26510 163 for the OBW measurement results INSTrument SELect 2 279 FETCh Commands FETCh SPECtrum SPURious Query Only Returns the results of the spurious signal measurement in the S A spectrum analysis mode Syntax FETCh SPECtrum SPURious Arguments None Returns lt snum gt lt dfreq gt lt rdb gt Where lt snum gt lt NR1 gt is the number of detected spurious emissions max 20 lt dfreq gt lt NRf gt is the detuned frequency of spurious relative to carrier in Hz lt rdb gt lt NRf gt is the spurious signal level relative to carrier in dB Measurement Modes SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SADL3G SAUL3G Examples FETCh SPECtrum SPURious might return 3 1 2E6 79 2 4E6 79 59 1E6 80 38 for the spurious signal measurement Related Commands INSTrument SELect 2 280 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual FETCh Commands FETCh SSOurce Query Only Returns the result of the selected measurement in the signal source analysis Syntax FETCh SSOurce PNOise SPURious RTPNoise RTSPurious FVTime Arguments The arguments indicate the measurements as shown in Table 2 39 Table 2 39 Signal source analysis Argument Measure
401. rence OFF specifies that no filter is used RCOSine selects the Raised Cosine filter GAUSsian selects the Gaussian filter DEMDDEM SENSe DDEMod FILTer REFerence RCOSine selects the Raised Cosine filter as the reference filter WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe DDEMod FORMat Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Selects or queries the modulation system in the digital modulation analysis SENSe DDEMod FORMat BPSK QPSK PS8P Q16P Q32P Q64P Q128P Q256P GMSK GFSK DQPSk OQPSk ASK FSK SENSe DDEMod FORMat Table 2 49 lists the arguments and corresponding modulations Table 2 49 Modulation selections Argument Modulation BPSK BPSK QPSK QPSK PS8P 8PSK Q16P 16QAM Q32P 32QAM Q64P 64QAM Q128P 128QAM Q256P 256QAM GMSK GMSK GFSK GFSK DQPSk 1 4mQPSK OQPSk OQPSK ASK ASK FSK FSK DEMDDEM SENSe DDEMod FORMat DQPSk selects 1 4 QPSK modulation system WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 409 SENSe Commands SENSe DDEMod IMMediate No Query Form Runs the digital demodulation calculation for the acquired data To select the measurement item use the SENSe DDEMod MVIew FORMat command To acquire data use the INITiate command Syntax SENSe DDEMod IMMediate Arguments None Measurement Modes DEMDDEM Examples SENSe DDEMod IMMediate runs the digital demodulation calculation
402. rguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 554 Determines whether to enable or disable the Save on Trigger function saves one block of input data to the IQT file each time a trigger occurs TRIGger SEQuence SAVE STATe OFF ON 0 1 TRIGger SEQuence SAVE STATe OFF or 0 disables the Save on Trigger default ON or 1 enables the Save on Trigger SARTIME SAZRTIME all Demod modes all Time modes TRIGger SEQuence SAVE STATe ON enables the Save on Trigger function TRIGger SEQuence SAVE COUNt STATe WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual TRIGger Commands TRIGger SEQuence SLOPe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Selects or queries the trigger slope TRIGger SEQuence SLOPe POSitive NEGative PNEGative NPOSitive TRIGger SEQuence SLOPe POSitive generates a trigger on the rising edge of the trigger signal NEGative generates a trigger on the falling edge of the trigger signal PNEGative specifies that the data of the first block is acquired by generating the trigger on the rising edge of the trigger signal The data of the next block is acquired by generating the trigger on the falling edge of the trigger signal The rising and falling edges are changed alternately each time acquisition of one block data is completed NPOSitive specifies that the data of the first block is acquired by generating the trigger on the falli
403. rmal spectrum analysis SASGRAM Spectrum analysis with spectrogram SARTIME Real time spectrum analysis SAZRTIME Real time spectrum analysis with zoom function SADL3G W CDMA downlink spectrum analysis Option 22 only SAUL3G W CDMA uplink spectrum analysis Option 23 only SADLR5 3G 3GPP R5 downlink spectrum analysis Option 27 only Demod mode DEMADEM Analog modulation analysis DEMDDEM Digital modulation analysis DEMRFID RFID analysis DEMUL3G W CDMA uplink modulation analysis Option 23 only DEMGSMEDGE GSM EDGE modulation analysis Option 24 only DEMFLCDMA2K cdma2000 forward link analysis Option 25 only DEMRLCDMA2K cdma2000 reverse link analysis Option 25 only DEMFL1XEVDO cdma2000 1xEV DO foward link analysis Option 26 only DEMRL1XEVDO cdma2000 1xEV DO reverse link analysis Option 26 only DEMDLR5 3G 3GPP R5 downlink modulation analysis Option 27 only DEMULRS5 3G 3GPP R5 uplink modulation analysis Option 27 only DEMTD_SCDMA TD SCDMA modulation analysis Option 28 only WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual INSTrument Commands Table 2 43 Measurement mode Cont Mnemonic Meaning Timemode SSSSS TIMCCDF CCDF analysis TIMTRAN Time characteristics analysis TIMPULSE Pulse characteristics analysis TIMSSOURCE Signal source analysis If all options are installed all the above mode names are returned as comma separated character strings Measurement Modes All Examples INSTrument CATalog
404. rogrammer Manual CALCulate Commands CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt X Sets or queries the horizontal position of the marker in the specified view NOTE For the eye diagram or the constellation view only query is available For the constellation view the returned value means an amplitude Syntax CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt X lt param gt CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt X Arguments lt param gt lt NRf gt specifies the horizontal marker position The parameter value is different between the marker modes as follows m For the position marker mode Sets the absolute position of the specified marker m For the delta marker mode Sets the relative position of the specified marker from the reference cursor The marker mode is selected with the CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt MODE command refer to page 2 57 The valid setting range depends on the display format Refer to Table D 1 in Appendix D Measurement Modes All Examples CALCulatel MARKer1 X 800MHz places Marker 1 at 800 MHz in View 1 when the horizontal axis represents frequency Related Commands CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt MODE WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 65 CALCulate Commands CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt Y 2 66 Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the vertical position of the marker in the specified view NOTE T
405. rogrammer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult WIDTh Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Determines whether to show pulse width measurement results in the pulse result table DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult WIDTh O 1 OFF ON DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult WIDTh OFF or 0 hides peak power measurement results in the pulse result table ON or 1 shows peak power measurement results in the pulse result table TIMPULSE DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult WIDTh ON shows peak power measurement results in the pulse result table WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 147 DISPlay Commands DISPlay PULSe SVIew FORMat Selects or queries the display format of the subview in the pulse characteristics analysis Syntax DISPlay PULSe SVIew FORMat WIDTh PPOWer OORatio RIPPle PERIiod DCYCle PHASe CHPower OBWidth EBWidth FREQuency DISPlay PULSe SVIew FORMat Arguments The arguments and display formats are listed below Table 2 33 Subview display format Argument WIDTh PPOWer OORatio Display format Pulse width Peak power in the pulse on time Difference between the on time power and off time power RIPPle PERiod DCYCle PHASe Difference between the maximum and minimum power in the pulse on time Time between a pulse rising edge and the next pulse rising edge Ratio of the pulse width to the pulse repetition interval PRI Phase at a certain po
406. rogrammer Manual 2 291 FETCh Commands 2 292 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual D Ae FORMat Commands The FORMat commands define the data output format Command Tree Header Parameter FORMat BORDer NORMal SWAPped DATA REAL 32 REAL 64 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 293 FORMat Commands FORMat BORDer Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples FORMat DATA 2 Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 294 Sets or queries the byte order for transferring binary data FORMat BORDer NORMal SWAPped FORMat BORDer NORMal selects the normal byte order SWAPped swaps the byte order All FORMat BORDer SWAPped swaps the byte order for data output Selects or queries the output data format FORMat DATA REAL 32 REAL 64 FORMat DATA REAL 32 specifies the 32 bit floating point format REAL 64 specifies the 64 bit floating point format All FORMat DATA REAL 32 specifies the 32 bit floating point format for data output WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual HCOPy Commands The HCOPy commands control screen hardcopy Command Tree Header HCOPy BACKground DESTination IMMediate WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Parameter BLACk WHITe PRINter MMEMory 2 295 HCOPy Commands HCOPy BACKground Selects or queries the hardcopy background color Syntax HCOPy BACKgr
407. rogrammer Manual 2 321 MMEMory Commands 2 322 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual PROGram Commands The PROGram commands control running a macro program The macro program to be run must be stored under this directory in the analyzer C Program Files Tektronix wca200a Python wca200a measmacro For incorporating macro programs into the analyzer contact your local Tektronix distributor or sales office For an example of running a macro program refer to page 4 14 Command Tree Header PROGram CATalog SELected DELete SELected EXECute NAME NUMBer STRing WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Parameter lt command_name gt lt macro_name gt lt varname gt lt nvalue gt lt varname gt lt nvalue gt 2 323 PROGram Commands PROGram CATalog Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Queries the list of the defined macro programs PROGram CATalog None Comma separated character strings as follows macro_name macro_name macro_name macro_name Macro_name represents a Macro name 6699 If no program has been defined a null character is returned All PROGram CATalog might return NONREGISTERED MACROTEST1 NONREGISTERED MACROTEST2 indicating that MacroTest1 and MacroTest2 are located under the directory C Program Files Tektronix wca200a P ython wca200a measmacro nonre gistered PROGram SELected DELete
408. ror char errorMessage void GpibExit int code void GpibOpen char device void GpibRead char resp int count void GpibReadFile char filename int GpibSerialPoll void void GpibTimeOut int timeout void GpibWait int wait void GpibWrite char string void measCHPOWER void void measFM void void WaitOPC void void WaitMAV void int int int int GpibDevice Device descriptor GpibBoard GPIB board descriptor GpibCount Store ibcnt GpibStatus Store ibsta Main routine void main int argc char argv strcpy openDevice dev1 GpibOpen openDevice Detect the specified device measCHPOWER Channel power measurement measFM FM signal measurement GpibClose Terminate the device and board WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 4 3 Programming Examples 4 4 Channel power measurement void measCHPOWER void GpibWrite CLS Clear the status register GpibWrite ESE 1 Set the OPC bit of ESER GpibWrite SRE 32 Set the ESB bit of SRER Set up the analyzer GpibTimeOut LONG TIME GpibWrite INSTrument SANORMAL GpibWrite RST Reset the analyzer GpibTimeOut NORMAL_TIME GpibWrite CONFigure SPECtrum CHPower GpibWrite FREQuency CENTer 1GHz GpibWrite FREQuency SPAN 1MHz GpibTimeOut LONG TIME GpibWrite CAL GpibRead readBuf MAX BUF printf CAL result s n readBuf Gp
409. s Examples 2 98 Sets the vertical axis to the default full scale value in the CCDF view DISPlay CCDF Y SCALe FULL None TIMCCDF DISPlay CCDF Y SCALe FULL sets the vertical axis to the default full scale value in the CCDF view WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay CCDF Y SCALe MAXimum Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the maximum vertical value top end in the CCDF view DISPlay CCDF Y SCALe MAXimum lt value gt DISPlay CCDF Y SCALe MAXimum lt value gt lt NRf gt sets the maximum vertical value Range 10 to 100 TIMCCDF DISPlay CCDF Y SCALe MAXimum 80 sets the maximum vertical value to 80 DISPlay CCDF Y SCALe MINimum Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum vertical value bottom end in the CCDF view DISPlay CCDF Y SCALe MINimum lt value gt DISPlay CCDF Y SCALe MINimum lt value gt lt NRf gt sets the minimum vertical value Range 10 to 100 TIMCCDF DISPlay CCDF Y SCALe MINimum 20 sets the minimum vertical value to 20 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 99 DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod Subgroup The DISPlay DDEMod commands control display for the digital modulation analysis NOTE To use a command from this group you must have selected DEMDDEM digital modulation analysis in the INSTrument SELect comman
410. s Examples Selects or queries the measurement item in the time characteristic analysis SENSe TRANsient ITEM OFF IQVTime PVTime FVTime SENSe TRANsient ITEM OFF turns off measurement IQVTime selects the IQ level vs time measurement PVTime selects the power vs time measurement FVTime selects the frequency vs time measurement TIMTRAN SENSe TRANsient ITEM IQVTime selects the IQ level vs time measurement SENSe TRANsient LENGth Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the range for the time characteristic analysis SENSe TRANsient LENGth lt value gt SENSe TRANsient LENGth lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the analysis range by the number of data points Range 1 to 1024 x Block size Block size lt 500 To set the block size use the SENSe BSIZe command TIMTRAN SENSe TRANsient LENGth 1000 sets the analysis range to 1000 points SENSe BSIZe WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 519 SENSe Commands SENSe TRANsient OFFSet Sets or queries the measurement start position in the time characteristic analysis Syntax SENSe TRANsient OFFSet lt value gt SENSe TRANsient OFFSet Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt defines the measurement start position by the number of points Range 0 to 1024 x Block size To set the block size use the SENSe BSIZe command Measurement Mod
411. s Related Commands Sets or queries the minimum horizontal or frequency value left end in the spectrogram DISPlay TFRequency SGRam X SCALe OFFSet lt freq gt DISPlay TFRequency SGRam X SCALe OFFSet lt freq gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum horizontal value in the spectrogram For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 SARTIME DISPlay TFRequency SGRam X SCALe OFFSet 100MHz sets the minimum horizontal value to 100 MHz SENSe FREQuency BAND DISPlay TFRequency SGRam X SCALe SPAN Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the horizontal or frequency span in the spectrogram DISPlay TFRequency SGRam X SCALe SPAN lt freq gt DISPlay TFRequency SGRam X SCALe SPAN lt freq gt lt NRf gt specifies the horizontal span in the spectrogram For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 SARTIME DISPlay TFRequency SGRam X SCALe SPAN 1OMHz sets the span to 10 MHz WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 235 DISPlay Commands DISPlay TFRequency SGRam Y SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum horizontal or frame number value bottom end in the spectrogram DISPlay TFRequency SGRam Y SCALe OFFSet lt value gt DISPlay TFRequency SGRam Y SCALe OFFSet lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the minimum vertical va
412. s 1 to 16 It is equal to the value set using the SENSe DDEMod NLINearity COEFfi cient command plus 1 lt Coef f gt lt NRf gt is the coefficient value AMPM lt Coeff_num gt lt Coeff gt Where lt Coeff Num gt lt NR1 gt is the number of coefficients 1 to 16 It is equal to the value set using the SENSe DDEMod NLINearity COEFfi cient command plus 1 lt Coef f gt lt NRf gt is the coefficient value WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 257 FETCh Commands 2 258 Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands CCDF lt Mean_ Power _D gt lt Peak Power _D gt lt Crest Factor D gt lt Mean_Power_R gt lt Peak Power_R gt lt Crest Factor R gt Where lt Mean_Power_D gt lt Peak_ Power D gt lt NRf gt is the measured average power in dBm lt NRf gt is the measured peak power in dBm lt Crest_Factor_D gt lt NRf gt is the measured crest factor in dB lt Mean_Power_R gt lt Peak_ Power R gt lt NRf gt is the reference average power in dBm lt NRf gt is the reference peak power in dBm lt Crest_Factor_R gt lt NRf gt is the reference crest factor in dB PDF lt Mean_ Power _D gt lt Peak Power _D gt lt Mean Power _R gt lt Peak Power _R gt Where lt Mean_ Power _D gt lt Peak_ Power D gt lt Mean_Power_R gt lt Peak_Power_R gt DEMDDEM lt NRf gt is the measured average power in dBm lt NRf gt is th
413. s lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the number of waveform interpolation points Range 0 to 7 default 1 Zero means no interpolation Measurement Modes DEMRFID Examples SENSe RFID MODulation INTerpolate 3 sets the number of interpolation points to 3 Related Commands SENSe RFID MEASurement 2 458 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe RFID MODulation LINK Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the link for the power on down and modulation measurements in the RFID analysis This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to RFENvelope CONSte EYE STABle or PODown SENSe RFID MODulation LINK INTerrogator TAG SENSe RFID MODul ation LINK INTerrogator detects the interrogator preamble from a measurement signal and decodes the signal with the interrogator decoding format TAG detects the tag preamble from a measurement signal and decodes the signal with the tag decoding format DEMRFID SENSe RFID MODulation LINK INTerrogator detects the interrogator preamble from a measurement signal and decodes the signal with the interrogator decoding format SENSe RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 459 SENSe Commands SENSe RFID MODulation SERRor WIDTh 2 460 Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries an error
414. s a syntax error in the command Table 3 4 Command errors Error code Error message 100 command error 101 invalid character 102 syntax error 103 invalid separator 104 data type error 105 GET not allowed 108 parameter not allowed 109 missing parameter 110 command header error 111 header separator error 112 program mnemonic too long 113 undefined header 114 header suffix out of range 120 numeric data error 121 character 123 exponent too large 124 too many digits 128 numeric data not allowed 130 suffix error 131 invalid suffix 134 suffix too long 138 suffix not allowed 140 character data error 141 invalid character data 144 character data too long 148 character data not allowed 150 string data error 151 invalid string data 158 string data not allowed 3 18 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Error Messages and Codes Table 3 4 Command errors Cont Error code 160 Error message block data error 161 invalid block data 168 170 171 178 block data not allowed command expression error invalid expression expression data not allowed 180 181 183 184 macro error invalid outside macro definition invalid inside macro definition macro parameter error WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Error Messages and Codes Execution Errors These error codes are returned when an error is detected
415. s full scale value of the vertical axis in the main view The valid range depends on the display format Refer to Table D 1 in Appen dix D DEMDDEM DISPlay DDEMod MVIew Y SCALe RANGe 500mV sets full scale value of the vertical axis to 500 mV when the the main view displays IQ level versus time DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod NLINearity LINE BFIT STATe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Determines whether to display the best fit line for the AM AM or AM PM measurement in the digital modulation analysis This command is valid only when DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat is set to AMAM AMPM DAMam or DAMPm DISPlay DDEMod NLINearity LINE BFIT STATe ON OFF 1 O DISPlay DDEMod NLINearity LINE BFIT STATe ON or 1 shows the best fit line OFF or 0 hides the best fit line DEMDDEM DISPlay DDEMod NLINearity LINE BFIT STATe ON displays the best fit line for AM AM or AM PM measurement DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 115 DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod NLINearity LINE REFerence STATe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 116 Determines whether to display the recovered reference line for AM AM or AM PM measurement in the digital modulation analysis This command is valid only when DISPlay DDEMod
416. s results Returns the PM signal analysis results in time series Returns the spectrum data of the pulse spectrum measurement Returns the CCDF measurement results Returns the digital modulation analysis measurement results Returns the CCDF trace data Returns the maximum and minimum of waveform on the overview Returns the result of the pulse characteristics analysis Returns the spectrum data of the frequency domain measurement Returns the time domain amplitude data Returns the frequency deviation measurement results WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2 23 READ commands Cont Header READ RFID ACPower READ RFID SPURious READ RFID SPECtrum ACPower READ RFID SPECtrum SPURious Description Returns the results of the ACPR measurement Returns the results of the spurious signal measurement Returns spectrum waveform data of the ACPR measurement Returns spectrum waveform data of the spurious measurement READ SPECtrum Returns spectrum waveform data READ SPECtrum ACPower Returns the ACPR measurement results READ SPECtrum CFRequency Returns the carrier frequency measurement results READ SPECtrum CHPower Returns the channel power measurement results READ SPECtrum CNRatio Returns the C N measurement results READ SPECtrum EBWidth Returns the emission bandwidth measurement results READ SPECtrum OBWidth Returns the OBW measurement results
417. s that item from the queue For details of the error messages refer to page 3 17 SYSTem ERRor NEXT None lt ecode gt lt edesc gt lt einfo gt Where lt ecode gt lt NR1 gt is the error event code ranging from 32768 to 32767 lt edesc gt lt string gt is the description on the error event lt einfo gt lt string gt is the detail of the error event All SYSTem ERRor NEXT might return 130 Suffix error Unrecognized suffix INPut MLEVel 10dB indicating that the unit is improper WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 533 SYSTem Commands SYSTem KLOCk Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Determines whether to lock or unlock the front panel key controls SYSTem KLOCk OFF ON 0 1 SYSTem KLOCk OFF or 0 unlocks the front panel key controls ON or 1 locks the front panel key controls All SYSTem KLOCk ON locks the front panel key controls SYSTem OPTions Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 534 Queries the options installed in the analyzer This command is equivalent to the IEEE common command OPT SYSTem 0PTions None lt option gt lt string gt contains the comma separated option numbers All SYSTem OPTions might return 02 03 21 indicating that Option 02 03 and 21 are currently installed in the analyzer INSTrument SELect WCA2
418. s the variable lt svalues gt lt string gt is the string for the variable lt string gt of the specified variable If the specified variable is not found the following error message is returned I legal variable name 283 All PROGram STRing ERROR MESSAGE Measurement Unsuccessful sets the character string Measurement Unsuccessful in the variable ERROR MESSAGE WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 327 PROGram Commands 2 328 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual ee READ Commands The READ commands acquire an input signal once in the single mode and obtain the measurement results from that data If you want to fetch the measurement results from the data currently residing in the memory without acquiring the input signal use the FETCh commands Prerequisites for Use To use a command of this group you must have run at least the following two commands 1 Select a measurement mode using the INSTrument SELect command For example use the following command to select SARTIME real time spectrum analysis mode INSTrument SELect SARTIME 2 Set the acquisition mode to single with the following command INITiate CONTinuous OFF NOTE If a READ command is run in the continuous mode the acquisition mode is changed to single Command Tree Header Parameter READ ADEMod AM RESult FM RESult PM PSPectrum CCDF WCA230A amp WCA280A Programme
419. sages PPC PPD PPE and PPU as well as to send out a status message when the ATN Attention and EOI End or Identify lines are asserted simultaneously m Device Clear DC Enables a device to be cleared or initialized either individually or as part of a group of devices m Device Trigger DT Enables a device to respond to the GET Group Execute Trigger interface message when acting as a listener m Controller C Enables a device that has this capability to send its address universal commands and addressed commands to other devices over the interface m Electrical Interface E Identifies the electrical interface driver type The notation E1 means the electrical interface uses open collector drivers E2 means the electrical interface uses three state drivers B 2 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Appendix B GPIB Interface Specification Interface Messages Table B 2 shows the standard interface messages that are supported by the analyzer Table B 2 Standard interface messages Message Type Implemented Device Clear DCL UC Yes Local Lockout LLO UC No Serial Poll Disable SPD UC Yes Serial Poll Enable SPE UC Yes Parallel Poll Unconfigure PPU UC No Go To Local GTL AC Yes Selected Device Clear SDC AC Yes Group Execute Trigger GET AC No Take Control TCT AC No Parallel Poll Configure PPC AC No UC Universal command AC Address command WCA230A amp WC
420. set the address using either the general purpose knob or the numeric keypad NOTE The GPIB address cannot be initialized with RST command 5 Press the Cancel Back top side key and then the Remote Interface side key to select On To disconnect the analyzer from the bus Press the Remote Interface side key to select Off When the analyzer is disconnected from the bus all the communication processes with the controller are interrupted WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 1 7 Getting Started Using TekVISA Installing TekVISA 1 8 TekVISA is Tektronix implementation of VISA Virtual Instrument Software Architecture an industry standard communication protocol It allows you to write programs using the WCA200A Series SCPI command set to control the instrument through interfaces besides the built in IEEE 488 2 port Programs are written to execute on the local or remote controller The WCA200A Series implementation of Tek VISA includes a subset of the Tek VISA functionality offered on Tektronix oscilloscopes The Virtual GPIB GPIB8 GPIB and LAN VXI 11 protocol interfaces are supported but not the ASRL interface NOTE The details on TekVISA concepts and operations are explained in the TekVISA Programmer Manual Refer to Installing Tek VISA described below for accessing the files Be aware of the following points m If TekVISA is not installed or has not been activated and you select TekVISA as
421. set value Not available when SENSe DDEMod FORMat is set to ASK FSK or GFSK STABle Data from symbol table PVTime Power versus Time Valid when SENSe DDEMod FORMat is set to ASK AMAM AM AM measurement results AMPM AM PM measurement results CCDF CCDF measurement results PDF PDF measurement results WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual READ Commands Returns Returns are listed below for each of the arguments You can select degrees or radians for the angular unit using the UNIT ANGLe command lQVTime lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Idata 1 gt lt Qdata 1 gt lt Idata 2 gt lt Qdata2 gt lt Idata n gt lt Qdata n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Idata n gt lt Qdata n gt is the I and Q signal level data in volts 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames FVTime lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Data n gt is the frequency shift data in Hz for the point n 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames CONSte lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Ip 1 gt lt Qp 1 gt lt Ip n gt
422. signal analysis IQVT IQ level vs time measurement OFF Turns off the measurement Measurement Modes DEMADEM Examples SENSe ADEMod MODulation PM selects the PM signal analysis 2 378 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe ADEMod OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the measurement start position for the analog modulation analysis see Figure 2 17 SENSe ADEMod OFFSet lt value gt SENSe ADEMod OFFSet lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the measurement start position by the number of points Range 0 to 1024 x Block size 1 To set the block size use the SENSe BSIZe command DEMADEM SENSe ADEMod OFFSet 500 sets the measurement start position to point 500 SENSe BSIZe SENSe ADEMod PM THReshold Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the threshold level above which the input signal is determined to be a burst in the PM signal analysis The burst detected first is used for the measurement SENSe ADEMod PM THReshold lt value gt SENSe ADEMod PM THReshold lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the threshold level Range 100 0 to 0 0 dB DEMADEM SENSe ADEMod PM THReshold 10 sets the threshold level to 10 dB WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 379 SENSe Commands SENSe AVERage Subgroup The SENSe AVERage commands
423. t lt NRf gt is the offseet frequency in Hz lt Upper gt lt NRf gt is the ACPR for the n upper adjacent channel in dBc lt Lower gt lt NRf gt is the ACPR for the n lower adjacent channel in dBc Measurement Modes DEMRFID Examples READ RFID ACPower might return 2 500E 3 38 45 38 43 1E 6 44 14 44 11 for the ACPR measurement result Related Commands INSTrument SELect 2 352 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual READ Commands READ RFID SPURious Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Returns the results of the spurious signal measurement in the RFID analysis READ RFID SPURious None lt Snum gt lt Dfreq gt lt Rdbc gt Where lt Snum gt lt NR1 gt is the number of detected spurious emissions Max 20 lt Dfreq gt lt NRf gt is the detuned frequency of spurious relative to carrier in Hz lt Rdbc gt lt NRf gt is the spurious signal level relative to carrier in dBc DEMRFID READ RFID SPURious might return 2 468 75E 3 45 62 787 5E 3 49 88 for the spurious measurement result INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 353 READ Commands READ RFID SPECtrum ACPower Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 354 Returns spectrum waveform data of the ACPR Adjacent Channel leakage Power Ratio measureme
424. t WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 361 READ Commands READ SSOurce Query Only 2 362 Syntax Arguments Returns Returns the result of the selected measurement in the signal source analysis READ SSOurce PNOise SPURious FVTime The arguments indicate the measurements as shown in Table 2 39 Table 2 45 Signal source analysis Argument Measurement PNOise Phase noise SPURious Spurious FVTime Frequency versus Time Returns are listed below for each of the arguments PNOise lt Cfreq gt lt Cpower gt lt IP_ Noise gt lt Rj gt lt Max_Pj gt Where lt Cfreq gt lt NRf gt is the carrier frequency in Hz lt Cpower gt lt NRf gt is the channel power in dBm lt IP_Noise gt lt NRf gt is the integrated phase noise in radians or degrees lt Rj gt lt NRf gt is the random jitter in seconds lt Max_Pj gt lt NRf gt is the maximum periodic jitter in seconds SPURious lt snum gt lt dfreq gt lt rdb gt Where lt snum gt lt NR1 gt is the number of detected spurious signals max 20 lt dfreq gt lt NRf gt is the detuned frequency of spurious relative to carrier in Hz lt rdb gt lt NRf gt is the spurious signal level relative to carrier in dBc FVTime lt Fstime gt lt Fsstart gt lt Fsstop gt lt IFstime gt lt Tfsstart gt lt Tfsstop gt Where lt Fstime gt lt NRf gt is the frequency settling time lt Fsstart gt lt
425. t PHASe OFF or 0 hides pulse pulse phase measurement results in the pulse result table ON or 1 shows pulse pulse phase measurement results in the pulse result table TIMPULSE DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult PHASe ON shows pulse pulse phase measurement results in the pulse result table WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 145 DISPlay Commands DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult PPOWer Determines whether to show peak power measurement results in the pulse result table Syntax DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult PPOWer 0 1 OFF ON DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult PPOWer Arguments OFF or 0 hides peak power measurement results in the pulse result table ON or 1 shows peak power measurement results in the pulse result table Measurement Modes TIMPULSE Examples DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult PPOWer ON shows peak power measurement results in the pulse result table DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult RIPPle Determines whether to show pulse ripple measurement results in the pulse result table Syntax DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult RIPPle 0 1 OFF ON DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult RIPPle Arguments OFF or 0 hides pulse ripple measurement results in the pulse result table ON or 1 shows pulse ripple measurement results in the pulse result table Measurement Modes TIMPULSE Examples DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult RIPPle ON shows pulse ripple measurement results in the pulse result table 2 146 WCA230A amp WCA280A P
426. t Modes SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME Examples SENSe CNRatio BANDwidth INTegration 1MHz sets the carrier bandwidth to 1 MHz BANDwidth BWIDth BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration NOTSe OFFSet NOTE Command header SENSe CNRatio is omitted here Figure 2 19 Setting up the C N measurement 2 392 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe CNRatio BANDwidth BWIDth NOISe Sets or queries the noise bandwidth for the C N measurement see Figure 2 19 Syntax SENSe CNRatio BANDwidth BWIDth NOISe lt value gt SENSe CNRatio BANDwidth BWIDth NOISe Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt is the noise bandwidth for the C N measurement Range Bin bandwidth x 8 to full span Hz Refer to the WCA230A and WCA280A User Manual for the bin bandwidth Measurement Modes SANORMAL SASGRAM SART IME Examples SENSe CNRatio BANDwidth NOISe 1 5MHz sets the noise bandwidth to 1 5 MHz WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 393 SENSe Commands SENSe CNRatio FiLTer COEFficient Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the roll off rate of the filter for the C N measurement when you have selected either NY Quist Nyquist filter or RNY Quist Root Nyquist filter in the SENSe CNRatio FILTer TYPE command SENSe CNRatio FILTer COEFficient lt value gt SENSe CNRatio FILTer COEFficient
427. t peakpower gt lt NRf gt is the peak power measured value in dBm lt cfactor gt lt NRf gt is the crest factor in dB TIMCCDF READ CCDF might return 11 16 8 18 2 96 for the CCDF measurement results INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 337 READ Commands READ DDEMod Query Only 2 338 Syntax Arguments Obtains the results of the digital modulation analysis READ DDEMod IQVTime FVTime CONSte EVM AEVM PEVM MERRor AMERror PMERror PERRor APERror PPERror RHO SLENgth FERRor OOFFset STABle PVTime AMAM AMPM CCDF PDF Information queried is listed below for each of the arguments Table 2 44 Queried information on the digital modulation analysis results Argument Information queried lQVTime IQ level versus Time measured value FVTime Frequency versus Time measured value for FSK demodulation only CONSte Constellation measurement results coordinates data array of symbols EVM Error Vector Magnitude EVM measurement results AEVM EVM RMS value PEVM EVM peak value and its symbol number MERRor Amplitude error AMERror Amplitude error RMS value PMERror Amplitude error peak value and its symbol number PERRor Phase error APERror Phase error RMS value PPERror Phase error peak value and its symbol number RHO Value of waveform quality p SLENgth Number of analyzed symbols FERRor Frequency error OOFFset Origin off
428. t result Related Commands INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 271 FETCh Commands FETCh RFID SPURious Query Only Returns the results of the spurious signal measurement in the RFID analysis Syntax FETCh RFID SPURious Arguments None Returns lt Snum gt lt Dfreq gt lt Rdbc gt Where lt Snum gt lt NR1 gt is the number of detected spurious emissions Max 20 lt Dfreq gt lt NRf gt is the detuned frequency of spurious relative to carrier in Hz lt Rdbc gt lt NRf gt is the spurious signal level relative to carrier in dBc Measurement Modes DEMRFID Examples FETCh RFID SPURious might return 2 468 75E 3 45 62 787 5E 3 49 88 for the spurious measurement result Related Commands INSTrument SELect 2 272 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual FETCh Commands FETCh RFID SPECtrum ACPower Query Only Returns spectrum waveform data of the ACPR Adjacent Channel leakage Power Ratio measurement in the RFID analysis Syntax FETCh RFID SPECtrum ACPower Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Data n gt is the amplitude of the spectrum in dBm 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 240001 Measurement Modes
429. t to 10 dBm 2 188 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe AMPLitude STATe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Determines whether to show the amplitude multi display lines in the spectrum view DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe AMPLitude STATe OFF ON 0 1 DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe AMPLitude STATe OFF or 0 hides the amplitude multi display lines ON or 1 shows the amplitude multi display lines SARTIME DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe AMPLitude STATe ON shows the amplitude multi display lines DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe ANNotation STATe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Determines whether to show the multi display lines readout in the spectrum view DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe ANNotation STATe OFF ON 0 1 DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe ANNotation STATe OFF or 0 hides the multi display lines readout ON or 1 shows the multi display lines readout SARTIME DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe ANNotation STATe ON shows the readout WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 189 DISPlay Commands DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe FREQuency INTerval Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the interval of the frequency multi display lines in the spectrum view DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe FREQuency INTerval lt value gt DISPlay SPECtrum MLINe FREQuency INTerval lt value gt lt NRf gt sets the interv
430. t y gt MODE WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 61 CALCulate Commands CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt SET RCURsor No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Displays the reference cursor at the marker position in the specified view CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt SET RCURsor None All CALCulatel MARKer1 SET RCURsor displays the reference cursor in View 1 CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt ROFF CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt STATe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 62 Determines whether to turn on or off the marker s in the specified view CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt STATe OFF ON 0 1 CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt STATe OFF or 0 hides the marker s If you have selected the delta marker mode both the main and delta markers will be turned off ON or 1 shows the marker s If you have selected the delta marker mode both the main and delta markers will be turned on To select a marker mode use CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt MODE All CALCulatel MARKer1 STATe ON enables Marker 1 in View 1 CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt MODE WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual CALCulate Commands CALCulate lt x gt MARKer lt y gt T Sets or queries the time position of the marker in the specified view NOTE This command is valid in the eye
431. tatus byte Queries the contents of the QCR Sets the mask for the OENR 2 37 Command Groups Table 2 25 STATus commands Cont Header STATus QUEStionable EVENt STATus QUEStionable NTRansition STATus QUEStionable PTRansition Description Queries the contents of the QER Sets the value of the negative transition filter Sets the value of the positive transition filter SYSTem Commands Set the system parameters and query system information Table 2 26 SYSTem commands Header Description SYSTem DATE Sets the current date SYSTem ERRor ALL Queries all the error or event information SYSTem ERRor CODE ALL Queries all the error or event codes SYSTem ERRor CODE NEXT Queries the latest error or event codes SYSTem ERRor COUNt Queries the number of errors or events SYSTem ERRor NEXT Queries the latest error or event information SYS Tem KLOCK Determine whether to lock or unlock the front panel keys SYSTem OPTions Queries optional information SYSTem PRESet Presets the analyzer SYSTem TIME Sets the current time SYSTem VERSion Queries the version of the SCPI TRACe Commands Set up display of Trace 1 and 2 Table 2 27 TRACe commands Header TRACe lt x gt DATA lt x gt AVERage CLEar TRACe lt x gt DATA lt x gt AVERage COUNt TRACe lt x gt DATA lt x gt DDETector TRACe lt x gt DATA lt x gt MODE TRACe2 DATA2
432. tax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 134 Sets or queries the vertical scale the number of frames per line when the overview displays a spectrogram Frames are thinned out from all the acquired framed data at intervals of the number of frames specified in this command before the spectrogram is displayed For example if you set the argument to 5 the data will be displayed every 5 frames DISPlay O0VIew SGRam Y SCALe PLINe lt value gt DISPlay 0VIew SGRam Y SCALe PLINe lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the vertical scale for the spectrogram Range 1 to 1024 frames per line All Demod modes All Time modes DISPlay OVIew SGRam Y SCALe PLINe 5 displays the data in the spectrogram every 5 frames WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay OVIew WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum horizontal or time value left end when the overview displays an amplitude vs time waveform DISPlay OVIew WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet lt time gt DISPlay 0VIew WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet lt time gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum horizontal value Range 32000 to 0 s All Demod modes All Time modes DISPlay 0VIew WAVeform X SCALe OFFSet 100us sets the minimum horizontal value to 100 us DISPlay OVIew WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Se
433. ters from the Front Panel 05 1 6 Using TekVISA sind cow ietaen ia ieee death eee dela donee ieee 1 8 Syntax and Commands Comm nd Syntax oy 555 65 5 G6 iano oe6 seine ae asi enra mediana 2 1 Backus Naur Form Definition 0 0 00 0000 0 eee eee 2 1 SCPI Commands and Queries 000 cece cette eens 2 2 IEEE 488 2 Common Commands 000 cece cet eens 2 10 Constructed Mnemonics 0 cc eee ee eee en eees 2 11 Command Group 6 5606 66 ccs ees sasee sess EIEEE EEDE eee cs 2 13 Functional Groups 2 06 c206 tenn da eed eee meee wes wed new d a 2 14 IEEE Common Commands 00 ccc cece nee e eee 2 15 SABORt Commands oa ceccieg pithese ese ee 4 Reread ale srasde dave td adobe woe aheGee sues 2 15 CALC late Command sre siniese aee Gea teerag diese Wd wed we Meee ee atebie lee 3 2 16 CALibration Commands 0 00 ccc cee cence eee e eee 2 17 CONFigure Commands 2 2 2 0 dietaga e iaa ae eee eens 2 17 DISPlay Commands 3 000 cbee sac eee Me en Heed sarees 2 18 SPE TCH Commands sorae senene e oe e diese aaa w Mba wd wtebie en 3 2 25 FORMat G0 10 00 1 46 e en e a a a E a a 2 26 HCOPY Commands vo 2004 tiie Sane Sew Mean Oem eater ed a 2 27 STINT Pate Commands serre sdana eine wee eaaa WOE waded Hd a eee 2 27 STNPUt COMMAS secesio sg 6deseos nine aea e a 6 arae E atebie ew 3 2 27 SINS Trament Command se sinia enas neea Gh ok wed Aud a a en 6 2 28 MMEMory Commands 2 0
434. th x 8 to full span Hz Refer to the WCA230A and WCA280A User Manual for the bin bandwidth TIMPULSE SENSe PULSe CHPower BANDwidth INTegration 1 5MHz sets the channel bandwidth to 1 5 MHz WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 435 SENSe Commands SENSe PULSe CRESolution Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the frequency measurement resolution in the pulse characteristics analysis SENSe PULSe CRESolution lt value gt SENSe PULSe CRESolution lt value gt 1 10 100 1k 10k 100k 1M Hz specifies the frequency measurement resolution TIMPULSE SENSe PULSe CRESolution 1kHz sets the frequency measurement resolution to 1 kHz SENSe PULSe EBWidth XDB Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 436 Sets or queries the level relative to the maximum peak at which the EBW is measured in the pulse characteristics analysis Refer to the SENSe EB Width XDB command on page 2 421 SENSe PULSe EBWidth XDB lt value gt SENSe PULSe EBWidth XDB lt value gt lt NRf gt is the level at which the EBW is measured Specify the amplitude relative to the maximum peak Range 100 to 1 dB default 30 dB TIMPULSE SENSe PULSe EBWidth XDB 20 specifies that the EBW is measured at a level 20 dB lower than the maximum peak SENSe EBWidth XDB WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer M
435. the READ commands on page 2 329 The READ commands acquire a new input signal and fetch the measurement results from that data NOTE To use a FETCh command you must have set a measurement mode for the FETCh operation using the INSTrument SELect command refer to page 2 312 Command Tree Header Parameter FETCh ADEMod AM RESult FM RESult PM PSPectrum CCDF DDEMod IQVTime FVTime CONSte EVM AEVM PEVM MERRor AMERror PMERror PERRor APERror PPERror RHO SLENgth FERRor OOFFset STABle PVTime AMAM AMPM CCDF PDF DISTribution CCDF O0VIew PULSe ALL WIDTh PPOWer OORatio RIPPle PERiod DCYCle PHASe CHPower OBWidth EBWidth FREQuency SPECtrum TAMP1itude TFRequency WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 245 FETCh Commands RFID CARRier PODown RFENvelope CONSTe EYE STABle ACPower SPURious SPECtrum ACPower SPURious SPECtrum ACPower CFRequency CHPower CNRatio EBWidth OBWidth SPURious SSOurce PNOise SPURious RTPNoise RTSPurious FVTime CNVFrequency CNVTime IPNVtime IPNVtime RJVTime SPECtrum TRANsient FVTime TRANsient FVTime 1QVTime PVTime 2 246 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual FETCh Commands FETCh ADEMod AM Query Only Returns the results of the AM signal analysis in time series Syntax FETCh ADEMod AM Argumen
436. the FM signal analysis Related Commands INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 333 READ Commands READ ADEMod FM RESult Query Only Obtains the measurement results of the FM signal analysis Syntax READ ADEMod FM RESu1t Arguments None Returns lt Pk_Freq_Dev gt lt Pk_Freq_Dev gt lt P2P_Freq Dev gt lt P2P_ Freq Dev 2 gt lt RMS_Freq_ Dev gt Where lt Pk Freq Dev gt lt NRf gt is the positive peak frequency deviation in Hz lt Pk_ Freq Dev gt lt NRf gt is the negative peak frequency deviation in Hz lt P2P_ Freq Dev gt lt NRf gt is the peak to peak frequency deviation in Hz lt P2P_Freq_Dev 2 gt lt NRf gt is peak to peak frequency deviation 2 in Hz lt RMS_Freq Dev gt lt NRf gt is the RMS frequency deviation in Hz Examples READ ADEMod FM RESu1t might return 1 13e 4 1 55e 4 2 48e 4 1 24e 4 1 03e 4 Related Commands INSTrument SELect 2 334 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual READ Commands READ ADEMod PM Query Only Obtains the results of the PM signal analysis in time series Syntax READ ADEMod PM Arguments None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Data n gt is the chronological phase shift data in degrees 4
437. the connection mode the instrument still attempts to connect to TekVISA This does not hang up the instrument but the GPIB port is taken off line until you select GPIB Port as the connection mode again m Applications which are designed to execute locally on the instrument need to share the Windows processor with the measurement calculation software of the analyzer If the controller application is very compute intensive it will slow down the analyzer application significantly The TekVISA tools are not installed when you receive the instrument Use the following procedure to install the tools To use Tek VISA these conditions must be satisfied m Windows XP is used as the instrument s operating system Instruments using Windows 98SE must be upgraded to Windows XP for TekVISA to operate properly m A TekVISA compatible version of the analyzer application is installed and running on the instrument Version must be greater than 3 00 000 m TekVISA is installed on the instrument Version 2 03 is recommended WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Getting Started The TekVISA related files are on the internal hard disk of the analyzer in these directories m CNektronix TekVISA installer contains the Tek VISA installer m CNTektronix TekVISA nanual contains the Tek VISA Programmer Manual Use the following steps to install the Tek VISA tools on your analyzer NOTE For details on accessing Windows XP on the analyzer ref
438. the decoding format of Manchester or Miller on the main view during the digital moduration analysis This command is valid when DISPlay DDEMod MVlew FORMat is set to STABle symbol table and SENSe DDEMod FORM lt at is set to ASK FSK or GFSK DISPlay DDEMod MVIew DSTart AUTO FIX ADD DISPlay DDEMod MVIew DSTart AUTO determines the decoding start position automatically FIX starts decoding from the beginning of a symbol ADD delays the decoding start position by half a symbol DEMDDEM DISPlay DDEMod MVIew DSTart AUTO determines the decoding start position automatically DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat SENSe DDEMod FORMat DISPlay DDEMod MVlew FORMat Syntax Arguments 2 104 Selects or queries the display format of the main view in the digital modulation analysis DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat OFF IQVTime FVTime CONSte VECTor EVM MERRor PERRor IEYE QEYE TEYE STABle PVTime AMAM AMPM DAMam DAMPm CCDF PDF DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat The arguments and display formats are listed in Table 2 31 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands Table 2 31 Main view display formats Argument Display format OFF Hides all measurement results lQVTime IQ level versus Time FVTime Frequency drift versus Time CONSte Constellation VECTor Vector EVM Error vector magnitude EVM MERRor Amplitude error PERRor Phase
439. tion Sets the main channel bandwidth in the ACPR measurement SENSe RFID ACPower CSPacing Sets the channel to channel spacing in the ACPR measurement SENSe RFID ACPower FiLTer COEFficient Sets the filter factor in the ACPR measurement SENSe RFID ACPower FiLTer TYPE Selects the filter for the ACPR measurement 2 34 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2 24 SENSe commands Cont Header SENSe RFID BLOCk SENSe RFID CARRier BANDwidth BWIDth IN Tegration SENSe RFID CARRier COUNter RESolution SENSe RFID CARRier OFFSet SENSe RFID CARRier PRATio SET SENSe RFID CARRier PRATio UNIT Description Sets the number of the block to measure Sets the channel bandwidth for the maximum EIRP Sets the counter resolution for the carrier measurement Sets the amplitude offset for the maximum EIRP Sets the power ratio for the OBW measurement Selects the power ratio unit for the OBW measuremen SENSe RFID IMMediate Perform analysis calculation for the acquired data SENSe RFID LENGth Sets the analysis range SENSe RFID MEASurement Selects the measurement item SENSe RFID MODulation BRATe AUTO SENSe RFID MODulation BRATe SET SENSe RFID MODulation DECode SENSe RFID MODulation FORMat SENSe RFID MODulation INTerpolate SENSe RFID MODulation LINK SEN
440. tion settiings DISPlay commands C 2 Table C 5 Table C 6 Table C 7 Table C 8 Table C 9 Factory initialization settiings FORMat commands C 7 Factory initialization settiings INITiate commands C 7 Factory initialization settiings INPut commands C 7 Factory initialization settiings SENSe commands C 8 Factory initialization settiings STATus commands C 13 Table C 10 Factory initialization settings TRACe commands C 14 Table C 11 Factory initialization settiings TRIGger commands C 14 Table C 12 Factory initialization settings UNIT commands C 14 Table D 1 Table D 2 Table D 3 Table D 4 Table E 1 Display format and scale cece eee ceeceees D 1 Display format and scale RFID Measurements D 2 Display format and scale Signal source analysis D 3 RBW setting range ssssesesesosseseseceseoo D 4 SCPI 1999 0 defined commands sssssssssss E 1 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Preface Related Manual This programmer manual is for the WCA230A and WCA280A Portable Wireless Communication Analyzers It provides information on operating your analyzer using the General Purpose Interface Bus GPIB This manual is composed of the following sections m Getting Started outlines how to use the GPIB interface m Syntax and Commands defines the syntax used in command descriptions presents a list of all command subsystems
441. tive transition filter value of the Questionable Transition Register QTR For detail on the register refer to Chapter 3 Status and Events NOTE The OTR is not used in the WCA230A WCA280A analyzer Syntax STATus QUEStionable PTRansition lt bit_value gt STATus QUEStionable PTRansition Arguments lt bit_value gt lt NR1 gt is the positive transition filter value Range 0 to 65535 Returns lt NR1 gt is a decimal number showing the contents of the QTR Range 0 to 32767 The most significant bit cannot be set true Measurement Modes All WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 527 STATus Commands 2 528 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual D A SYSTem Commands The SYSTem commands set up the system related conditions Command Tree Header Parameter SYSTem DATE lt year gt lt month gt lt day gt ERRor ALL CODE ALL NEXT COUNt NEXT KLOCk lt boolean gt 0PTions PRESet TIME lt hour gt lt minute gt lt second gt VERSion WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 529 SYSTem Commands SYSTem DATE 2 Sets or queries the date year month and day This command is equivalent to the date setting through the Windows Control Panel Syntax SYSTem DATE lt year gt lt month gt lt day gt SYSTem DATE Arguments lt year gt lt NRf gt specifies the year 4 digits Range 2000 to 2099 lt month gt lt NRf gt specifies the month Rang
442. to store the pulse measurement results The file extension is csv Measurement Modes TIMPULSE Examples MMEMory STORe PULSe C My Documents Resultl csv stores the pulse measurement results in the Result1 csv file in the My Documents folder MMEMory STORe STABle No Query Form Stores the symbol table in the specified file Syntax MMEMory STORe STABle lt file_name gt Arguments lt file name gt lt string gt specifies the file in which to store The file is in text format and its extension is sym The following are written in the header before the data 1 Date and time 2 Modulation 3 Symbol rate 4 Measurement filter 5 Reference filter 6 Filter factor a 7 Time from the data end point of the first symbol NOTE The date and time saved to the sym file is the date and time of the last analysis of the symbol table measurement If the analysis was run on a loaded signal file filename iqt then the date and time in the sym file will match the loaded iqt file WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 319 MMEMory Commands File Header for the RFID Analysis Decoding format Auto Tari value for the PIE Type A and C decoding formats Auto Bit Rate value for other than PIE Type A and C decoding formats 8 Tari value for the PIE Type A and C decoding formats Bit rate value for other than PIE Type A and C decoding formats 9 Lower threshold 10 Higher threshold 1 Date and time 2 B
443. trol the spectrum display in the frequency domain measurements under the pulse characteristics analysis These commands are valid when you select one of the following items using the DISplay PULSe S Vilew FORMat command m CHPower channel power OBWidth OBW EBWidth EBW NOTE To use a command from this group you must have selected TIMPULSE pulse characteristics analysis in the INSTrument SELect command Command Tree Header Parameter DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum 2X SCALe OFFSet lt numeric_value gt PDIVision lt numeric_value gt sY SCALe FIT FULL OFFSet lt numeric_value gt PDIVision lt numeric_value gt WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 151 DISPlay Commands 0 dBm Lf yf Win VN Y SCALe PDIVision vy h 2 i dB A i nN 100 yen 7 i VY Wi vin A VI d Y SCALe 0FFSet gt M canter 800 MHz Span 100 kHz p X SCALe OFFSet X SCALe PDIVision NOTE Command header DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum is omitted here Figure 2 11 DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum command setting 2 152 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum X SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum horizontal or frequency value left edge in the spectrum view DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum X SCALe OFFSet lt freq gt DISPlay PULSe SPECtrum X SCALe OFFSet
444. ts None Returns lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data 2 gt lt Data n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of the data that follow lt Data n gt is the percentage modulation data in percent for the point n 4 byte little endian floating point format specified in IEEE 488 2 n Max 512000 1024 points x 500 frames Measurement Modes DEMADEM Examples FETCh ADEMod AM might return 41024xxxx 1024 byte data for the results of the AM signal analysis Related Commands INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 247 FETCh Commands FETCh ADEMod AM RESult Query Only Returns the measurement results of the AM signal analysis Syntax FETCh ADEMod AM RESul t Arguments None Returns lt AM gt lt AM gt lt Total_AM gt Where lt AM gt lt NRf gt is the positive peak AM value in percent lt AM gt lt NRf gt is the negative peak AM value in percent lt Total AM gt lt NRf gt is the total AM value peak peak AM value 2 in percent Measurement Modes DEMADEM Examples FETCh ADEMod AM RESul t might return 37 34 48 75 43 04 Related Commands INSTrument SELect 2 248 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual FETCh Commands FETCh ADEMod FM Query Only Returns the results of the FM signal analysis in time series Syntax FETC
445. ts on page 2 41 The WCA200A Series analyzers conform to the Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments SCPI 1999 0 and IEEE Std 488 2 1987 except where noted Items followed by question marks are queries items without question marks are commands Some items in this section have a question mark in parentheses in the command header section this indicates that the item can be both a command and a query For the conventions of notation in this manual refer to Command Syntax on page 2 1 and following pages WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 13 Command Groups Measurement Mode Each command may be available or unavailable depending on the current measurement mode The Measurement Modes item in each command description shows the measurement mode in which the command is available To set the measurement mode use the INSTrument SELect command refer to page 2 312 using one of the mnemonics listed below Table 2 7 Measurement mode Mnemonic Meaning S A mode SANORMAL Normal spectrum analysis SASGRAM Spectrum analysis with spectrogram SARTIME Real time spectrum analysis SAZRTIME Real time spectrum analysis with zoom function SADL3G W CDMA downlink spectrum analysis Option 22 only SAUL3G W CDMA uplink spectrum analysis Option 23 only SADLR5 3G 3GPP R5 downlink spectrum analysis Option 27 only Demod mode DEMADEM Analog modulation analysis DEMDDEM Digital modulation
446. ts or queries the horizontal or time scale per division when the overview displays an amplitude vs time view DISPlay O0VIew WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision lt time gt DISPlay 0VIew WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision lt time gt lt NRf gt specifies the horizontal scale Range 0 to 3200 s div All Demod modes All Time modes DISPlay OVIew WAVeform X SCALe PDIVision 10 0E 6 sets the horizontal scale to 10 us div WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 135 DISPlay Commands DISPlay OVlew WAVeform Y SCALe FIT No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Runs the auto scale on the overview The auto scale automatically sets the start value and scale of the vertical axis to display the whole waveform DISPlay 0VIew WAVeform Y SCALe FIT None All Demod modes All Time modes DISPlay 0VIew WAVeform Y SCALe FIT runs the auto scale on the overview DISPlay OVlew WAVeform Y SCALe FULL No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 136 Sets the vertical axis in the overview to the default full scale value DISPlay 0VIew WAVeform Y SCALe FULL None All Demod modes All Time modes DISPlay O0VIew WAVeform Y SCALe FULL sets the overview s vertical axis to the default full scale value WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay OVIlew WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Exa
447. turns lt NR1 gt representing the contents of the SESR by a 0 to 255 decimal number Measurement Modes All Examples ESR might return the value 213 showing that the SESR contains binary 11010101 Related Commands CLS ESE SRE STB 2 44 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual IEEE Common Commands IDN Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples OPC Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Returns the analyzer identification code IDN None The analyzer identification code in the following format TEKTRONIX WCA2X0A lt serial_number gt lt firmware_version gt Where TEKTRONIX indicates that the manufacturer is Tektronix WCA2X0A is WCA230A or WCA280A depending on the model lt serial_number gt is the serial number lt firmware_version gt is the firmware version All IDN might return TEKTRONIX WCA280A J300101 1 20 as the analyzer identification code Generates the operation complete message in the Standard Event Status Register SESR when all pending operations finish The OPC query places the ASCII character 1 into the output queue when all pending operations are finished The OPC response is not available to read until all pending operations finish The OPC command allows you to synchronize the operation of the analyzer with your application program Refer to Synchronizing Execution on page 3 14 for the details OPC 0PC None
448. turns the frequency deviation measurement results Returns the measurement result of the RFID analysis Returns the results of the ACPR measurement Returns the results of the spurious signal measurement Returns spectrum waveform data of the ACPR measurement Returns spectrum waveform data of the spurious measurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2 15 FETCh commands Cont Header FETCh SPECtrum FETCh SPECtrum ACPower FETCh SPECtrum CFRequency FETCh SPECtrum CHPower Description Returns spectrum waveform data Returns the ACPR measurement results Returns the carrier frequency measurement results Returns the channel power measurement results FETCh SPECtrum CNRatio Returns the C N measurement results FETCh SPECtrum EBWidth Returns the emission bandwidth measurement results FETCh SPECtrum OBWidth Returns the OBW measurement results FETCh SPECtrum SPURious Returns the spurious signal measurement results FETCh SSOurce Returns the measurement result in the signal source analysis FETCh SSOurce CNVFrequency Returns measurement data of the C N versus offset frequency FETCh SSOurce CNVTime Returns waveform data of the C N versus time FETCh SSOurce IPNVtime Returns waveform data of the integrated phase noise versus time FETCh SSOurce RJVTime Returns waveform data of the random jitter versus time FETCh SSOurce SPECtrum FETCh SSOurce TRANsient FVT
449. uisition mode The ABORt command forcibly stops data acquisition To stop the acquisition because the trigger does not occur in the single mode send this command INITiate CONTinuous OFF For continuous acquisition mode The ABORt command initiates a new session of data acquisition in the continuous mode To stop the acquisition in the continuous mode send this command INITiate CONTinuous OFF Syntax ABORt Arguments None Measurement Modes All Examples ABORt resets the trigger system and related actions such as data acquisition and measurement Related Commands INITiate CONTinuous 2 52 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual D A CALCulate Commands The CALCulate commands control the marker and the display line The views are identified with CALCulate lt x gt in the command header see Figure 2 5 CALCulatel View 1 CALCulate2 View 2 NOTE currently not used CALCulate3 View 3 CALCulate4 View 4 View 1 View 3 View 1 May be View 3 or 4 depending on the setting in the DISPlay VIEW FORMat command View 4 Single view configuration Three view configuration View 1 View 1 View 4 View 4 Two view configuration upper lower Two view configuration left right Figure 2 5 View number assignments For details on the marker and the display line refer to the WCA230A and WCA280A User Manual WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 53 CALCulate Commands
450. ult OFF or 0 sets sets the frequency deviation using the SENSe DDEMod FDEViation command DEMDDEM SENSe DDEMod FDEViation AUTO ON automatically calculates the frequency deviation SENSe DDEMod FDEViation SENSe DDEMod FORMat SENSe DDEMod FILTer ALPHa Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the filter factor BT in the digital modulation analysis SENSe DDEMod FILTer ALPHa lt value gt SENSe DDEMod FILTer ALPHa lt value gt lt NRf gt is the filter factor Range 0 0001 to 1 DEMDDEM SENSe DDEMod FILTer ALPHa 0 5 sets the filter factor to 0 5 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 407 SENSe Commands SENSe DDEMod FILTer MEASurement Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Selects or queries the measurement filter in the digital modulation analysis SENSe DDEMod FILTer MEASurement OFF RRCosine SENSe DDEMod FILTer MEASurement OFF specifies that no filter is used RRCosine selects the Root Raised Cosine filter DEMDDEM SENSe DDEMod FILTer MEASurement RRCosine selects the Root Raised Cosine filter as the measurement filter SENSe DDEMod FILTer REFerence Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 408 Selects or queries the reference filter in the digital modulation analysis SENSe DDEMod FILTer REFerence OFF RCOSine GAUSsian SENSe DDEMod FILTer REFe
451. um DISPlay DDEMod SVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay OView Subgroup The DISPlay OVIew commands set up the overview in the Demod modulation analysis and Time time analysis modes NOTE The DISPlay 0VIlew ZOOM commands are valid when INSTrument SELect is set to SAZRTIME real time spectrum analysis with zoom function or DEMRFID RFID analysis Option 21 Header DISPlay 0VIew FORMat OTINdicator SGRam COLor SCALe OFFSet RANge Command Tree 2X SCALe OFFSet SPAN sy SCALe OFFSet PLINe WAVeform 2X SCALe OFFSet PDIVision SCALe 2 FIT FULL OFFSet PDIVision Z00M COLor SCALe OFFSet RANge WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Parameter WAVeform SGRam lt boolean gt lt amp1itude gt lt relative_amplitude gt lt frequency gt lt frequency gt lt frame_count gt lt frame_count gt lt time gt lt time gt lt amp1itude gt lt amp1itude gt lt amp1itude gt lt relative_amp1itude gt 2 129 DISPlay Commands X SCALe OFFSet lt frequency gt SPAN lt frequency gt Y SCALe OFFSet lt frame_count gt PLINe lt frame_count gt FORMat Overview frequency vs time display WAVeform Y SCALe PDIVision Mt Start 51 2 ms Scale 5 12 ms div WAVeform Y SCALe OFFSet_ gt lL WAVeform X SC
452. um analysis mode the OPC command is used to provide synchronization while channel power measurement is being performed Then the measured data is saved in a file FM signal measurement measFM subroutine In the Demod modulation analysis mode the status byte MAV bit is used to provide synchronization while the FM vector signal measurement is being performed Then the measured data is saved in a file This program has been scripted for use in Microsoft Visual C 6 0 It operates with an IBM PC compatible system equipped with National Instruments GPIB board and driver software operation capabilities confirmed with Windows 98 and National Instruments GPIB board PCI GPIB To enable this program the analyzer must have been set to DEV1 by using wibconf or other means Sample program Channel power measurement amp FM signal measurement include lt windows h gt include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt include decl 32 h define LONG TIME 1100s define NORMAL TIME T10s define BOARD NAME GPIBO define MAX BUF 1024 Bit definition of SBR Status Byte Register define ESB 1 lt lt 5 ESB Event Status Bit define MAV 1 lt lt 4 MAV Message Available define EAV 1 lt lt 2 EAV Event Queue Available WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual Programming Examples char readBuf MAX BUF 1 char openDevice MAX BUF 2 1 void GpibClose void void GpibEr
453. urement in the RFID analysis This command is only available when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to CARRier SENSe RFID CARRier PRATio SET lt value gt SENSe RFID CARRier PRATio SET lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the power ratio for the OBW measurement Range 100 to 100 dB DEMRFID SENSe RFID CARRier PRATio SET 20 sets the power ratio to 20 dB SENSe RFID MEASurement SENSe RFID CARRier PRATio UNIT Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands 2 450 Selects or queries the power ratio unit for the OBW Occupied Bandwidth measurement in the RFID analysis This command is valid when SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to CARRier SENSe RFID CARRier PRATio UNIT PERCent PCT DB SENSe RFID CARRier PRATio UNIT PERCent and PCT select percent as the power ratio unit DB selects dB as the power ratio unit DEMRFID SENSe RFID CARRier PRATio UNIT PERCent selects percent as the power ratio unit SENSe RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe RFIDJ IMMediate No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Performs analysis calculation for the acquired data in the RFID analysis To select the measurement item use the SENSe RFID MEASurement command To acquire data use the INITiate command SENSe RFID IMMediate None DEMRFID
454. urement Modes Examples Sets or queries the span of the horizontal or frequency axis of the spectrogram with zoom function DISPlay 0VIew ZO0M X SCALe SPAN lt freq gt DISPlay 0VIew Z00M X SCALe SPAN lt freq gt lt NRf gt specifies the horizontal span of the spectrogram with zoom function Refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 for setting the scale SAZRTIME DEMRFID DISPlay OVIew ZO0M X SCALe SPAN 100kHz sets the span to 100 kHz WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 139 DISPlay Commands DISPlay OVlew ZOOM Y SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Sets or queries the minimum vertical or frame number value bottom of the spectrogram with zoom function DISPlay O0VIew Z00M Y SCALe OFFSet lt value gt DISPlay 0VIew ZOOM Y SCALe OFFSet lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the minimum vertical value of the spectrogram with zoom function Range Frame 63999 to 0 SAZRTIME DEMRFID DISPlay 0VIew ZOOM Y SCALe O0FFSet 100 sets the minimum vertical value to frame 100 DISPlay OVIew ZOOM Y SCALe PLINe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples 2 140 Sets or queries the vertical scale the number of frames per line of the spectro gram with zoom function Frames are thinned out from all the acquired framed data at intervals of the number of frames specified in this command before the spectrogram is d
455. urst number 3 Standard type 4 Link 5 Modulation type 6 7 For Item 2 refer to the View Define menu For Items 3 to 10 refer to the Meas Setup menu Refer to the WCA230A and WCA280A User Manual Measurement Modes DEMDDEM DEMRFID DEMDL3G DEMUL3G Examples MMEMory STORe STABle C My Documents Datal sym stores symbol table in the file Datal sym in the My Documents folder 2 320 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual MMEMory Commands MMEMory STORe STATe No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Stores the current settings in the specified file MMEMory STORe STATe lt file_name gt lt file_name gt lt string gt specifies the file in which to store the current settings The file extension is cfg All MMEMory STORe STATe C My Documents Setup1 cfg stores the current settings the file Setup1 cfg in the My Documents folder MMEMory STORe TRACe lt x gt No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Stores Trace 1 or 2 waveform data in the specified file MMEMory STORe TRACe lt x gt lt file name gt lt file_name gt specifies the file in which to store trace data The file extension is tre All S A modes except SARTIME and SAZRTIME MMEMory STORe TRACel C My Documents Tracel trc stores Trace 1 data in the file Trace1 trc in the My Documents folder MMEMory LOAD TRACe lt x gt WCA230A amp WCA280A P
456. us SFILter STATe OFF ON 0 1 SENSe SSOurce SPURious SFILter STATe Arguments OFF or 0 disables the symmetrical filter All spurious signals are displayed ON or 1 enables the symmetrical filter Only symmetrical spurious signals are displayed Measurement Modes _ TIMSSOURCE Examples SENSe SSOurce SPURious SFILter STATe ON enables the symmetrical filter displaying only symmetrical spurious signals Related Commands SENSe SSOurce MEASurement 2 514 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe SSOurce SPURious THReshold EXCursion Sets or queries the excursion in the spurious measurement of the signal source analysis This command has the same function as SENSe SPURious THReshold EXCursion on page 2 489 This command is valid when SENSe SSOurce MEASurement is set to SPURious or RTSPurious Syntax SENSe SSOurce SPURious THReshold EXCursion lt value gt SENSe SSOurce SPURious THReshold EXCursion Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the excursion Range 0 to 30 dB default 3 dB Measurement Modes TIMSSOURCE Examples SENSe SSOurce SPURious THReshold EXCursion 5 sets the excurtion to 5 dB Related Commands SENSe SSOurce MEASurement SENSe SPURious THReshold EXCursion WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 515 SENSe Commands SENSe SSOurce SPURious THReshold SPURious 2 516 Syntax Arguments M
457. velopes 1 DEMRFID DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew ENVelope NUMBer 5 sets the envelope number to 5 SENse RFID MEASurement DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew GUIDeline STATe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Determines whether to display the guideline in the main view during the RFID analysis This command is valid when SENse RFID MEASurement is set to RFENvelope CONSte EYE or STABle DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew GUIDeline STATe ON OFF 1 0 DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew GUIDeline STATe ON or 1 shows the guideline in the main view OFF or 0 hides the guideline in the main view DEMRFID DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew GUIDeline STATe ON shows the guideline in the main view SENse RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 163 DISPlay Commands DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVlew X SCALe OFFSet Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the minimum horizontal value left edge in the main view in the RFID analysis DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew X SCALe OFFSet lt value gt DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew X SCALe OFFSet lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum horizontal value in the main view For the setting range refer to Note on Horizontal Scaling on page 2 92 DEMRFID DISPlay RFID DDEMod MVIew X SCALe O0FFSet 100ms sets the minimum horizontal value to 100 ms when the main view
458. vent queue and removes all the information from the queue For details of the error messages refer to page 3 17 SYSTem ERRor CODE ALL None lt ecode gt lt ecode gt Where lt ecode gt lt NR1 gt is the error event code ranging from 32768 to 32767 All SYSTem ERRor CODE ALL might return 101 108 of the error codes SYSTem ERRor CODE NEXT Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples 2 532 Returns the most recent unread error event code from the error event queue and removes that information from the queue For details of the error messages refer to page 3 17 SYSTem ERRor CODE NEXT None lt ecode gt lt NR1 gt is the error event code ranging from 32768 to 32767 All SYSTem ERRor CODE NEXT might return 101 of the error code WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SYSTem Commands SYSTem ERRor COUNt Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Returns the number of unread errors events placed in the error event queue SYSTem ERRor COUNt None lt enum gt lt NR1 gt is the number of errors events All SYSTem ERRor COUNt might return 2 indicating that the error event queue contains two of unread errors events SYSTem ERRor NEXT Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Returns the next item from the error event queue and remove
459. versus Time measured value for FSK demodulation only CONSte Constellation measurement results coordinates data array of symbols EVM Error Vector Magnitude EVM measurement results AEVM EVM RMS value PEVM EVM peak value and its symbol number MERRor Amplitude error AMERror Amplitude error RMS value PMERror Amplitude error peak value and its symbol number PERRor Phase error APERror Phase error RMS value PPERror Phase error peak value and its symbol number RHO Value of waveform quality p SLENgth Number of analyzed symbols FERRor Frequency error OOFFset Origin offset value Not available when SENSe DDEMod FORMat is set to ASK FSK or GFSK STABle Data from symbol table PVTime Power versus Time Valid when SENSe DDEMod FORMat is set to ASK AMAM AM AM measurement results AMPM AM PM measurement results CCDF CCDF measurement results PDF PDF measurement results WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual FETCh Commands Returns Returns are listed below for each of the arguments You can select degrees or radians for the angular unit using the UNIT ANGLe command lQVTime lt Num_digit gt lt Num_byte gt lt Idata 1 gt lt Qdata 1 gt lt Idata 2 gt lt Qdata2 gt lt Idata n gt lt Qdata n gt Where lt Num_digit gt is the number of digits in lt Num_byte gt lt Num_byte gt is the number of bytes of data that follow lt Idata n gt lt Qdata n gt is the I and Q signal level data in volts 4 byte little endian fl
460. video filter Range 0 to 1 GHz The setting value may be limited by the sweep time setting Measurement Modes DEMRFID Examples SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth VIDeo 100kHz sets the frequency bandwidth of the video filter to 100 kHz Related Commands INSTrument SELect SENSe RFID MEASurement WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 475 SENSe Commands SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo STATe Determines whether or not to use the video filter This command is valid when NSTrument SELect is set to DEMRFID and SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to SPURious Syntax SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo STATe OFF ON o 1 SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo STATe Arguments OFF or 0 disables the video filter ON or 1 enables the video filter Measurement Modes DEMRFID Examples SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth VIDeo STATe ON enables the video filter Related Commands INSTrument SELect SENSe RFID MEASurement 2 476 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo SWEep TIME Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the sweep time for the video filter This command is valid when NSTrument SELect is set to DEMRFID and SENSe RFID MEASurement is set to SPURious SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth VIDeo SWEep TIMe lt value gt SENSe SPECtrum BANDwidth BWIDth VI
461. w RESult 0ORatio Determines whether to show on off ratio measurement results in the pulse result table Syntax DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESu1t 00Ratio 0 1 OFF ON DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult 00Ratio Arguments OFF or 0 hides on off ratio measurement results in the pulse result table ON or 1 shows on off ratio measurement results in the pulse result table Measurement Modes TIMPULSE Examples DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult 00Ratio ON shows on off ratio measurement results in the pulse result table 2 144 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult PERiod Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Determines whether to show pulse repetition interval measurement results in the pulse result table DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult PERiod 0 1 OFF ON DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult PERiod OFF or 0 hides pulse repetition interval measurement results in the pulse result table ON or 1 shows pulse repetition interval measurement results in the pulse result table TIMPULSE DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult PERiod ON shows pulse repetition interval measurement results in the pulse result table DISPlay PULSe MVlew RESult PHASe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Determines whether to show pulse pulse phase measurement results in the pulse result table DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESult PHASe 0 1 OFF ON DISPlay PULSe MVIew RESul
462. wer BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration SENSe PULSe CRESolution SENSe PULSe EBWidth XDB SENSe PULSe FFT COEFficient SENSe PULSe FFT WINDow TYPE SENSe PULSe FiLTer BANDwidth BWIDth SENSe PULSe FiLTer COEFficient SENSe PULSe FiLTer MEASuerment SENSe PULSe FREQuency OFFSet SENSe PULSe FREQuency RECovery SENSe PULSe IMMediate SENSe PULSe OBWidth PERcent SENSe PULSe PTOFfset SENSe PULSe THReshold SENSe RFID subgroup SENSe RFID ACPower BANDwidth BWIDth ACHannel Sets the occupied bandwidth Pulse characteristics analysis related Sets the number of the block to measure Sets the channel bandwidth for the channel power measurement Sets the frequency measurement resolution Sets the level at which the EBW is measured Sets the roll off ratio for the Nyquist FFT window Selects the FFT window type Sets the bandwidth of the time measurement filter Sets the a BT value for the Gaussian measurement filter Selects the measurement filter for the time measurement Sets the frequency offset Selects the frequency recovery Runs calculation for acquired data Sets OBW for the OBW measurement Sets the time offset for the pulse pulse phase measurement point Sets the threshold level to detect pulses in acquired data RFID analysis related Sets the adjacent channel bandwidth in the ACPR measurement SENSe RFID ACPower BANDwidth BWIDth INTegra
463. width Measurement Modes SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SADL3G SAUL3G Examples SENSe ACPower BANDwidth INTegration 3 5MHz sets the bandwidth of the main channel to 3 5 MHz WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 371 SENSe Commands SENSe ACPower CSPacing Sets or queries the channel to channel spacing for the ACPR measurement see Figure 2 16 Syntax SENSe ACPower CSPacing lt value gt SENSe ACPower CSPacing Arguments lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the channel to channel spacing for the ACPR measurement Range Bin bandwidth x 8 to full span Hz Refer to the WCA230A and WCA280A User Manual for the bin bandwidth Measurement Modes SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SADL3G SAUL3G Examples SENSe ACPower CSPacing 5MHz sets the channel to channel spacing to 5 MHz Lower3 Lower2 Lower1 Main Upper Upper2 Upper3 e E a BANDwidth BWIDth INTegration Es gt oad lt t BANDwidth BWIDth ACHannel BANDwidth BWIDth ACHannel lt gt lt gt lt a lt a gt CSPacing NOTE The command header SENSe ACPower is omitted here Figure 2 16 Setting up the ACPR measurement 2 372 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual SENSe Commands SENSe ACPower FILTer COEFficient Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the filter roll off rate
464. xamples Related Commands 2 358 Obtains the results of the channel power measurement in the S A mode READ SPECtrum CHPower None lt chpower gt lt NRf gt is the channel power measured value in dBm SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SAZRTIME SADL3G SAUL3G READ SPECtrum CHPower might return 1 081 for the measurement results of the channel power INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual READ Commands READ SPECtrum CNRatio Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Obtains the results of the carrier to noise ratio C N measurement in the S A spectrum analysis mode READ SPECtrum CNRatio None lt ctn gt lt ctno gt Where lt ctn gt lt NRf gt is the measured value of C N in dB lt ctno gt lt NRf gt is the measured value of C No in dB Hz SANORMAL SASGRAM SARTIME SAZRTIME SADL3G SAUL3G READ SPECtrum CNRatio might return 75 594 125 594 for the C N measurement results INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 359 READ Commands READ SPECtrum EBWidth Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Obtains the results of the emission bandwidth EBW measurement in the S A spectrum analysis mode READ SPECtrum EBWidth None lt ebw gt lt NRf gt is the measured value of EBW in Hz SANORMAL SA
465. y FM Demod side key CONFigure ADEMod FM None DEMADEM CONFigure ADEMod FM sets up the analyzer to the default settings for FM signal analysis INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual gt CONFigure Commands CONFigure ADEMod PM No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets up the analyzer to the default settings for PM signal analysis Running this command is equivalent to pressing the following front panel keys DEMOD key Analog Demod side key PRESET key PM Demod side key CONFigure ADEMod PM None DEMADEM CONFi gure ADEMod PM sets up the analyzer to the default settings for PM signal analysis INSTrument SELect CONFigure ADEMod PSPectrum No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets the analyzer to the default settings for the pulse spectrum measurement Running this command is equivalent to pressing the following front panel keys DEMOD key Analog Demod side key PRESET key Pulse Spectrum side key CONFigure ADEMod PSPectrum None DEMADEM CONFigure ADEMod PSPectrum sets the analyzer to the default settings for the pulse spectrum measurement INSTrument SELect WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 79 CONFigure Commands CONFigure CCDF No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands
466. y Runs the IQ input offset calibration The query version of this command runs the calibration and if it ends normally returns 0 NOTE Before running the IQ input offset calibration connect the I Q signal to the I Q input connector on the rear panel and set the I Q signal level to 0 To run this command you must have selected IQ in the SENSe FEED command Syntax CALibration OFFSet 1QINput CALibration OFFSet IQINput Arguments None Returns lt NR1 gt 0 indicates a normal end For details of the error codes refer to page 3 17 Measurement Modes All Examples CALibration OFFSet IQINput runs the IQ input offset calibration Related Commands SENSe FEED 2 74 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual CALibration Commands CALibration RF 2 Runs the RF gain calibration The query version of this command runs the calibration and if it ends normally returns 0 Syntax CALibration RF CALibration RF Arguments None Returns lt NR1 gt 0 indicates a normal end For details of the error codes refer to page 3 17 Measurement Modes All Examples CALibration RF runs the RF gain calibration Related Commands CALibration AUTO WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 75 CALibration Commands 2 76 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual _ _ gt I _ SEeeeeee CONFigure Commands The CONFigure commands set up
467. y DDEMod MVIew X SCALe OFFSet lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the minimum horizontal value in the main view The valid range depends on the display format Refer to Table D 1 in Appendix D DEMDDEM DISPlay DDEMod MVIew X SCALe OFFSet 40us sets the minimum horizontal value to 40 us when the main view displays IQ level versus time DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod MVlew X SCALe RANGe Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the full scale value of the horizontal axis in the main view during the digital modulation analysis This command is not available when DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat is set to CONSTe VECTor IEYE QEYE TEYE STABle AMAM AMPM DAMam or DAMPm DISPlay DDEMod MVIew X SCALe RANGe lt value gt DISP1ay DDEMod MVIew X SCALe RANGe lt value gt lt NRf gt specifies the full scale value of the horizontal axis in the main view The valid range depends on the display format Refer to Table D 1 in Appendix D DEMDDEM DISPlay DDEMod MVIew X SCALe RANGe 40us sets the full scale value of the horizontal axis to 40 us when the main view displays IQ level versus time DISPlay DDEMod MVIew FORMat WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 109 DISPlay Commands DISPlay DDEMod MVlew Y SCALe FIT No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes
468. year version for example 1999 and the V represents an approved revision number for that year All SYSTem VERSion might return 1999 0 for the SCPI version WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 537 SYSTem Commands 2 538 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual OO A TRACe Commands The TRACe commands set up display of Trace 1 and 2 NOTE The TRACe commands are available in the S A spectrum analysis mode except real time To use a command in this group you must have selected a S A mode except SARTIME and SAZRTIME using the INSTrument SELect command Command Tree Header Parameter TRACe lt x gt DATA lt x gt AVERage CLEar gt COUNt lt numeric_value gt DDETector MAXimum MINimum PTPeak MODE NORMal AVERage MAXHold MINHold FREeze OFF TRACe2 DATA2 MODE MAXMinimum REFerence OFF Where TRACe lt x gt TRACe 1 TRACe2 or DATA lt x gt DATA 1 DATA2 TRACe 1 or DATA 1 indicates that this setup is made for Trace 1 TRACe2 or DATA2 indicates that this setup is made for Trace 2 WCA230A amp WCA280A Programmer Manual 2 539 TRACe Commands TRACe lt x gt DATA lt x gt AVERage CLEar No Query Form Syntax Arguments Measurement Modes Examples Related Commands Clears average data and counter and restarts the average process for the specified trace This command is effective when you select AVERage MAXHold or MINHold with the TRA

WCA230A & WCA280A Programmer Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

WCA230A &amp; WCA280A Programmer Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

WCA230A & WCA280A Programmer Manual